PDF

.
com
NEET
3 Mock Test Papers with Solutions
Ask, Learn & Lead it

With Better Score, Better Career and Ultimately By Building Better India
with POWER of Your KNOWLEDGE
Eduncle.com
Call us : 9982853222
-
MOCK TEST - 1 [NEET]
Duration :3 Hours Max. Marks : 720
Name : ______________________________ Roll No. ___________________
Instructions to Candidates
GENERAL :
1. This paper contains 180 Qs. in all. All questions are compulsory.
2. There is Negative Marking. Guessing of answer is harmful.
3. Write your Name & RollNo. in the space provided on this cover page of question paper.
4. The question paper contains blank space for your rough work. No additional sheet will
be provided for rough work.
5. The answer sheet, machine readable Optical Mark Recognition (OMR) is provided
separately.
6. Do not break the seals of the question paper booklet before being instructed to do so
by the invigilator.
7. Blank papers, Clipboards, Log tables, Slide Rule, Calculators, Cellular Phones, Pagers
and Electronic Gadgets in any form are not allowed to be carried inside the examination
hall.
MARKING SCHEME :
1. Each Question has four options, only one option is correct. For each correct
response four marks will be awarded and for each incorrect response one marks
will be deducted.
2. In Biology : Q.1 to 90
In Physics : Q.1 to 45
In Chemistry : Q.1 to 45
MOCK TEST - 1 [NEET] Page # 2
PART - I [BIOLOGY]
1. Intercalary meristem is related to all, except 1. vUrfoZ"V foHkT;ksrd fuEu esa ls fdlds vfrfjDr lHkh ls
(A) Present between permanent cells
lEcfU/kr gS\
(A) LFkk;h dksaf'kdkvksa ds e/; mifLFkr jgrk gS
(B) Primary meristem
(B) izkfFkfed foHkT;ksrd gSa
(C) Increasing the girth of axis (C) v{k dh eksVkbZ c<+krk gS
(D) Regenerates part of grasses removed by (D) pjkbZ 'kkdHkf{k;ksa }kjk ?kkl ds gVk;s x;s Hkkxksa dks
grazing herbivores iqu:Rikfnr djrk gS
2. Choose odd one out w.r.t. origin 2. mRifÙk ds lUnHkZ esa ,d fo"ke fodYi dk p;u dhft;sA
(A) Interfascicular cambium (A) vUrjiwyh; ,/kk
(B) Intercalary meristem (B) vUrfoZ"V foHkt;ksrd
(C) Apical meristem (C) 'kh"kLFk foHkkT;ksrd
(D) Intrafascicular cambium (D) vUr%iwyh; ,/kk
3. Find odd one out w.r. t. histogens found in 3. gSUlVhu ds vuqlkj izjksg 'kh"kZ esa ik;s tkus okys fgLVkstuksa
shoot apex according to Hanstein ds lUnHkZ esa ,d fo"ke fodYi dk p;u dhft;s
(A) Tunica (B) Periblem (A) V~;wfudk (B) oYdqVtu
(C) Plerome (D) Dermatogen (C) jEHktu (D) Ropktu
4. Thickening material present in wall of 4. LFkwydks.k Ård dh fHkfÙk esa ekStwn LFkwyu inkFkZ gS
collenchyma is (A) isfDVu] lsyqykst] gsehysyqykst
(A) Pectin, cellulose, hemicellulose (B) fyfXuu] lsyqykst] gsehlsyqykst
(B) Lignin, cellulose, hemicellulose
(C) gsehlsyqykst] lqcsfju] lsyqykst
(C) Hemicellulose, suberin, cellulose
(D) Suberin, pectin, cellulose (D) lqcsfju] isfDVu] lsyqykst
5. Major xy l ary e l e me nt i n wood of a 5. vuko`rchth ikni dh dk"B esa eq[; tkbyeh vo;o gS
gymnospermic plant is
(A) okfgdk (B) okfgfudk
(A) Vessel (B) Tracheid
(C) Xylem fibre (D) Xylem parenchyma (C) tkbye rUrq (D) tkbye e`nwrd
6. Which component is not found in phloem of 6. vko`Ùkchft;ksa ds ¶yks;e esa dkSu lk ?kVd ugha ik;k tkrk gS\
angiosperms?
(A) ,sYcqfeuh dksf'kdk (B) pkyuh ufydk
(A) Albuminous cell (B) Sieve tube
(C) Companion cells (D) Bast fibre (C) lgkdksf'kdk;sa (D) ckLV js'kk
7. Plant tissues are divided into meristeatic and 7. fuEu esa ls fdlds vk/kkj ij ikni Årdksa dks foHkt;ksrdh
permanent tissues on which of the following basis? o LFkk;h Årdksa es foHkkftr fd;k tkrk gS\
(A) Whether the plant is a dicot or a monocot (A) ikni ds f}chti=h ;k ,dchti=h gksus ij
(B) Whether the cells being formed are (B) foHkktu ds i'pkr~ cuh dksf'kdkvksa esa foHkktu djus esa
capable of dividing or not leFkZ gksus ;k ugha gksus ij
(C) Position (C) fLFkfr ds vk/kkj ij
(D) Origin (D) mRifÙk ds vk/kkj ij
Page # 3 MOCK TEST - 1 [NEET]
8. Casparian strips are found on radial and inner 8. dSLisjh ifV~V;ka fdldh vjh; rFkk vkUrfjd fHkfÙk;ksa ij ik;h
walls of tkrh gSa\
(A) Stem endodermis (A) rus dh vUrLRopk
(B) Root endodermis
(B) tM+ dh vUrLRopk
(C) Pericycle
(C) ifjjEHk
(D) Outer cortex
(D) cká oYdqV
9. Tissues are 9. Ård gSa

(A) Groups of cells which are similar in origin
(A) dksf'kdkvksa ds lewg tks mRifÙk rFkk dk;Z esa leku gksrs
and function
gSa
(B) Groups of organs which are similar in origin
(B) vaxksa ds lewg tks mRifÙk rFkk dk;Z esa leku gksrs gSa
and function
(C) ,slh dksf'kdk;sa tks dk;Z esa leku gksrh gSa ysfdu mRifÙk
(C) Cells which are similar in function but not
esa ugha
in origin
(D) dksf'kdkvksa ds lewg tks mRifÙk o dk;Z esa leku ugha
(D) Groups of cells which are not similar in
gksrs gSa
origin and function
10. The axillary bud is constituted by the cells 10. d{kh; dfydk dk fuekZ.k fdlds ^'ks"k^ cph dksf'kdkvksa }kjk
'left behind' from fd;k tkrk gS\
(A) Rootapical meristem (A) ewy 'kh"kZLFk foHkT;ksrd
(B) Shoot apical meristem (B) izjksg 'kh"kZLFk foHkT;ksrd
(C) Intercalary meristem (C) vUrfoZ"V foHkT;ksrd
(D) Lateral meristem (D) ik'oZ foHkT;ksrd
11. The woody axis of floweri ng pl ants is 11. iq"ih; ikniksa ds dk"Bh; v{k dks fdldsa }kjk cuk;k tkrk gS\
produced by (A) 'kh"kZLFk foHkT;ksrd
(A) Apical meristem
(B) izkFkfed foHkT;ksrd
(B) Primary meristem
(C) vUrfoZ"d foHkT;ksrd
(C) Intercalary meristem
(D) f}rh;d foHkT;ksrd
(D) Secondary meristem
12. All of the following are lateral meristems, except 12. fuEu eas ls fdlds vfrfjDr fn;s x;s lHkh ik'oZ foHkT;ks rd gS a \
(A) Intercalary meristem (A) vUrfoZ"V foHkT;ksrd
(B) Fascicular vascular cambium (B) iwyh; laogu ,/kk
(C) Interfascicular cambium (C) vUrjiwyh; ,/kk
(D) Cork cambium (D) dkx ,/kk
13. What is the function of lateral meristem?

13. ik'oZ foHkT;ksrd dk D;k dk;Z gS\
(A) ;g ik'oZ 'kk[kkvksa dks mRiUu djrk gS
(A) It gives rise to the lateral branches
(B) It increases girth of the plant axis (B) ;g ikni v{k dh eksVkbZ dks c<+krk gS
(C) It increases girth as well as length of the plant axis (C) ;g ikni v{k dh eksVkbZ rFkk yEckbZ dks c<+krk gSa
(D) It increases only length of the plants axis (D) ;g ikni v{k dh dsoy yEckbZ dks c<+krk gS
14. The parenchymatous cells are 14. e`nwrdh; dksf'kdk;sa gksrh gSa
(A) Dead (A) e`r
(B) Thick-walled (B) eksVh fHkfÙk;qDr
(C) Thin-walled (C) iryh fHkfÙk;qDr
(D) Thick-walled and dead (D) eksVh fHkfÙk;qDr rFkk e`r
15. Collenchyma differs from parenchyma in 15. LFkwydks.k Ård e`nwrd ls fHkUu gS
(A) Possessing thick cell wall (A) eksVh dksf'kdk fHkfÙk dh mifLFkfr esa
(B) Lacking protoplasm (B) thonzO; ds vHkko esa
(C) Containing chloroplasts usually (C) gfjryodksa dh mifLFkfr esa
(D) Being meristematic . (D) foHkT;ksrdh gksus esa
16. Which among the following are absent in the 16. LFkwydks.k Ård eas fuEu esa ls D;k ugha ik;s tkrs gSa\
collenchyma ?
(A) gfjryod
(A) Choroplasts
(B) fjfDrdk;sa
(B) Vacuoles
(C) Intercellular spaces (C) vUrjdksf'kdh; vodk'k
(D) Pectin deposition (D) isfDVu fu{ksi.k
17. The elongated, thick-walled and tapering cells are 17. yEch] eksVh fHkfÙk;qDr rFkk uqdhyh dksf'kdk;sa gksrh gSa
(A) Parenchmatous (A) e`nwrdh;
(B) Collenchymatous (B) LFkwydks.kksrdh;
(C) Chlorenchymatous (C) gfjrÅrdh;
(D) Sclerenchymatous (D) n`<+ksrdh;
18. Sclereids are commonly found in 18. LDysjh ¼n`<+ dksf'kdk;sa½ lkekU;r;k ik;h tkrh gSa
(A) Young stems and petioles of leaves (A) r:.k ruksa rFkk ifÙk;ksa ds i.kZoÙrksa esa
(B) Fruit walls of nuts (B) n`<+Qyksa dh QyfHkfÙk;ksa esa
(C) Roots (C) tM+ksa eas
(D) Fleshy stems (D) ekaly ruksa eas
19. What is the function of vessels in flowering 19. iq"ih; ikniksa esa okfgdkvksa dk D;k dk;Z gS\
plants?
(A) Hkkstu dk ifjogu
(A) Transport of food
(B) ty dh vf/kdrk dks nwj djuk
(B) To get rid of excess water
(C) Photosynthesis (C) izdk'kla'ys"k.k
(D) Transport of water and minerals (D) ty rFkk [kfutksa dk ifjogu
20. Which of the following is absent in most of 20. vf/kdrj ,dchtif=;ksa esa fuEu esa ls dkSu vuqifLFkr jgrk
the monocotyledons? gS\
(A) Phloem parenchyma (A) ¶yks;e e`nwrd
(B) Tracheids (B) okfgfudk;sa
(C) Vessels (D) Xylem parenchyma (C) okfgdk;sa (D) tkbye e`nwrd
21. Stomata are the component of 21. jU/kz fdlds ?kVd gSa\
(A) Epidermal tissue system (A) ckg~;Roph; Ård ra=
(B) Ground tissue system (B) Hkj.k Ård ra=
(C) Conducting tissue system (C) laokgd Ård ra=
(D) Vascular tissue system (D) laogu Ård ra=
22. Root hairs are the 22. ewy jkse gSa

(A) Multicellular Elongntions of epidermal cells (A) ckg~;Roph; dksf'kdkvksa ds cgqdksf'kdh; nh?khZdj.k
(B) Acellular elongations of epidermal cells (B) ckg~;Roph; dksf'kdkvksa ds vdksf'kdh; nh?khZdj.k
(C) Unicellular elongations of epidermal cells (C) ckg~;Roph; dksf'kdkvksa ds ,ddksf'kdh; nh?khZdj.k
(D) Multicellular elongations of endodermal cells (D) vUrLRoph; dksf'kdkvksa ds cgqdksf'kdh; nh?khZdj.k
23. Lateral roots arise from 23. ik'oZ ewy fdlds mRiUu gksr gS
(A) Endodermis (B) Pericycle (A) vUrLRopk (B) ifjjEHk
(C) Conjunctive tissue (D) Cambium ring (C) la;ksth Ård (D) ,/kk oy;
24. Meristem is charaterized by 24. foHkT;ksrd dk vfHky{k.k gs

(A) Isodiametric cells with cellulosic thin wall (A) leO;klh dks f'kdk;sa ftues a ls Y;q yks l dh iryh fHkfÙk gks rh gS
(B) Absence of intercellular space and vacuole (B) vUrjdksf'kdh; vodk'k o jl/kkuh dk vHkko
(C) Division capacity present (C) foHkktu dh {kerk dk ik;k tkuk
(D) All of these (D) buesa ls lHkh
25. According, to histogen theory, stem epidermis 25. fgLVkstu fl)kUr ds vuqlkj rus dh ckg~;Ropk fdlls
is derived from O;qRiUu gksrh gS\
(A) Calyptrogen (B) Dermatogen (A) xksidtu (B) Ropktu
(C) Protoderm (D) Periblem (C) vf/kRod (D) oYdqVtu
26. Removal or absence of thymus is early life 26. Fkkbel xa zfFkdhvuq i fLFkfr ; kgVkusl si zkj a
fHkd t hou i j
shall bring about D; ki zHkko i Ms+xk
(A) lack of lymphocytes (A) fy EQks l kbV dhdeh
(B) lack of antibodies (B) , U VhcksMhdhdeh
(C) lack of lymph nodes (C) fy EQuks Mdhdeh
(D) (A) r Fkk(B)
(D) Both (A) and (B)
27. Which of the following pairs of hormones are 27. fuEu esal sdkSul kgkeksZ
u dkt ksM+
kmnkgj .kgSt ksvkl kuh
the examples of those target cells easily pass l sy{; dksf' kdkdhIy kTekf>YyhdksHksndj pykt kr kgS
through the cell membrane of the target cell
vkSj xzkghl st q
M+t kr kgS
and bind to a receptor inside it (mostly in
the nucleus)? (A) bU
lqfy u r FkkXy w
d sxksu
(A) Insulin and glucagon (B) Fkkbj ks
fDl u r FkkbUl q
fy u
(B) Thyroxin and insulin
(C) l ksesVksLVsfVu r FkkvkW
Dl hVksfl u
(C) Somatostatin and oxytocin
(D) dkfVZ
l ksy r FkkVsLVksLVsjksu
(D) Cortisol and testosterone
28. The Leydig cells as found into the human 28. euq
"; ea
sy S
a
fMa
x dksf' kdkvksads} kj kD; kL=kkfor gksrkgS
body are the secretory source of
(A) progesterone (B) intestinal mucus (A) i z
kst sLVsjksu (B) bU
VsfLVuy E; w
dl
(C) glucagon (D) androgens (C) Xyw
d sxksu (D) , .Mªks
t Ul
29. Given below is an incomplete table certain 29. uhpsnht kj ghv/kw j hr kfydk esadq N gkeksZ
uksadsuke
hormones, their source glands and one major mudhL=kksr xza fFk] r FkkgkekZsu dkekuo kj hj i j i M+us
effect of each on the body in humans. okyk, d eq [ ; i zHkko cr k; kx; kgSAbl easfn, x, r hu
Identify the correct option for the three
fj Dr LFkku A, B r FkkC D; k gS ] i gpku dj mfpr
blanks A, B and C.
fodYi pq fu, A
Glands S ecretion Effect on
Body bZ
LVªkst u f} r h; d
Oestro gen M aintenance yS fxd y {k.kks
a a
o f seco ndary A
A dkscuk; s
sexual
j [ kuk
characters
Alpha cells Raises blo o d yS a
xj gS
l j Dr ' kdZ
jk
o f Islets o f sugar } hfi dkvksadh Lr j dksc<+ k
B
Langerhans level B
, YQk nsrk gSA
Anterio r Over secretio n dksf' kdk, a
pitauitary leads to vxzi h; w
"k vf/kL=kko l s
C
gigantism C
vfr dk; r k
Options : fodYi :
A B C A B C
(A) Placenta Glucagon Calcitionin
(A) vi j k Xyw
dS
xkW
u dS
fYl Vksfuu
(B) Ovary Glucagon Growth
hormone (B) v.Mk' k; Xyw
dS
xkW
u of̀) gkeksZ
u
(C) Placenta Insulin Vasopressin (C) vi j k bUl q
fyu oS
l ksizsfl u
(D) Ovary Insulin Calcitonin (D) v.Mk' k; bUl q
fyu dS
fYl Vksfuu
30. Which hormone causes dilation of blood 30. og dkS ul k gkeksZ

u gSft l l sj Dr okfgdk; safoLQkfj r
vessels, increaed oxygen consumption and (pkS
M+h) gkst kr hgS] vkWDl ht u mi Hkksx c<+t kr kgSr Fkk
gluconeogenesis ? Xyw
d ksl t uu gksrkgS \
(A) Adrenalin (B) Glucagon (A) , sfMªuyhu (B) X
yw d ksxkW
u
(C) ACTH (D) Insulin (C) ACTH (D) ba
lq fyu
31. Which of the following is an accumulation 31. fuEufyf[ kr esal sdkS ul k, d Hkkx r a
f=kdkgkW
ekZ
suksadk
and release centre of neurohormones? lap; , oaekspu dsUnzgksrkgS \
(A) Hypothalamus (A) gkbi ks
FkSy sel
(B) Anterior pituitary lobe (B) vxzfi V~ ;w Vj hi kfy
(C) Posterior pituitary lobe (C) i ' p fi V~
;w Vj hi kfy
(D) Intermediate lobe of the pituitary (D) fi V~;w
Vj hdhe/; or hZi kfy
32. Which gland decreases in size with increasing age 32. dkS
ul hxzfUFkdk vkdkj mezdsl kFk ?kVr k gS
:
(A) Thyroid (B) Adrenal
(A) Fkkbj kbM (B) , Mªhuy
(C) Thymus (D) Pituitary
(C) Fkkbel (D) i h; w
"k
33. Which is largest endocrine gland 33. fuEu esal sdkS ul h ' kj hj dh l cl scM+
hvUr %L=kkoh
(A) Thyroid (B) Liver xzfUFk gksrhgS:
(A) Fkkbj kWbM (B) ; dr̀
(C) Pituitary (D) Thymus
(C) i h; w"k (D) Fkkbel
34. Structure which has no role in endocrine 34. dkS

ul hxzfUFkvUr %L=kkohxzfUFki zd f̀r dhughagksrhgS
secretion :
(A) Duodenal epithelim (B) Testes (A) xg̀.khdh, s
i hFkhyh; e (B) o`"k.k
(C) Adrenal medulla (D) Submaxillary gland (C) , s
Mªhuy eS
Mw
yk (D) l c eS
Dl hyhj xza
fFk
35. Largest amount of idoine is found in 35. vk; ksMhu dhl okZf/kd ek=kk dgkai j gksrhgS:
(A) Adrenals (B) Liver (A) , Mªhuy es (B) ; dr̀ es
a
(C) Thyroid (D) Testes (C) Fkkbj kW
bM esa (D) o`"k.kes
a
36. Which one is a female sex hormone 36. fuEu esal sdkSul keknkfyax gkW
eksZu gS:
(A) Estrogen (B) Progesterone (A) bZ
LVªkst u (B) i z
kst sLVsjkW
u
(C) Estradiol (D) All of these (C) bZ
LVsªfM; kW
y (D) mi j ks Dr l Hkh
37. The ‘’erythropoietin’’ hormone regulates

37. ^^, fj Fkzksiks,fVu** gkW
eksZ
u fu; fU=kr dj r kgS:
(A) Blood pressure
(A) : f/kj nkc
(B) Water level of blood
(B) : f/kj ea si kuhdhek=kk
(C) Glucose level of blood
(C) : f/kj es aXywd kst dkLr j
(D) Rate of formation of red blood cells
(D) vkj -ch-l h- dsfuekZ . k dhnj
38. Which gland is concerned with salt equilibrium 38. yo.kl Ur q
y u l sl EcfU/kr xzfUFkgS:
in body
(A) Anterior pituitary (B) Pancreas (A) vxzfi V~
;w
Vj h (B) vXuk' k; h
(C) Adrenal (D) Thyroid (C) , Mªhuy (D) Fkkbj kbM
39. All of the following are functions of adrenaline 39. , d dksNksM+ d j mi j ksDr l Hkh, Mªhusy hu dsdk; ZgS
a
except (A) dad kyhi sf' k; ksadsj Dr l a
pkj c<+ kuk
(A) Increases blood supply in skeletal muscle
(B) gkbi j Xykbl s fe; k
(B) Hyperglycaemia
(C) Uterine relaxation (C) xHkkZ
' k; f' kfFkyr k
(D) Tachycardia (D) Vs
d hdkfMZ ;k
40. Adrenaline increases 40. , sMªhusy hu gkW

ekZ
su c<+knsrkgS:
(A) Heart beat (A) ân; Li a nu dks
(B) Blood pressure (B) : f/kj nkc dks
(C) Both (C) mi j ks Dr nksuksa
(D) None of these (D) mi j ks Dr esal sfdl hdksugha
41. Adrenal gland is 41. , Mªhuy xzfUFk mRifÙkesagksrhgS:

(A) Ectodermal in origin (A) , DVksMeZy
(B) Mesodermal in origin (B) eht ksMeZy
(C) Endodermal in origin (C) , UMksMeZy
(D) Ecto-mesodermal in origin (D) , DVks&ehl ksMeZ
y
42. Adrenal cortex also controls the carbohydrate 42. , Mªhuy dkVsZ Dl dsdkS ul sgkW
eksZ
u } kj k dkcksZ
gkbMªsV
metabolism through
mi ki p; i zHkkfor gksrk gS:
(A) Adrenaline
(A) , Mªhusy hu
(B) Noradrenaline
(B) ukWj , sMªhusy hu
(C) Glucocorticoids
(C) Xyw d ksd kW
VhZd kW
bM~l
(D) Mineralo Corticoids
(D) feuj sy ksdkW fVZd kW
bM~
l
43. 3F gland is 43. (3F) r hu , Q okyhxza

fFk dgykr hgS:
(A) Adrenal (B) Thyroid (A) , Mªhuy (B) Fkkbj kW
bM
(C) Gonadal (D) Pancreas (C) t un (D) vX uk' k;
44. Undersecretion of adrenal cortex causes 44. , Mªhuy dkW VsZ

Dl dsvYi L=kko.k l sdkS ul k j ksx gks
(A) Sterility (B) Addison’s disease t kr k gS:
(A) cka >i u (B) , s
Mhl u j ksx
(C) Cretinism (D) Dwarfism
(C) fØ, VhuhTe (D) ckuSki u
45. Storage gland is

45. gkW
eksZ
u dkl a xzg dj usokyhxzfUFkgksrhgS:
(A) Pancreas (B) Testis (A) vXuk' k; (B) o`"k.k
(C) Thyroid (D) Adrenal (C) Fkkbj kW
bM (D) , Mªhuy
46. The function of the secretion of prostrate 46. i zksLVsªV xza

fFkdsL=kko dkdk; ZgS
&
gland is to (A) ' kq
Øk.kqfØ; k' khy r kdksm| hfi r dj ukA
(A) stimulate sperm activity (B) ' kq
Øk.kqdksvkdf"kZ
r dj ukA
(B) attract sperms
(C) ' kq
Øk.kqdhfØ; k' khy r kdksvo: ) dj ukA
(C) inhibit sperm activity
(D) ' kq
Øk.kqdksi ks"k.ki znku dj ukA
(D) nourish sperms
47. The role of Leydig or interstitial cells is 47. y sfMa

x ; kbUVj fLVfl ; y dksf' kdkvksadhHkw fedkgS
&
(A) nourishment to sperms (A) ' kq
Øk.kqdksi ks"k.ki znku dj usesa
(B) give motility to sperms (B) ' kq
Øk.kqdksxfr ' khy r ki znku dj usesa A
(C) synthesize testosterone hormone (C) Vs LVksfLVj ksu gkeksZ
u dsl a' y s"k.kesa
(D) all above (D) mi j ks
Dr l HkhA
48. Which of the following is not a part of female 48. fuEu esal sdkS
u , d eknkt uu va
x dkHkkx ughagS
A
reproductive organ ? (A) xH
kkZ
' k; (B) cht ka
M
(A) Uterus (B) Ovule
(C) Seminal vesicle (D) Clitoris (C) ' kq
Øk' k; (D) DykbVks
fj l
49. Sertoli cells are found 49. l j Vksy hdksf' kdk, ai k; ht kr hgS
&
(A) in the germinal epithelium of ovary (A) v.Mk' k; dst uu , fi Fkhfy ; e es a
A
(B) between the seminiferous tubules
(B) l s fefuQsjl ufy dkvksadschp esa A
(C) in the germinal epithelium of the seminif-
(C) l s fefuQsjl ufy dkvksadst uu , fi Fkhfy ; e esa
A
erous tubules
(D) in the upper part of the fallopian tube (D) Qs y ksfi ; u uy hdsÅi j hHkkx esa
A
50. Mullerian duct is : 50. ew

y sfj ; u MDV gS
&
(A) ureter (B) urethra (A) ew
=kokfguh (B) ew
=kekxZ
(C) sperm duct (D) oviduct (C) ' kq
Øk.kqokfgdk (D) v.Mokfguh
51. Fimbriate funnel is found over : 51. >ky j nj dhi fdl dsÅi j i k; kt kr kgS &
(A) ureter (B) urinary bladder (A) ew =kokfguh (B) ew =kk' k;
(C) uterus (D) fallopian tube (C) xH kkZ
' k; (D) QS y ksih; u ufydk
52. There is a connective tissue cord extending 52.. o`"k.k r Fkk mnj fHkfÙk dschp l a
; kst h År d dh dkW
MZ
between the testis and abdominal wall called (cord) dkS ul hgksrhgS
A
(A) Testis cord (B) Gubernaculum (A) o`"k.kdks MZ (B) xqcj usd q
ye
(C) Mesentric cord (D) Spermatic cord (C) eht s fUVªd dksMZ (D) Li es Z
fVd dksMZ
53.. The elastic tissue connecting the cauda 53.. LØkW

Vy dks'kdksdkW
Mk, i hfMMkbfel l st ksM+
usokykbykfLVd
epididymis to the scrotal sac is År d D; kdgy kr k gSA
(A) gubernaculum (B) Tendinous cord (A) xq
cj usd q
ye (B) VsUMuh; dksMZ
(C) Scrotal ligament (D) Caput eipdidymis (C) LØkWVy fy xkesa
V (D) ds iq
V , i hfMMkbfel
54. The abdominal passage which connects the 54. Lr fu; ksaesamnj h; xq
gkr FkkLØkW
Vy dks"kdkst ksM+
usoky k
abdominal cavity with the scrotal sac in mnj h; ekxZdgy kr kgS
A
mammals is known as
(A) Li es
Z
fVd ufy dk (B) U
;wj sUVsfj d ufydk
(A) Spermatic canal (B) Neurenteric canal
(C) Inguinal canal (D) Haversion canal (C) bU
Xohuy ufy dk (D) gs
ofl Z
; u ufydk
55. What is the female counterpart of prostate 55. iq

: "kdsi zkW
LVsV xza
fFkdki zfr : i eknkesaD; kgS
A
gland in the male (man) (A) ckFkks
Z
fy u xza
fFk (B) xH
kkZ
' k;
(A) Bartholin's gland (B) Uterus
(C) H
kxf' k' ku (Clitoris) (D) mi j ksDr esal sdksbZugha
(C) Clitoris (D) None of these
56. The endometrium is the lining of 56. , .MksesfVª; e ----------------------------- dh y kbfua

x gS
A
(A) ew =kky ; (B) ; ks
fu
(A) Bladder (B) Vagina
(C) xH kkZ
' k; (D) v.Mokfguh
(C) Uterus (D) Oviduct
57. eknkesai zl o okfgdkegy kr hgS

A
57. Parturition duct in female is called
(A) xH
kkZ
' k; (B) v.Mokfguh
(A) Uterus (B) Oviduct
(C) ; ks
fu (D) l foZ
Dl
(C) Vagina (D) Cervix
58. Identify the parts labelled (A to G) in the 58. fn, x, uj t uu r a

=kdsvkj s[kesaukeka
fdr Hkkxksa(A-G)
given figure of male reproductive system from
dksl w
phI l sX esal sl q
esfyr dj l gh; q
Xe dkp; u dhft , A
the list I to X
A
A
G
B
G
B
F
F E
E Epididymis
Epididymis
C D
C D
(I) Qa
Ml (II) ; w
fj fuQsjl V~
;q
C;w
Yl
(I) Fundus (II) Uriniferous tubules
(III) l sfefuQsjl V~
;q
C;w
Yl
(III) Seminiferous tubules
(IV) Seminal vesicle (V) Prostate (IV) l sekbuy osl kbdy (V) i z
ksLVsV
(VI) Ejaculatory duct (VII) Rectum (VI) L[ ky u ufy dk, ¡ (VII) j s

DVe
(VIII) Anus (IX) Bulbourethral gland
(VIII) , ul (IX) cYcks
;wj sFkzy xza
fFk
(X) Scrotum
(X) LØks
Ve
(A) A-IV, B–V, C-X, D-IX, E - VIII, F-VII, G-VI
(A) A-IV, B–V, C-X, D-IX, E - VIII, F-VII, G-VI
(B) A-X, B–IX, C-VIII, D-IV, E - III, F-II, G-I
(B) A-X, B–IX, C-VIII, D-IV, E - III, F-II, G-I
(C) A-IV, B–V, C-I, D-III, E-IX, F-X, G-II (C) A-IV, B–V, C-I, D-III, E-IX, F-X, G-II
(D) A-V, B–III, C-I, D-II, E-IV, F-VI, G-VIII (D) A-V, B–III, C-I, D-II, E-IV, F-VI, G-VIII
59. Cervix lies between 59. l foZ

Dl fLFkr gksrhgS
(A) Oviduct and uterus (A) vksohMDV r Fkk; w Vsjl dse/; esa
(B) Uterus and vagina (B) ; ks
fu r Fkk; wVsjl dse/; esa
(C) Vagina and clitoris (C) ; ks
fu r FkkDy kbVksfj l dse/; esa
(D) Clitoris and labia (D) Dy kbVks fj l r Fkky sfc; kdse/; esa
60. What would happen if vasa deferentia of man 60. ; fn i q

: "kesa' kq
ØokfguhdksdkV fn; kt k, r ksD; kgksxk:-
are cut ? (A) ' kq
Øk.kqdsUæd foghu gkst k, sa
xs
(A) Sperms are non-nucleate
(B) ' kq
Øk.kq
t uu ughagksxk
(B) Spermatogenesis does not occur
(C) oh; Zfcuk' kq
Øk.kq
v ksadkgksxk
(C) Semen is without sperms
(D) ' kq
Øk.kqvpy gkst k, sa
xs
(D) Sperms are nonmotile
61. The given figure refers to female reproductive 61. fuEu vkj s[keuq
"; dseknkt uu r a
=kdkgS
Aukeka
fdr o.kksZ
system of human. Identify the marked dksi gpkfu, (A l sE)
alphabets (A to E)
F
F
A
A
B
B
C
C
E
E
D
D
(A) A-Ampulla, B-Infundibulum, C - Isthmus, (A) A-, Eiq

y k, B-bUQ.Mhcqy e, C - bLFkel , D-QS y ksfi ; u
D-Fallopian tube, E-Ovary, F-Uterine fundus ufy dk, E-v.Mk' k; , F-; w
Vsjkbu QaMl
(B) A-Isthmus, B-Infundibulum, C - Ampulla, (B) A-bLFkel , B-bU Q.Mhcqy e, C - , Eiq
y k, D-QSy ksfi ; u
D-Fallopian tube, E-Ovary, F-Uterine fundus ufy dk, E-v.Mk' k; , F-; w
Vsjkbu QaMl
(C) A-Ampulla, B-Isthmus, C - Infundibulum, (C) A-, Ei q
y k, B-bLFkel , C - bUQ.Mhcq y e, D-; ksfu,
D-Vagina, E-Ovary, F-Uterine fundus E-v.Mk' k; , F-; w
Vsjkbu QaMl
(D) A-Isthmus, B-Ampulla, C - Infundibulum, (D) A-bLFkel , B-, Eiq
y k, C - bUQ.Mhcq
y e, D-l foZ
Dl ,
D-Cervix, E-Ovary, F-Uterine fundus
E-v.Mk' k; , F-; w
Vsjkbu Qa
Ml
62. Seminal plasma in humans is rich in 62. ekuoksadsl sekbuy nzo esafdl dhi zpq j r kgksrhgS
(A) Fructose, calcium, certain enzymes (A) ÝDVks t ] dSfY' k; e r Fkkdq N,a t kbe dh
(B) Fructose and calcium but has no enzymes (B) ÝDVks t vkS j dS fY' k; e r ksgksrsgSa
] y sfdu , a
t kbe ugha
gksrkA
(C) Glucose and certain enzymes but has no
(C) Xy qd kst vkSj dq N,a t kbe r ksgksrsgSy sfdu dS fY' k; e
calcium
ughagksrkA
(D) Fructose and certain enzymes but poor
(D) ÝDVks t r Fkkdq N,a t kbe r ksgksrsgSysfdu dS fY' k; e
in calcium cgq r ghde gksrk gS A
63. Which group represents external genitalia of 63. ekuo eknk ds cká tun dks dkSulk lewg n'kkZrk gS\
human female? (A) y?kqHkxks"B] o`gnHkxks"B] xHkkZ'k;
(A) Labium minora, labium majora, uterus
(B) o`gnHkxks"B] y?kqHkxks"B] v.Mokfguh
(B) Labium majora, labium minora, oviduct
(C) y?kqHkxks"B] o`gnHkxks"B] ljfoDl
(C) Labium minora, labium majora, cervix
(D) Labium majora, labium minora, clitoris (D) o`gnHkxks"B] y?kqHkxks"B] DykbVksfjl
64. Accessory glands of male reproductive 64. uj tuu ra= dh lgk;d xzafFk;ka gS
system are
(A) izkWLVsV o 'kqØk'k;
(A) Prostate and seminal vesicles
(B) izkWLVsV] cFkksZfyu o 'kqØk'k;
(B) Prostate, Bartholins and seminal vesicles
(C) Seminal vesicles and Bartholins (C) 'kqØk'k; o cFkksZfyu
(D) Prostate, Cowper's and seminal vesicles (D) izkWLVsV] dkWmij o 'kqØk'k;
65. Oligospermia is 65. vksfyxksLifeZ;k gS

(A) > 20 million sperm/ml of semen (A) > 20 fefy;u 'kqØk.kq /ml lheu esa
(B) < 20 million sperm/ml of semen (B) < 20 fefy;u 'kqØk.kq /ml lheu esa
(C) > 40 million sperm/ml of semen (C) > 40 fefy;u 'kqØk.kq /ml lheu esa
(D) < 40 million sperm/ml of semen (D) < 40 fefy;u 'kqØk.kq /ml lheu esa
66. The primary producers of the deep-sea 66. xgjs leqnz ds m".ktyh; osUV ifjra= esa izkFkfed mRiknd
hydrothermal vent ecosystem are dkSu gS\
(A) coral reefs (A) izoky&fHkfÙk
(B) green algae (B) gfjr 'kSoky
(C) chemosynthetic bacteria (C) jlk;u&la'ys"k.k thok.kq
(D) blue-green algae (D) uhy&gfjr 'kSoky
67. Which of the following equations respresents 67. fuEu ea

sl sdkS
ul hl ehdj .k fl fer l a
l k/kuksdsl kFk , d
a population growing in a habitat with limited
vkokl ea
sc<+j ght ul a
[ ; kdksi znf' kZ
r dj r hgS
\
resources ?
dN
dN (A)  rN
(A)  rN dt
dt
dN K N
dN K N (B) dt  rN  K 
(B) dt  rN  K   
 
(C) Nt = N0ert
(C) Nt = N0ert
dN K  N
dN K  N (D) N  rt  K 
(D) N  rt  K   
 
68. Net primary productivity is the available 68. fdl dsmi Hkksx dsfy , i k; st kusoky k ck; ksekl l dy
biomass for the consumption to i zkFkfed mRikndr kgksrhgS
&
(A) Herbivores (A) ' kkdkgkj h
(B) Decomposers (B) vi ?kVd
(C) Primary producers (C) i z

kFkfed mRiknd
(D) Top carnivore (D) ' kh"kZeka
l kgkj h
69. Which of the following is a characteristic 69. fuEu ea

sl sdkS
ul kvfHkyk{kf.kd y {k.kekuot fur i kfj fLFkfr d
feature of anthropogenic ecosystems r U=kdkgS
\
(A) High biodiversity (A) mPp tSofofo/kr k
(B) Efficient nutrient cycling (B) dq
' ky i ks"kdr Ro pØ.k
(C) Very high productivity (C) cgq
r vf/kd mRikndr k
(D) Can survive without human interference (D) ekuo dsgLr {ks i dsfcukvfLr Ro ea
sj g l dr hgS
A
70. Match the terms of column-I with its meaning 70. dkW
y e-I dh' kCnkoy hdksdkW
y e-II l smudsvFkZdsvuq
l kj
in the column-II and select the correct option. fey kb, r Fkk l ghfodYi dk p; u dj sA
Column-I Column-II dkW
y e-I dkW
y e-II
a. Standing crop (i) Rate of production
(A) [ kM+
hQl y (i) i z
d k' kl
a
' y s"k.kdsnkS
j ku
of organic matter during
dkcZ
fud i nkFkZdsmRiknu
photosynthesis
dhnj
b. GPP (ii) Inorganic substances
(B) GPP (ii) i kfj LFkfr d r U=kea
svdkcZ
fud
in ecosystem
i nkFkZ
c. Secondary (iii) Rate of formation of
(C) f} fr ; d mRikndr k (iii) mi H
kksDr kvksa} kj ku; s
productivity new organic matter by
consumers
dkcZ
fud i nkFkZdsfuekZ
. kdh
d. Standing state (iv) Number of nj
organisms per unit area (D) [ kM+
hfLFkfr (iv) i z
fr
bZ
d kbZ{ks=kea
st hoks
dhl a
[;k
(A) a(i), b(ii), c(iii),d(iv) (A) a(i), b(ii), c(iii),d(iv)
(B) a(iv), b(i), c(iii),d(ii) (B) a(iv), b(i), c(iii),d(ii)
(C) a(iv), b(iii), c(i), d(ii) (C) a(iv), b(iii), c(i), d(ii)
(D) a(i), b(iv), c(iii), d(ii) (D) a(i), b(iv), c(iii), d(ii)
71. How many hot spots of biodiversity in the world 71. ukWeZu ek;lZ }kjk vc rd fo'o esa fdrus tSo fofo/krk okys
have been identified till date by Norman Myers? gkWV LikWV igpkus x;sa gS\
(A) 43 (B) 17 (A) 43 (B) 17
(C) 25 (D) 34 (C) 25 (D) 34
72. Select the odd one out w.r.t. the functional 72. i kfj fLFkfr d r U=k dsfØ; kRed i gy wdsl a nHkZea
sfo"ke dks
aspects of ecosystem pq fu, &
(A) Productivity (B) Stratification (A) mR i kndr k (B) Lr j hdj .k
(C) Energy flow (D) Nutrient cycling (C) Åt kZi z okg (D) i ks
"kd pØ.k
73. Which of the following pyramids always shows 73. fuEu easl sdkS
ul kfi j S
feMges'kkvR;f/kd l h/kk&<ky n' kkZ
r kgS
\
a steeper vertical gradient i.e. upward
(A) l a[ ; kdkfi j S
feM
(A) Pyramid of number
(B) Pyramid of nutrients (B) i ks
"k.kdkfi j S
feM
(C) Pyramid of biomass (C) t Sol agfr dki S jSfeM
(D) Pyramid of energy (D) Åt kZdkfi j S feM
74. During ecological succession : 74. ikfjfLFkfrdh; vuqØe.k ds nkSjku %
(A) the changes lead to a community that is in (A) ifjorZuksa ds dkj.k ,slk leqnk; curk gS tks i;kzoj.k
near equilibrium with the environment and is
called pioneer community ds lkE; ds lehi gksrk gS ,oa iqjksxkeh leqnk; dgykrk gS
(B) the gradual and predictable change in (B) fdlh Lih'kht dh la?kVuk esa Øfed vkSj igys ls crk;s
species composition occurs in a given area tk ldus okys ifjorZu fdlh ,d {ks= esa gksrs gS
(C) the establ i shment of a new bi oti c (C) bldh izkFkfed izkoLFkk esa u;k thoh; leqnk; cgqr rhoz
community is very fast in its primary phase
xfr ls LFkkfir gksrk gSA
(D) the numbers and types of animals remain
(D) tarqvksa dh la[;k vkSj fdLesa fLFkj jgrh gSa
constant
75. Select the correct match. 75. l ghdFku dk p; u dj ks\

(A) Ecosystem services -Loss biodiversity (A) i kfj fLFkfr dhl sok, ¡ &t S o fofo/kr kdks[ kRe dj r hgS
(B) Key industries animals -Third trophic level (B) i z
eq [ km| ksxksadsi ' kq & r r̀ h; i ks"k.k Lr j
(C) Climax community -Forest (C) pj eks Rd"kZl eqnk; & ou
(D) Natural ecosystem -Have no omnivores (D) i z
kdf̀r d i kfj fLFkfr d & dksbZl oZ Hk{khugha
76. Which of the following is true? 76. fuEu esa ls dkSulk dFku lgh gS\
(A) High altitude have higher biodiversity than (A) fuEu Å¡pkbZ dh rq yukesa vf/kd ÅpkbZ ÅPprj tSo fofo/krk
low altitude
j[krh gSA
(B) Low altitude have higher biodiversity than
(B) vf/kd Å¡pkbZ dh rqyuk esa fuEu Å¡pkbZ ij mPprj tSo
high altitude
fofo/krk gksrh gSA
(C) Amphibians have high biodiversity among
vertebrates (C) i`"Boaf'k;ksa esa mHk;pj mPprj tSo fofo/krk j[krs gSA
(D) Bryophytes have higher biodiversity than (D) ,fUt;ksLieZ dh rq yuk es a cz k;ksQkbVk es a mPprj otS fofo/krk
angiosperms gksrh gSA
77. Which of the following activities will not be a 77. fuEu ea

sl sdkS ul h, d fØ; kfo/kht S
ofofo/kr kdsfy , [ kr j k
threat to biodiversity? ughgksl dr hA
(A) Habitat fragmentation (A) vkokl h; fo[ k.Mu
(B) Alien species invasions (B) fons' kht kfr ; k¡dkvkØe.k
(C) Bioremediation (C) t S
fod mi pkj
(D) Over-exploitation (D) vR ; f/kd nksgu
78. The following figure represents the global 78. fn; k x; k fp=k vd' ks: fd; ksdseq
[ ; oxZdh t kfr ; ksadh
biodiversity of proportionate number of species vkuq
i fr d l a
[ ; kdhoS
f' od t S
ofofo/kr kdki zfr fuf/kRo dj r h
of major taxa of invertebrates. Identify the
gS
A Øe' k%pkj i zeq
[ kl eq
gks(A-D) dsfy , l ghfodYi dh
correct option for the four major groups (A-D)
respectively. i gpku dj sa
A
(A) (A) Molluscs, (B) Crustaceans, (C) Other

(A) (A) eks
y Ldl (B) ØLVsf' k; u (C) vU; l eq
g (D) dhV
groups,(D) Insects
(B) (A) Insects, (B) Molluscs. (C) Crustaceans,
(B) (A) dhV (B) eks
y Ldl (C) ØLVsf' k; u (D) vU; l eq
g
(D) Other groups
(C) (A) Insects, (B) Crustaceans. (C) Molluscs,
(C) (A) dhV (B) ØLVs
f' k; u (C) eksy Ldl (D) vU; l eq
g
(D) Other groups
(D) (A) Crustaceans, (B) Other groups. (C)
(D) (A) ØLVs
f' k; u (B) vU; l eq
g (C) eksy Ldl (D) dhV
Molluscs, (D) Insects
79. tSo fofo/kr kdsl a

j {k.kdsfy, fuEu ; kst ukvka
sdkv/; ; u dj ks
79. Cons i d er t he fol l owi ng s trat eg i e s for r Fkkbu fl Vwnf̀"Vdks.kdsfy , l ghfodYi pq us&
conservation of biodiversity and select the (a) i fo=k mi ou (b) oU
; t ho l Qkj h
correct option for in-situ approaches,
(c) j k"Vªh; m| ku (d) mÙkd la
oZ
/ku
(a) Sacred groves (b) Wild life safari
(e) t honÒ
; la
xzg.k (f) t hoe.My l a
j {k.k
(c)National parks (d) Tissue culture
(e)Germplasm storage (f) Biosphere reserve (A) (b), (c) r Fkk(f) (B) (a), (c) o (f)
(A) (b), (c) & (f) (B) (a), (c) & (f) (C) (a), (d), (e) o (f) (D) (a), (b), (c) o (f)
(C) (a), (d), (e) & (f) (D) (a), (b), (c) & (f)
80. vkuq
okaf' kd fofo/kr kfdl l sl EcfU/kr gksrhgS&
80. Genetic diversity is related to (A) , d i kfj fLFkfr d r U
=kea st kfr ; ksdki zd kj
(A) Types of species within an ecosystem (B) , d {kS =kesfHkUu l eqnk;
(B) Different communities in an area (C) t hu vk/kkfj r fofo/kr k
(C) Gene based diversity (D) t hul dhfofo/kr k
(D) Diversity of a genus
81. tSo fofo/kr kdhgkfu dkl cl scM+ k[ kr j kgS&
81. The greatest threat to loss of bio diversity is (A) vkokl dk u"V gks uk
(1 ) Habitat destruction (B) i q
j%LFkkfi r i zt kfr ; ksadsl kFki zfr Li /kkZ
(B) Competition with introduced species (C) mPp mi t ns usoky hfdLeka sdki z;ksx
(C) Introduction of high yielding varieties (D) t Soi hMdksdki z;ksx
(D) Use of biopesticides
82. vl q
esfy r dkspq
fu, &
82. Select the incorrect match. (A) xz
g dsQsQM+
s & vest u o"kkZou
(A) Lungs of the planet -Amazon rain forest (B) vR
; f/kd nksgu dsdkj .k& ; k=khdcw
rj
(B) Extinction due to -Passenser pigeons foyq
Ir
over -exploitation (C) uhy i pZ & cichild eNy h
(C) Nile perch -Cichlid fish (D) Ms
foMfVYesu & dhy d i ksij i fj dYi uk
(D) David Tilman -Rivet Popper hypothesis
83. tS
o fofo/kr kdsl a
nHkZea
sfuEu dFkuksi j fopkj dj ksA
83. Consider the following statements w.r.t. (A) , d {ks=kdsHkhr j i zt kfr ; ksadhxgur ky sfdu dsoy , d
biodiversity:
l hekr d
(A) Within a region species richness increased
with increasing explored area, but only up to a (B) m".kdfVca /kh; dkvf/kd fLFkj okr koj .k dsvi s{kkdr̀
limit. fudsr fo' ks"kKr kdksc<+koknsrkgSr Fkkt kfr ; ksadhfofo/kr k
(B) Relatively more constant environment of dksU; w
ur kdhvksj y st kr kgS S
A
the tropics promote niche specialisation and
leads to lesser species diversity. (C) ew y r Ro t kfr ; k¡ eq
[ ; i kfj fLFkfr d r U=k dhfØ; k dks
(C) Keystone species drive major ecosystem py kr hgS A
functions. (D) , d fLFkj l eq nk; fons'khi zt kfr ; ksa} kj kgey ksdsfy ,
(D) A stable community must be resistant to i zfr j ks/khgksukpkfg, A
invasions by alien species.
(A) (A), (B) r Fkk(D) (B) (A),(B) r Fkk(C)
The correct statements are
(A) (A), (C) & (D) (B) (A), (B) & (C)
(C) (B), (C) r Fkk(D) (D) l Hkhl ghgS
A.
(C) (B), (C) & (D) (D) All are correct 84. la l kj eas--------------------------t kfr ; ksadhl a
[ ; kl HkheNyh] , fEQfc; u]
84. Number of ...................species in the world j sfIVfy ; kr FkkLr uh; ka sdht kfr ; ksadsdq y l eq
g l sHkhT; knk
is more than the combined total of the species gksrhgS &
of fishes, amphibians, reptiles and mammals (A) ' kS oky (B) i {kh
(A) Algae (B) Birds (C) dod (D) QuZ
(C) Fungi (D) Ferns
85. l ghdFku dkp; u dj sA
85. Select the correct statement. (A) j kcZ VebZ} kj kcuk, x, l a j f{kr r FkkoS
Kkfud r kS j ij
(A) Conservative and scientifically sound /ofu vuq eku oS f' od i zt kfr fofo/kr k 20 l s50 fefy ; u
estimate made by Robert May places the global j [ kr hgSA
species diversity 20 to 50 million. (B) i f' peks?kkVksdh vi s {kk i w ohZ?kkVksaea
svf/kd mHk; pj
(B) The Eastern Ghats have a greater amphibian i zt kfr ; fofo/kr ki kbZt kr hgS ]
species diversity than the Western Ghats (C) nt ZdhxbZi z t kfr ; ka
sea
sl s70 i zfr ' kr t Urqt kfr ; kdhVks
(C) More than 70 percent of all the species of dhgS A
recorded animals are insects (D) ; fn ge i z kS
d sfj ; ksV i zt kfr ; ka
sdso.kZ u dsfy , t S o
(D) If we accept biochemical or molecular j kl k; fud ; k vkf.od ekun.M Lohdkj dj r sgSr c mudh
criteria for delineating prokaryotic species, then fofo/kr kcgq r de gksrhgS A
their diversity is very less
86. MsfoMfVyesUl dsnh?kZ
v of/ki kfj fLFkfr dhr a
=ki z;ksx ft l ea
s
86. D av i d T i l man' s l ong -t erm ec os ys te m
vl Ec) Hkw
Hkkx dk mi ; ksx gksrk gS
] i znf' kZ
r dj r k gS&
experiments using outdoor plots proved that
(1 ) Plots with less species showed less year (A) H
kw
&Hkkx ft l ea
sde i zt kfr ; k¡gSog i w
. kZck; ksek¡l esl ky
to year variation In total biomass nj l ky dehi znf' kZ
r dj r kgS
A
(B) Increased diversity contrib uted to hig her
productivity (B) c<+
hgq
bZt S
o fofo/kr kmPp mRikndr kdksc<+
kr hgS
A
(C) Decreased diversity contributes to high (C) fofo/kr kea
sdehusmPp mRikndr kdks?kVk; kgS
A
productivity
(D) Species richness is not linked to a stable (D) i z
t kfr ; ksadhi zpq
j r kLFkk; hl eq
nk; l sl EcfU/kr ughagS
A
community.
87. ldy oSf'od dkcZu dk yxHkx 70% Hkkx fdl esa ik;k tkrk gS
87. About 70% of total global carbon is found in :- (A) egklkxjksa esa (B) ouksa esa
(A) Oceans (B) Forests (C) ?kklLFkyksa esa (D) Ñf=e ikfjra=ksa esa
(C) Grassland (D) Artificial ecosystem
88. iw
oZvÝhdk dh>hy foDVksfj ; k ea s200 l svf/kd fl pfy M
88. The main cause for the extinction of more than (cichlid) eNy h; ks adsfoy q
Ir gksusdkeq[ ; dkj .kFkk\
200 pecies of cichlid fish in the Lake Victoria in
(A) vfr nks
gu (B) l g foy q
Ir gksuk
East Africa was
(A) Over-exploitation (B) Co-extinction (C) fons
' khi zt kfr ; ksadsvkØe.k
(C) Alien-species invasion (D) vkokl fo[ k.Mu
(D) Habitat fragmentation
89. lad Vki Uu vkS j la
d VxzLr t Urqr Fkki kni ksdksmudsi zkdf̀r d
89. Endangered or threatened animals and plants vkokl l sckgj fudky kt kr kgSr FkkmUgsD; kLFkkfi r dj ds
are taken out from their natural habitat and fo' ks"kns[kHkky r Fkkl qj {kknht kl dr hgS \
can be given special, care and protection by
(A) t U rqv ky ; r FkkouLi fr m| ku
establishing
(A) Zoological park and Botanical Garden (B) j k"Vªh; i kdZ
(B) National park (C) t hoea My l aj {k.k
(C) Biosphere reserve (D) vH ; kj .k
(D) Sanctuary
90. Sacred groves are unique and useful because 90. i fo=k mi ou vf} fr ; o mi ; ksxhgSD; ksfd &
(A) It is a special ex-situ strategy (A) ; g , d fo' ks "k, Dl fl Vwj .kfufr gS A
(B) It is the last refuge for a large number of
(B) ; g nq y HkZi kS
/kksdhcM+ hl a[ ; kdsfy , va
fr e vkJ; gS
A
rare plants
(C) It prevents particulate pollution (C) ; g d.ki z nw "k.kdksj ksd r kgS A
(D) Promotes alien invasion (D) fons ' khvkØe.kdksc<+ koknsrkgSA
PART - II [PHYSICS]
91. A bar magnet having a magnetic moment of 91. 2 × 104 JT–1 dspqEcdh; vk?kw . kZoky h, d NM+pq Ecd
2 × 104 JT–1 is free to rotate in a horizontal {kS
fr t r y esa?kw . kZ
u dsfy ; sLor a
=kgS A vUr fj {kesa {kS
fr t
plane. A horizontal magnetic field, B=6 × 10–4
pqEcdh; {ks=k B = 6 × 10 T mi fLFkr gS
–4 A pq
Ecd dks
T exists in the space. The work done in taking
the magnet slowly from a direction parallel to /khjs-/khjs{ks=kdsl ekUrj fn' kkl s{ks=kl s60° fn' kkr d y s
the field to a direction 60° from the field is : t kusesafd; k x; kdk; ZgS:
(A) 12 J (B) 6 J (A) 12 J (B) 6 J
(C) 2 J (D) 0.6 J (C) 2 J (D) 0.6 J
92. The relation connecting magnetic susceptibility 92. pq

Ecdh; i zof̀Ùkm o l ki sf{kd i kj xE; r kr dse/; l EcU/
m and relative permeability r is : kgksxk:
(A) m = r + 1 (B) m = r –1 (A) m = r + 1 (B) m = r –1
1 1
(C)  m   (D) m = 3(1 + r) (C)  m   (D) m = 3(1 + r)
r r
93. The real angle of dip, if a magnet is suspended 93. ; fn , d pqEcd] pq

Ecdh; ; keksÙkj l s30º dks.ki j fuyfEcr
at an angle of 30º to the magnetic meridian gSr Fkkur h(dip) l qbZ{kS
fr t dsl kFk45º dks.kcukr hgS ]
and the dip needle makes an angle of 45º with
r ksokLr fod ufr dks.kgksxk–
horizontal is :
 3
 3  
  (A) tan–1  2  (B) tan–1 ( 3 )
(A) tan–1  2  (B) tan–1 ( 3 )  
 
 3  2 
 3  2   
    (C) tan–1  2  (D) tan–1  
(C) tan–1  2 (D) tan–1    3
   3
94. The time of vibration of a magnetic needle 94. Å/okZ/kj r y esadfEi r , d pq

Ecdh; l q bZdsdEi Uu dk
vibrating in the vertical plane is 3 s. When vkor̀ dky (time) 3 s gS At c pqEcdh; l w bZ{kS
fr t r y esa
magnetic needle is made to vibrate in the dEi Uu dsfy ; scukbZt kr hgS
] r c dEi Uu dk vkor̀ dky
horizontal plane, the time of vibration is 3 2 .
3 2 gS A r c ufr (dip) dkdksa. kgksxkA
Then the angle of dip is
(A) 30° (B) 45°
(A) 30° (B) 45° (C) 60° (D) 90°
(C) 60° (D) 90°
95. A short bar magnet with the North-pole facing 95. mÙkj dhvksj l Eeq [ kmÙkj h/kq
ozdsl kFk, d y ?kqNM+pq Ecd
North forms a neutral point at P in the {kS
fr t r y esaP i j , d mnkl hu fcUnqcukr k gS AP i j
horizontal plane, the net magnetic induction
pqEcdh; i zsj.k gksxk(i F̀ohdspq Ecdh; {ks=k dk {kS
fr t ?kVd
at P is (horizontal component of earth's
magnetic field = BH) = BHgS A)
(A) zero (B) 2BH (A) ' kw
U; (B) 2BH
5 5
(C) B (D) 5 BH (C) B (D) 5 BH
2 H 2 H
96. Property of a bulk material called intensity of 96. , d vk; r u (bulk) i nkFkZdkxq . k/keZt kspq
Ecdu dhr hozrk
magnetisation is dgy kr kgS ] gksxk&
(A) magnetic moment per unit volume (A) pqEcdh; vk?kw . kZi zfr bZ d kbZvk; r u
(B) net magnetic moment per unit volume
(B) dq y pq Ecdh; vk?kw . kZi zfr bZd kbZvk; r u
(C) a vector quantity and having unit of Am–1
(C) , d l fn' kj kf' kr Fkkft l dhbZ d kbZAm–1 gS
A
(D) Both (b) and (c)
(D) nksuksa(b) o (c)
97. An iron rod of 0.2 cm2 cross-sectional area is 97. 0.2 cm2 vuq i zLFkdkV {ks=kQy dh, d yksgsdhNM+1200
subjected to a magnetising field of 1200 Am–1. Am ds, d pq
–1 Ecdh; {ks=kesa' kkfl r dht kr hgS
Ay ksgsdh
The susceptibility of iron is 599. The permeability lq
xzkfgr k(susceptibility) 599 gS Apq
Ecd' khyr kgksxhA
will be (A) 7.9 × 105 T m/A (B) 8.0 × 1022 T m/A
(A) 7.9 × 105 T m/A (B) 8.0 × 1022 T m/A (C) 7.5 × 10–4 T m/A (D)1.8 × 10–5 T m/A
(C) 7.5 × 10–4 T m/A (D)1.8 × 10–5 T m/A
Directions (Q. Nos. 98–99) Answer the fn; sfp=k i j v k/kkfj r fuEufy f[ kr i z'uks(98–99) ds
following questions based on given figure. mÙkj nhft , sA B
B a
a 1.5
1.5 b
b
1.0
1.0
0.5
0.5
–200 O 100 200 H

–200 O 100 200 H
–1 –0.5 Am–1
–0.5 Am
–1.0 e
–1.0
e
1.5
1.5 d
d
98. From the figure, the retentivity or remanence is 98. fp=kl s/kkj.k{kerk(retantivity) ; kvo'ks"k(remanence) gksxkA
(A) value of B at H = 0 (A) H i j B dk eku = 0 gS A
(B) value of B at H = 100 (B) H i j B dkeku = 100 gS A
(C) value of B at H = –100 (C) H i j B dkeku = –100 gS A
(D) value of B at H = –10
(D) H i j B dkeku = –10 gS A
99. For a given value of H, B is not unique but 99. H dsfn; sx; seku dsfy ; sB vf} r h; (unique) ughgS
]
depends on the magnetic history of the y sfdu l sEi y dspq
Ecdh; bfr gkl i j fuHkZ j dj r kgS
A; g
sample. This phenomenon is called ?kVukdgy kr hgS&
(A) coercivity (B) remanence (A) fuxz kfgr k (B) vo' ks "k(remanence )
(C) retentivity (D) hysteresis (C) /kkj .k{ker k (D) ' kS
fFkY; r k(hysteresis)
100. In which direction will the galvanometer 100. dkSul hfn' kkesa/kkj keki hfo{ksfi r gksxk] t c pq
Ecd dq
. My h
deflection be, when the magnet is pulled away l snw
j [ kha
pht kr hgS\ (fn; kgSfo{ksi.ka dhvksj Fkkt c
from the coil ? (Given deflection was towards
pqEcd dq . My hdhvksj /kdsy hxbZ )
a when magnet was pushed towards coil)
N S
N S
a
a G
G b
b
(A) towards a (A) a dhvksj

(B) no deflection (B) dks
bZfo{ksi.kughgksxkA
(C) towards b (C) b dhvks j
(D) indicator oscillates between a and b (D) l w
pd a o b dschp nksfy r gksrk gS
A
101. A square of side a metre lies in the YZ-plane 101. a ehVj Hkq
t k dk , d oxZ, d {ks=k esaYZ-r y esagS
] t gk¡
in a region, where the magnetic field is given
pq Ecdh; {ks=k B = B0 (3iˆ  3jˆ  4k)
ˆ T } kj kfn; kt kr k
B = B0 (3iˆ  3j ˆ T, where B0 is constant.
ˆ  4k)
gSA t gk¡B0 fu; r ka
d gSA oxZl sxq t j usoky s¶y Ld dk
The magnitude of flux passing through the
i fj ek.kgksxk&
square is
(A) 2B0a2 Wb (B) 5B0a2 Wb
(A) 2B0a2 Wb (B) 5B0a2 Wb
2 (C) 3B0a2 Wb (D) 4B0a2 Wb
(C) 3B0a Wb (D) 4B0a2 Wb
102. A circular disc of radius 0.2 m is placed in a

1  Wb 
102. 0.2 m f=kT; kdh, d oÙ̀kkdkj pdr h   2  i zsj.kds
1  Wb  m 
uniform magnetic field of induction   2 
m 
, d l Ek: i pqEcdh; {ks=k esabl i zd kj j [ kht kr hgS
] fd
in such a way that its axis makes an angle of bl dk v{k B dsl kFk 60° dk dksa . k cukr k gSA pdr hl s
60° with B. The magnetic flux linked with the
l Ec} pq Ecdh; ¶y Ld gksxkA
disc is
(A) 0.02 Wb (B) 0.06 Wb
(A) 0.02 Wb (B) 0.06 Wb
(C) 0.08 Wb (D) 0.01 Wb
(C) 0.08 Wb (D) 0.01 Wb
103. At a given place, horizontal and vertical 103. , d fn; sx; sLFkku i j i F̀ohdspq
Ecdh; {ks=kksds{kSfr t vkS
j
components of earth's magnetic fields BH and Å/okZ/kj ?kVd fp=kkuq l kj X vkS
j Y-v{kdsvuq fn' kØe' k%
BV are along X and Y-axes, respectively as BH vkS j BV gS A {ks=kQy S dsl kFk l fEefy r i F̀oh ds
shown in the figure. What is the total flux of
pqEcdh; {ks=k dk dq y ¶y Ld D; k gksxk] ; fn {ks=kQy S,
earth's magnetic field associated with an area
XY-r y esgS?
S, if the area S is in the XY- plane ?
Y Y
BV BV
X X
BH BH
Z Z
(A) 0 (B) BHS (A) 0 (B) BHS

(C) BVS (D) (BH + BV)S (C) BVS (D) (BH + BV)S
104. In the given situation, the bar magnet 104. nhxbZfLFkfr esaNM+pqEcd ................ cy dq
. Myhesa
experiences a ................ force due to the ........... dsdkj .kvuq
Hko dj r hgSA
........... in coil.
N
N
(A) vkd"kZ
. k] gok
(A) an attractive, air
(B) vkd"kZ
. k] i zsfj r /kkj k
(B) an attractive, induced current
(C) i z
fr d"kZ
. k] i zsfj r /kkj k
(C) repulsive, induced current
(D) attractive, vacuum (D) vkd"kZ. k] fuokZ r
105. Match the items of Column I with those of 105. Lr EHkI dsi nksadksLr a
HkII dsi nksal sfeykb, sr Fkkuhpsfn; s
Column II and choose the correct option from
x; sdksMksl sl ghfodYi pq fu, sA
the codes given below.
A. d
A. d × × × × × ×
× × × × × × a × × × × × ×
a × × × × × × × × c× × × ×
× × c× × × × × × × × × × 1. b a c b
× × × × × × 1. b a c b × b
× × × × ×
× b
× × × × × × × × × × ×
× × × × × ×
B.
×
×
×
×
B.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
a
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
c 2. a b c d a
×
×
×
×
2. a b c d a
×
×
×
×
b
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
C.
×
×
×
×
×
×
C.
×
×
×
×
×
×
a a
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
b b
×
×
×
×
×
×
3. d a c b
×
×
×
×
×
×
3. d a c b
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
c d c
d
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
A B C A B C
(A) 3 1 2 (A) 3 1 2
(B) 2 1 2 (B) 2 1 2
(C) 1 2 3 (C) 1 2 3
(D) 1 3 2 (D) 1 3 2
106. Two identical magnetic dipoles of magnetic 106. nks, dl eku pq Ecdh; fnz/kq zo (i zR; sd dk pq Ecdh; vk?kw
. kZ
moment 1.0 A-m2 each, placed at a separation 1.0 A-m gS 2 ) , d nw
l j sl s2m nw j hi j , d nw
l j sdhv{kksa
of 2m with their axis perpendicular to each
dsyEcor ~j [ ksx; sgSAnksuksaf} /kzq
oksadse/; ekxZds, d fcUnq
other. The resultant magnetic field at a point
midway between dipoles is i j i fj .kkehpq
Ecdh; {ks=kgS &
S S
1m 1m
S N O S N O
N N
2M 2M
(A) 5  10 7 T (B) 3  10 7 T (A) 5  10 7 T (B) 3  10 7 T
(C) 2  10 7 T (D) zero (C) 2  10 7 T (D) ' kw

U;
107. A magnet of length 14 cm and magnetic moment 107. 14 cm y EckbZvkS

j pq
Ecdh; vk?kw. kZ okyh, d pq Ecd dks
 is broken into two parts of length 6 cm and 8 6 cm vkS j 8 cm dsnksVq d M+
ksesar ksM+kx; kgSA foi fj r /
cm. They are put at right angles to each other
kzq
oksadksl kFkj [ kr sgq
, bUgsa, d nwl j sl sl edks.ki j j [ kkx; k
with opposite poles together. The magnetic dipole
moment of the combination is- gS Al a; kst u dkpq Ecdh; fnz/kwo vk?kw . kZgS
A
 
(A) (B)  (A) (B) 
1.4 1.4
(C) 1.4  (D) 2.8  (C) 1.4  (D) 2.8 
108. If 1 ,2 ,3 and 4 are the magnetic torque 108. t c fdl hNM+pq Ecd dkspq Ecdh; {ks=k l sØe' k%30°,
acting on the bar magnet when it kept at an 60°, 90° vkS j 135° dks.kcukr sgq, j [ kkt kosr kspqEcd
angles of 30°, 60°, 90° and 135° with the
i j y xusoky scy vk?kw
. kZØe' k%1 ,2 ,3, 4 gS ] r ks-
direction of magnatic field. Then-
(A) 1 > 2 >3 >4 (B) 3 > 1 >2 >4
(A) 1 > 2 >3 >4 (B) 3 > 1 >2 >4
(C) 4 > 3 >2 >1 (D) 3 > 2 >4 >1
(C) 4 > 3 >2 >1 (D) 3 > 2 >4 >1
109. A rod of a paramagnetic substance is placed in 109. vuq pq

Ecdh; i nkFkZdh, d NM+dksvl eku pq Ecdh; {ks=kesa
a non-uniform magnetic field. Which of the j [ kkx; kgS
] fuEu esal sdkSul kfp=k{ks=kesabl dsfoU; kl
following figure shows its alighnment in the field? (alignment) dksi z nf' kZ
r dj r kgS
-
N S
(A) N S (B) N S
(A) N S (B)
N S S
(C) N S (D) (C) N S (D) N
110. The tangent galvanometers having coils of 110. Li ' kZ

T; k/kkj keki hft uesal eku f=kT; kokyhdq . Mfy ; k¡gSdks
the same radius are connected in series. A Js.khØe esat ksM+ kx; kgS Abuesa, d /kkj ki zokfgr dj usi j
current flowing in them produces deflections Øe' k%60° vkS j 45° fo{ksi mRiUu gksrsgSAdq . Myhesa?ksjksa
of 60° and 45° respectively. The ratio of the
dhl a [ ; k dkvuq i kr gS-
number of turns in the coil is:
(A) (4/3) (B) ( 3  1) / 1
(A) (4/3) (B) ( 3  1) / 1
 3  1
 3  1  
  (C)   (D) 3 /1
(C)   (D) 3 /1  3  1
 3  1
111. The vertical component of earth’s magnetic 111. i F̀ohdspq Ecd h; {ks=kdkÅ/okZ
/kj ?kVd ' kw
U; gksr kgS&
field is zero at – (A) pq Ecd h; fuj {k i j
(A) magnetic equator
(B) pq Ecd h; /kzq oij
(B) magnetic pole
(C) H kkS
xksfy d /kzqoksai j
(C) geographic poles
(D) at 90° latitude (D) 90° ns ' kkUr j i j
112. A dip needle which is free to move in a 112. , d ufr l qbZt kspqEcdh; ; kE; ksÙkj dsy Ecor r y esxfr
vertical plane perpendicular to magnetic d j usdsfy , Lor U=k gS&
meridian will remain – (A) {kS
fr t j gsxh
(A) horizontal
(B) Å/okZ /kj j gsxh
(B) vertical
(C) neither horizontal nor vertical (C) uk {kSfr t uk ghÅ/okZ /kj j gsxh
(D) nothing can be said (D) d qN d gk ught k l dr k
113. Moment of inertia of a thin semicircular disc 113. , d i r yhv) Z oÙ̀kkdkj pdr h(æO
; eku = M o f=kT; k= R)
(mass = M & radius = R) about an axis through ft l dkv{kO i j r Fkkpdr hdsr y dsyEcor ~gS ] ml dk
point O and perpendicular to plane of disc, is
t M+Rok?kw
. kZgksxk& :
given by :
O
O
R
R
1 1
1 1 (A) MR 2 (B) MR2
(A) MR 2 (B) MR2 4 2
4 2
1
1 (C) MR 2 (D) MR2
2 8
(C) MR (D) MR2
8
114. Three thin rods each of length L and mass M 114. L y EckbZvkS
j M nzO
; eku dhi zR; sd i r y hr hu NM+ sx, y
are placed along x, y and z -axes in such a vkS
j z -v{kdsvuq fn' kbl i zd kj j [ khxbZgSfd i zR;sd NM+
way that one end of each of the rods is at dk , d fl j k ew
y fcUnqi j gS A z-v{k dspkj ksvksj bl
the origin. The moment of inertia of this
fudk; dkt MRo vk?kw . kZgS
A
system about z-axis is :
Z
Z 2ML2
2ML2 (A) 3
(A) 3 3
3
4ML2 L
4ML2 L (B)
(B) 3
3
O L
O L 5ML2 Y
2 Y (C) 2
5ML 2
(C) 3 L
3 L 1
1
ML2
X
ML2 X (D)
(D) 3
3
115. Figure shows a thin metallic triangular sheet ABC.

115. fp=kkuql kj , d i r yh/kkfRod f=kHkq
t kdkj ' khV ABC gS' khV
The mass of the sheet is M. The moment of dknzO ; eku M gS A Hkq
t k AC dspkj ksavksj ' khV dkt M+ Ro
inertia of the sheet about side AC is : vk?kw
. kZgS
A l B A l B
90° 90°
l l
C C
Ml2 Ml2 Ml2 Ml2

(A) (B) (A) (B)
18 12 18 12
Ml2 Ml2 Ml2 Ml2

(C) (D) (C) (D)
6 4 6 4
116. Moment of inertia of a uniform horizontal 116. csy u dsv{kdsyEcor ~vkS j bl dsfl j ksal sxqt j usokys, d
cylinder of mass M about an axis passing v{kdspkj ksvksj M nzO ; eku ds, d l eku {kS fr t csy u dk
through its edge and perpendicular to the
axis of the cylinder when its length is 6 times t M+Ro vk?kw
. kZD; kgksxk] t c bl dhyEckbZ ] bl dhf=kT; kdh
its radius R is : 6 xq uk gS&
39MR 2 39MR 39MR 2 39MR
(A) (B) (A) (B)
4 4 4 4
49MR 49MR 2 49MR 49MR 2

(C) (D) (C) (D)
4 4 4 4
117. Four holes of radius R are cut from a thin 117. R f=kT; k dspkj fNnzM nzO ; eku vkS
j 4R Hkq
t k dh, d
square plate of side 4R and mass M. The i r yhoxkZ d kj IysV l sdkVst kr sgS
Az-v{kdspkj ksvksj ' ks"k
moment of inertia of the remaining portion
cpsHkkx dkt M+ Ro vk?kw
. kZgS&
about z-axis is : y
y
 
MR (A) MR
(A) 12
12
4  4  2
(B)  3  4  MR
2
(B)  3  4  MR
  x   x
 8 10   8 10  2
(C)  3  16  MR
2
(C)  3  16  MR
   
4  4  2
(D)  3  6  MR
2
(D)  3  6  MR  
 
118. When a torque acting upon a system is zero. 118. t c , d fudk; dsmi j dk; Z
j r cy k?kw
. kZ' kw
U; gS
AfuEu esa
Which of the following will be constant ? l sdkSul kfu; r gksxk&
(A) Force (A) cy
(B) Linear momentum
(B) j s
[ kh; l aosx
(C) Angular momentum
(D) Linear impulse (C) dks . kh; l a
osx
(D) j s
[ kh; vkosx
119. A particle of mass m = 5 units is moving with
119. m=5 bdkbZnzO
; eku dk , d d.k j s[kk Y = X + 4.
a uniform speed  = 3 2 m in the XOY-plane
dsvuq fn' kr y XOY-esa, d l eku pky  = 3 2 m l s
along the line Y = X + 4. The magnitude of
the angular momentum of the particle about py j gkgS Aewy fcUnqdspkj ksavksj d.kdsdks.kh; l a
osx dk
the origin is : i fj ek.k gS:
(A) zero (B) 60 unit (A) ' kwU; (B) 60 bdkbZ
(C) 7.5 unit (D) 40 2 unit (C) 7.5 bdkbZ (D) 40 2 bdkbZ
120. A cord is bound round the circumference of a 120. , d MksjhR f=kT; k ds, d i fg; sdh i fj f/k dspkj ksavksj
wheel of radius R. The axis of the wheel is cka/kht kr hgS Ai fg; sdkv{k{kS fr t gSvkS
j bl dspkj ksavksj
horizontal and moment of inertia about it is I. A
weight mg is attached to the end of the cord t M+ Ro vk?kw
. kZI gS
A, d Hkkj mg Mksjhdsfl j sl st ksM+
kt kr k
and falls from rest. After falling through distance gSvkS j foj ke l sfxj k; k t kr k gS
A h nw
j hl sfxj usdsckn
h, the angular velocity of the wheel will be : i fg; sdkdks.kh; osx gksxk&
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
 2gh   2mgh   2gh   2mgh 
(A)   (B)  2 (A)   (B)  2
 I  mr   I  mr   I  mr   I  mr 
1/2 1/2
 2mgh   2mgh 
(C)   (D) 2gh (C)   (D) 2gh
 I  2m   I  2m 
121. Four 2 kg masses are connected by 1/4 m 121. fp=kkuq

l kj uhps, d v{ki j 1/4 m r hy h} kj kpkj 2kg
spokes to an axle as in figure given below. A nzO
; eku t ksMst kr sgS
A, d 1/2 m yEcsgRFksi j , d dks.kh;
force F of 24 N acts on a lever 1/2 m long to
Roj .kmRiUu dj usdsfy , 24 N dk, d cy F dk; Z
jr
produce an angular accelerat ion . The
A  dk i fj ek.k (rad/sec2 es
gS a
)
magnitude of  (in rad/sec2) is :
F
F 1
1 m
m 2 30°
2 30°
(A) 24 (B) 12
(A) 24 (B) 12
(C) 6 (D) 3
(C) 6 (D) 3
122. In figure (i), a metre stick, half of which is 122. fp=k(i) esa, d ehVj NM+t ksvk/khydM+
hdhgSvkS
j nw
l j kvk/
wood and the other half steel is pivoted at kkHkkx LVhy dkgS
] O i j ydM+
hdsfl j si j fLFkr gSvkS
j ,d
the wooden end at O and a force F is applied
cy F LVhy dssfl j sa i j vkj ksfi r fd; kt kr kgS
Afp=k(ii) esa
to the steel end a. In figure (ii) the stick is
NM+O' i j LVhy dsfl j si j fLFkr dht kr hgSvkS
j l eku cy
pivoted at the steel end at O’ and the same
force F is applied at the wooden end at a’. F ydM+
hdsfl j sa' i j vkj ksfi r fd; kt kr kgS
Adks.kh; Roj .k
The angular acceleration :
O Wood Steel a F
O Wood Steel a F (i)
(i) O' Steel Wood a' F
O' Steel Wood a' F

(A) (i) es
a(ii) l sT; knkgS
A
(A) in (i) is greater than (ii) (B) (ii) es
a(i) l sT; knkgS
(B) in (ii) is greater than (i) (C) nks
uks(i) vkS
j (ii) esacj kcj gS
(C) is equal in both (i) and (ii) (D) mi ; q
Dr esal sdksbZugh
(D) none of the above
123. A wheel is rotating about an axis through its 123. , d i fg; k720 rpm i j bl dsdsUnzl s, d v{kdspkj ksa
centre at 720 rpm. It is acted on by a vksj ?kwe j gkgS
AvUr esabl sfoj ke i j ykusdsfy, 8 l S
d .M
constant torque opposing its motion for 8 dsfy , bl dhxfr dsfoi j hr bl i j , d fu; r cy k?kw . kZ
seconds to bring it to rest finally. The value dk; Zj r gS Acy k?kw
. kZdkeku gS(N-m esa )
24 24
kg  m2 ) (fn; kgSI = kg  m2 )
of torque (in N-m) is : (Given I = 

(A) 48 (B) 72
(A) 48 (B) 72 (C) 96 (D) 120
(C) 96 (D) 120
124. A uniform rod of length L is free to rotate in 124. L y EckbZdh, d , d l eku NM+B l s, d fLFkj {kS fr t v{k
a vertical plane about a fixed horizontal axis dspkj ksavksj , d Å/okZ /kj r y esaeqDr : i l s?kwer hgS ANM+
through B. The rod begins rotating from rest
bl dhvLFkkbZl kE; koLFkkl sfoj ke l s?kw euki zkj EHkdj r hgS
A
from its unstable equilibrium position . When
it has turned through an angle  its average t c ; g , d  dksa. kl s?kqekbZt kr hgSr c bl dkdks.kh; osx
angular velocity  is given as : fn; k t kr k gS&
6g 6g
(A) sin  A  (A) sin  A 
L A' L A'
6g  6g 
(B) sin L  (B) sin L 
L 2 L 2
6g  6g 
(C) cos (C) cos
L 2 L 2
B B' B B'
6g 6g
(D) cos  (D) cos 
L L
125. A uniform thin rod is bent in the form of closed 125. fp=kkuq
l kj , d , dl eku i r yhNM+, d cUn ywi ABCDEFA
loop ABCDEFA as shown in the figure. The ds: i esaeksM+ ht kr hgS
Ax-v{kdspkj ksvksj vkSj y-v{kds
ratio of moment of inertia of the loop about
pkj ksvksj y w
i dst M+ Ro vk?kw
. kZdkvuqi kr gS&
x-axis to that about y-axis is -
y y
C C
Semicircle Semicircle
A B A B D E
D E x
x
2r 2r
Semicircle Semicircle
F F
(A) > 1 (B) < 1 (A) > 1 (B) < 1
(C) = 1 (D) = 1/2 (C) = 1 (D) = 1/2
126. Figure shows a uniform disc of radius R, from 126. fp=kkuq

l kj R f=kT; kdh, d l eku pdr hft l l sR/2 f=kT; k
which a hole of radius R/2 has been cut out dk, d fNnzdsUnzdsck; sl sdkV dj cgkj i fj .kkehpdr h
from left of the centre and is placed on the
dk CM Kkr dj ks&
right of the centre of the disc. Find the CM
of the resulting disc.
y
y
(–R/2,0) (R/2,0) x
(–R/2,0) (R/2,0) x
O
R
O
R
(A) (R/4,0) (B) (–R/4,0)

(C) (R/2,0) (D) (–R/2,0)
(A) (R/4,0) (B) (–R/4,0)
(C) (R/2,0) (D) (–R/2,0)
127. Centre of mass of three particles of masses 127. 1kg, 2kg r Fkk3kg nz
O
; ekuksadsr hu d.kksadsnzO
; eku dsa
nz
1kg, 2kg and 3kg lies at the point (1,2,3) and
fcUnq(1,2,3) i j gSr Fkk 3 kg r Fkk 2 kg d.kksadsvU;
centre of mass of another system of particles
3 kg and 2 kg lies at the point (–1, 3, –2). fudk; dk nzO
; eku dsa
nzfcUnq(–1, 3, –2) i j gS
A 5 kg
Where s hould we put a particle of mass 5 kg nzO
; eku dkd.k dgk¡j [ kkt k; sxk r kfd l Eiw
. kZfudk; dk
so that thecentre of mass of entire system nzO
; eku dsa
nzi zFke fudk; dsnzO
; eku dsa
nzi j j [ kkt k; sxk\
lies at the centre of mass of 1st system ?
(A) (0,0,0) (B) (1,3,2)
(A) (0,0,0) (B) (1,3,2)
(C) (–1,2,3) (D) (3,1,8)
(C) (–1,2,3) (D) (3,1,8)
128. Point O is the centre of mass of the rigid 128. n`<+fi .MdsnzO
; eku dsUnzO fcUnqfp=kkuq
l kj gS
An`<+fi .M
body shown in figures. The magnitude of dscy k?kw
. kZ(N m esa
) dki fj ek.kfcU
nqO i j gS
] t c cy ksa
torque (in N m) of the rigid body about point
dksfp=kkuq
l kj y xkr sgS&
O when forces applied are as shown, is -
60°
60° 45° O
45° O 30N
30N 10cm 5cm
10cm 5cm 20N
20N 15cm
15cm
10N
10N
(A) 2.71 (B) 4.52

(A) 2.71 (B) 4.52
(C) 7.22 (D) 1.23
(C) 7.22 (D) 1.23
129. A rigid body can be hinged about any point 129. , d nz.kfi .Mx v{ki j fdl hfcUnqi j yVdkgq
v kgS
At c ; g
on the x-axis. When it is hinged such that yVdkgS
] r kfd x i j gS
At M+
Ro vk?kw
. kZI = 2x2 – 12x + 27
the hinge is at x, the moment of inertia is
} kj kfn; kx; kgS
AnzO
; eku dsUnzdkx funsZ
' kka
d gkxsk&
given by I = 2x2 – 12x + 27. The x-coordinate
(A) x = 2 (B) x = 0
of centre of mass is
(A) x = 2 (B) x = 0 (C) x = 1 (D) x = 3
(C) x = 1 (D) x = 3
130. In an experiment with a beam balance on 130. n.Mr q

y kdsi z;ksx esavKkr nzO
; eku m nksKkr nzO
; ekuksa
unknown mass m is balanced by two known 16 kg o 4 kg } kj kfp=kkuq
l kj la
rq
fy r gS
A
masses of 16 kg and 4 kg as shown in figure.
l1 l2 l1 l2
l1 l2 l1 l2
m m
m 16kg 4kg
m
16kg 4kg
The value of the unknown mass m is vKkr nzO

; eku m dkeku gksxk&
(A) 10 kg (B) 6 kg (A) 10 kg (B) 6 kg
(C) 8 kg (D) 12 kg (C) 8 kg (D) 12 kg
131. A rod of negligible mass is pivoted at one 131. ux.; nzO ; eku dh, d NM+, d , d fl j sl sca /khgq bZgS A
end so that it can swing freely as a pendulum.
r kfd ; g , d y ksy d dhr j g Lor a =kki w
oZ
d xfr dj l dsA
Two masses 2 m and m are attached to it at
distances b and 3b respectively, from the 2 m o m dsnksnz O; eku bl l sØe' k%b o 3b nw j hi j [ kw
Vh
a
pivot. The rod is held horizontal and then } kj kt q
M+
sgq
; sgS
ANM+dks{kS fr t j [ kr sgSr FkkNksM+
r sgSAbl ds
released. Angular acceleration of the rod at NksM+ usds{k.ki j dks.kh; Roj .kgS&
the instant it is released is -
3b
3b
b
b
2mg mg
2mg mg
2g 4g 2g 4g
(A) (B) (A) (B)
11b 17b 11b 17b
5g 5g 5g 5g
(C) (D) (C) (D)
11b 12b 11b 12b
132. A boy and a man carry a uniform rod of length 132. , d y M+

d k r Fkk , d vknehL y EckbZdhl e: i NM+dks
L horizontally in such a way that boy gets
1
1 {kS
fr t : i l sbl i zd kj ogu dj r kgS
] fd  4  Hkkx j [ kr k
  th load. If the boy is at one end of the  
4
rod, the distance of the man from the other
gSa
A; fn y M+ d kNM+ds, d fl j si j gs]r c vknehdhnw
l js
end is - fl j sl snw
j hgksxh&
L L L L
(A) (B) (A) (B)
3 4 3 4
2L 3L 2L 3L
(C) (D) (C) (D)
3 4 3 4
133. A circular plate of diameter d and a square 133. d O; kl dh, d oxkZ d kj Iy sV r Fkkd Hkqt kdk, d oxZ, d
plate of edge d are kept flat such that their
l er y i j j [ ks gS ] r kfd buds d sa nz d nw j h d s } kj k
centre sare separated by a distance R as
shown in the figure. the density of the material fp=kkuq l kj i F̀kd gSAi nkFkZdk?kuRo r FkknksuksaoLr q v ksadh
and the thickness of both objects are same. eksVkbZl eku gS A nksuksadsd sa
nzksadksfey kusoky hj s[kkoxZ
The line joining the two centres is normal to dhHkq t kd s, d t ksM+ sd svfHky Ecor ~gS A ; fn bl fud k;
one pair of the edges of the square. If the
dknzO ; eku dsa nz(C) Hkq t kdse/; fcUnqi j fp=kkuq l kj gS ]
centre of mass (C) of this system lies at the
mid-point of the edge as shown, then what is r c nksd sa nzksadse/; nw j hD; k gS\
the distance between the two centres ?
C
C
R
R
(A) ( + 2)d/(2) (B) ( + 4)d/()
(A) ( + 2)d/(2) (B) ( + 4)d/() (C) ( + 2)d/() (D) ( + 4)d/(2)
(C) ( + 2)d/() (D) ( + 4)d/(2)
134. The M.I. of a disc about its diameter is 2 134. fdl h pd r h d k ml dsO ; kl d sfxnZt M+ Ro v k?kw
. kZ2
units. Its M.I. about axis through a point on bd kbZgSA ml d sfdukj sl sxqt j r hgq
bZr Fkkml d sr y ds
its rim and in the plane of the disc is l eka
r j v {k d sfxnZml d k t M+ Ro v k?kw
. kZgS&
(A) 4 units. (B) 6 units
(A) 4 bdkbZ (B) 6 bdkbZ
(C) 8 units (D) 10 units
(C) 8 bdkbZ (D) 10 bd kbZ
135. A stone of mass 4kg is whirled in a horizontal 135. , d 4kg fd xzke nzO ; eku dki RFkj 1m f=kT; kds{kS fr t
circle of radius 1m and makes 2 rev/sec. The o`Rr esa2 pDdj @l sd .Ml s?kw . kZ
u dj j gkgS
A?kw
. kZ
u v {k
moment of inertia of the stone about the d sl ki s{ki RFkj dkt M+Ro v k?kwZ
. k gksxk&
axis of rotation is (A) 64 kg × m2 (B) 4 kg x m2
(A) 64 kg × m2 (B) 4 kg × m2 (C) 16 kg × m2 (D) 1 kg × m2
(C) 16 kg × m 2 (D) 1 kg × m2
PART - III [CHEMISTRY]
136. 136.
N N N N N N N N N N
I II III IV V I II III IV V
Among the se canoni cal structures of fi j hfM+
u dhfuEu dsuksfudy l a
j pukvksadsLFkkf; Ro dkl gha
pyridiine, the correct order of stability is Øe gS
(A) (I = V) > (II = IV) > III
(A) (I = V) > (II = IV) > III
(B) (II = IV) > (I = V) > III
(B) (II = IV) > (I = V) > III
(C) (I = V) > III > (II = IV)
(C) (I = V) > III > (II = IV)
(D) III > (II = IV) > (I = V)
(D) III > (II = IV) > (I = V)
137. (I) (II) (III) 137. (I) (II) (III)
Which of these species is anti-aromatic ? fuEu esal sdkSul hLi h'kht i zfr , sjksesfVd gS?
(A) I only (B) II only (A) I ds oy (B) II ds oy
(C) III only (D) both II and III (C) III ds oy (D) II r FkkIII nks uksa
138. The most stable resonating structure of the 138. fuEu v.kqdhl okZ
f/kd LFkkbZvuq
uknhl a
j pukgS\
following molecule is -  
  N N
N N
   
  (A) N N (B) N N
 
(A) N N (B) N N
  –2
 –2 (C) N N (D) N N

(C) N N (D) N N
139. Select the decreasing order of relative basic 139. fuEu ; kS

fxdksadsvki sf{kd {kkj h; l keF; Zdkl gha?kVr kØe
strengths of following compounds/anions : gS
(I) (II) (I) (II)
(III) (IV) (III) (IV)
(A) (II) > (III) > (IV) > (I) (A) (II) > (III) > (IV) > (I)
(B) (IV) > (I) > (II) > (III) (B) (IV) > (I) > (II) > (III)
(C) (IV) > (I) > (III) > (II) (C) (IV) > (I) > (III) > (II)
(D) (I) > (III) > (IV) > (II) (D) (I) > (III) > (IV) > (II)
140. Most stable resonating structure is : 140. l okZ

f/kd LFkkbZvuq
uknhl a
j pukgS\
(A) (A)
(B) (B)
(C) (C)
(D) (D)
141. Which one of the following has the smallest 142. fdl dhgkbMªkst uhdj .kÅ"eki zfr eksy fuEur e gS
&
heat of hydrogenation per mole ? (A) 1-C;w Vhu (B) foi {k-2-C ;w
Vhu
(A) 1-Butene (B) trans-2-Butene (C) l ei {k-2-C;w
Vhu (D) 1,3-C ;w
VkMkbbZ
u
(C) cis-2-Butene (D) 1,3-Butadiene
142. The kind of delocalization involving sigma bond 142. fl Xekca /kesa' kkfey foLFkkfudj .kdki zd kj dgy kr kgS
orbitals is called (A) i z
sjf.kd i zHkko
(A) Inductive effect (B) vfr ; q Xeu i zHkko
(B) Hyperconjugation effect
(C) Electromeric effect (C) by s DVªkW
efj d i zHkko
(D) Mesomeric effect (D) ehl ks efj d i zHkko
143. Compare relative stability of following 143. fuEu vuquknhl a

j pukvksadsvki sf{kd LFkkf; Ro dhr q
y uk
resonantion structure : dhft , &
(A) a > b > c (B) a > c > b (A) a > b > c (B) a > c > b
(C) b > a > c (D) c > a > b (C) b > a > c (D) c > a > b
144. Most stable resonating struucture of given 144. fn, x, /kuk; u dhl okZ
f/kd LFkk; hvuq
uknhl a
j pukgS&
cation is :
(A) (B) (C) (D)

(A) (B) (C) (D)
145. Compare relative stability of following 145. fuEu vuquknhl a

j pukvksadsvki sf{kd LFkkf; Ro dhr q
y uk
resonating structure : dhft , &
(A) a > b > c (B) b > a > c (A) a > b > c (B) b > a > c
(C) b > c > a (D) a > c > b (C) b > c > a (D) a > c > b
146. Most stable resonating structure is : 146. l okZ

f/kd LFkkbZvuq
uknhl a
j pukgS\
(A) (A)
(B) (B)
(C) (C)
(D) (D)
147. Correct order of basic strengths of given 147. fn; sx; s, sehuksdh{kkj h; l keF; Zdkl ghaØe gS:
amines is : (A) Me2NH > MeNH2 > Me3N > NH3
(A) Me2NH > MeNH2 > Me3N > NH3 (i z
ksfVd foy k; d )
(Protic solvent) (B) Et2NH > Et3H > EtNH2 > NH3
(B) Et2NH > Et3H > EtNH2 > NH3 (i z
ksfVd foy k; d )
(Protic solvent) (C) Me3N > Me2NH > Me–NH3 > NH3
(C) Me3N > Me2NH > Me–NH3 > NH3
(xSl h; i zkoLFkk)
(gas phase)
(D) All are correct (D) l H khl ghagS
148. The stability of the following carbocation 148. fuEu dkcZ

/kuk; uksdsLFkkf; Ro dkl gh?kVr kØe gS&
decreases in the order :
(A) IV > III > II > I (B) IV > II > III > I
(A) IV > III > II > I (B) IV > II > III > I (C) IV > II > I > III (D) IV > I > II > III
(C) IV > II > I > III (D) IV > I > II > III
149. Which of the following pKa values, represents 149. fuEu esl sdkS
ul k pKa eku i zcy r e vEy dksfu: fi r
the strongest acid ? dj r k gS\
(A) 10–4 (B) 10–8 (A) 10–4 (B) 10–8
(C) 10–5 (D) 10–2 (C) 10–5 (D) 10–2
150. Among the cyclic ions : 150. pØh; vk; uksesl s
•• ••
  O O  H  H  O O H 
H H •• H ••
(P) (Q) (R) (S) (P) (Q) (R) (S)

the aromatic character is shown by - fuEu } kj k, j ksesfVd y {k.kn' kkZ
; kt kr kgS&
(A) P and S (B) Q and S (A) P r Fkk S (B) Q r FkkS
(C) Q and R (D) P, Q, R and S (C) Q r FkkR (D) P, Q, R r FkkS
151. Choose the correct statement from the ones 151. fn, x, nks, fufy ; e vk; uksdsfy , l ghdFku pq
fu, &
given below for two anilium in -
+ +
NH3 NH3 NH3 NH3
+ +
(I) (II) (I) (II)

(A) II i s not an acceptable canonical
structure because carbonium ions are less (A) II , d ekU; dsuksfudy l a
j pukughgSD; ksa
fd dkckZ
sfu; e
stable than ammonium ions vk; u veksfu; e vk; u l sde LFkk; hgS
(B) II is not an acceptable canonical structure (B) II , d ekU; dsuksfudy l a j pukughgSD; ksa
fd ; g ukW u
because it is non aromatic , j ksesfVd gS
(C) II i s not an acceptabl e canoni cal (C) II , d ekU ; dsuksfudy l a j pukughgSD; ksa
fd ukbVªkst u
structure because the nitrogen has 10
10 l a ; kst hby sDVªkW
u j [ kr kgS
valence electrons
(D) II is an acceptable canonical structure (D) II , d ekU ; dsuksfudy l a j pukgS
152. The most unlikely representation of resonance 152. p-ukbVªks

QhuksDl kbM vk; u dh vuq
uknh l a
j puk d k
structure of p-nitrophenoxide ion is - l okZ
f/kd vl a
HkkO
; fu: i .kgS&
               
O–N=O O–N–O O=N=O O–N=O O–N=O O–N–O O=N=O O–N=O
(A) (B) (C) (D)  (A) (B) (C) (D) 

 
O O O O  
153. Among the following, the least stable 153. fuEu esl sU; q
ur e LFkk; hvuq
uknhl a
j pukgS
resonance structure is -  
   
 O  O
 
N N (A) (B)
(A)

(B)
 O O
 
O O
 


  

 O O
 
N N (C) (D) 
(C)

(D)  O O
 
O O
 
154. The correct stability order of the following 154. fuEu vuq
uknhl a
j pukvksdkl ghLFkkf; Ro Øe gS&
resonance structures is -
–
+ – + – – + – 2 2 H2C–NN H2C–NN
H2C=N=N H2C–N=N H2C–NN H2C–NN (I) (II) (III) (IV)
(I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) (I) > (II) > (IV) > (III)
(A) (I) > (II) > (IV) > (III) (B) (I) > (III) > (II) > (IV)
(B) (I) > (III) > (II) > (IV) (C) (II) > (I) > (III) > (IV)
(C) (II) > (I) > (III) > (IV) (D) (III) > (I) > (IV) > (II)
(D) (III) > (I) > (IV) > (II)
155. The increasing order of stability of the 155. fuEu eq

Dr ew
y dksdsLFkkf; Ro dk c<+
r kØe gS\
following free radicals is -  

   (A) (C6H5)3 C < (C6H5)2 C H < (CH3)3 C
(A) (C6H5)3 C < (C6H5)2 C H < (CH3)3 C


< (CH3)2 C H
< (CH3)2 C H
  
   (B) (C6H5)2 C H < (C6H5)3 C < (CH3)3 C <
(B) (C6H5)2 C H < (C6H5)3 C < (CH3)3 C <

 (CH3)2 C H
(CH3)2 C H
  
   (C) (CH3)2 C H < (CH3)3 C < (C6H5)3 C
(C) (CH3)2 C H < (CH3)3 C < (C6H5)3 C

 < (C6H5)2 C H
< (C6H5)2 C H
  
   (D) (CH3)2 C H < (CH3)3 C < (C6H5)2 C H
(D) (CH3)2 C H < (CH3)3 C < (C6H5)2 C H

 < (C6H5)3 C
< (C6H5)3 C
156. Arrange the carbanions, (CH3)3 C , C Cl 3 , 156. d kcZ

_ . kk; uksa(CH 3 ) 3 C , C Cl 3 , (CH 3 ) 2 CH ,
(CH3 )2 C H , C 6H5 C H 2 , in order of their C6H5 C H 2 dsLFkkf; R
o dkc<+ r kØe gS\
decreasing stability -
(A) (CH3)2 C H > C Cl 3 > C6H5 C H 2 > (CH3)3 C
(A) (CH3)2 C H > C Cl 3 > C6H5 C H 2 > (CH3)3 C
(B) C Cl 3 > C6H5 C H 2 > (CH3)2 C H > (CH3)3 C
(B) C Cl 3 > C6H5 C H 2 > (CH3)2 C H > (CH3)3 C
(C) (CH3)3 C > (CH3)2 C H >C6H5 C H 2 > C Cl 3
(C) (CH3)3 C > (CH3)2 C H >C6H5 C H 2 > C Cl 3
(D) C 6 H 5 CH 2 > C Cl 3 > (CH 3 ) 3 C >
(D) C 6 H 5 CH 2 > C Cl 3 > (CH 3 ) 3 C >
(CH3)2 C H
(CH3)2 C H
157. The order of stability of the foll owing 157. fuEu dkcZ
/kuk; uksadsLFkkf; Ro dkc<+
r kØe gS
carbocations:
(I) CH2= CH – CH2 (II) CH3–CH2– CH2
(I) CH2= CH – CH2 (II) CH3–CH2– CH2
CH2
CH2
(III)
(III)
is :
is : (A) I > II > III (B) III > I > II
(A) I > II > III (B) III > I > II (C) III > II > I (D) II > III > I
(C) III > II > I (D) II > III > I
158. The non aromatic compound among the 158. fuEu esal sukW
u , sjksesfVd ; kS
fxd gS
following is -
(A) (B)
(A) (B) S
S
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
159. Polarisation of electrons in acrolein may be 159. , sØksy hu esaby sDVªkW

uksadh/kzq
o.kr kdksfuEu i zd kj fy [ kkt k
written as - l dr kgS
  
(A) C H 2 = CH – C H = O (A) C H 2 = CH – C H = O

  
(B) C H 2 = CH – CH = O (B) C H 2 = CH – CH = O

  
(C) C H 2 = C H – CH = O 
(C) C H 2 = C H – CH = O
  
(D) C H 2 = CH–CH = O (D) C H 2 = CH–CH = O

160. Below plot represents the variation of molar 160. fuEu oØ C (t gk¡C = oS |q r vi ?kV~ ; dheksy j l kUnzrk
conductance against C (where C = molar gS) dsl ki s
{keksy j pky dr kesai fj or Z
u dksn' kkrZkgS
AfuEu
concentration of the electrolyte). Select the esal sl ghdFku pq fu; s-
correct option among following -
m I
m I II
II
C
C
(A) Both I and II are for strong electrolyte (A) I o II nks

uksai zcy oS
|q
r vi ?kV~; dsfy ,
(B) Both I and II are for weak electrolyte (B) I o II nks
uksanq cZ
y oS
|qr vi ?kV~
; dsfy ,
(C) I is for strong electrolyte and II for weak (C) I, i z
cy oS|qr vi ?kV~; dsfy , r Fkk II nq
cZ
y oS
|q
r
electrolyte vi ?kV~
; dsfy ,
(D) I is for weak electrolyte and II for strong
(D) I, nq
cZ
y oS |q
r vi ?kV~
; dsfy , r Fkk II i zcy oS
|q
r
electrolyte
vi ?kV~
; dsfy ,
161. When copper sulphate solution is electrolysed 161. t c dkWi j l YQsV foy ; u dks] dkW
i j okW
YVkehVj essa30
in a copper voltameter for 30 sec, then m lSd .Mdsfy, oS |qr vi ?kfVr fd; kt kr kgS
AoS
|qr vi ?kVu
gram of copper was deposited. Time current dsfy , l e; &/kkj k xzkQ gS-
graph for the electrolysis is -
200
200
Current (mA) 100 Current (mA) 100
10 20 30 10 20 30
time (sec) time (sec)
The electrochemical equivalent of copper from mi j ksDr oØ l s]dkW
i j dkoS
|q
r j kl k; fud r q
Y; ka
d gksxk-
above plot will be -
m
m (A) Z = m (B) Z =
(A) Z = m (B) Z = 2
2
m m
(C) Z = (D) Z = 2m (C) Z = (D) Z = 2m
5 5
162. A graph of molar conductivity of three 162. C dsl kis

{kr hu oS
|q
r vi ?kV~
; (NaCl,
ksa HCl o NH4 OH) dh
electrolytes (NaCl, HCl and NH4 OH) is plotted
eksy j pky dr kvksadkxzkQ gS-
against C -
1
1
m 2
m 2 3
3
C
C
Which of the following options is correct ?
fuEu esal sdkS
ul k fodYi l ghgS?
1 2 3 1 2 3
(A) NaCl HCl NH4OH (A) NaCl HCl NH4OH
(B) NH4OHNaCl HCl (B) NH4OHNaCl HCl
(C) HCl NaCl NH4OH (C) HCl NaCl NH4OH
(D) NH4OH HCl NaCl (D) NH4OH HCl NaCl
163. In the electrolysis of silver nitrate, the mass 163. fl Yoj ukbVªsV dsoS|q
r vi ?kVu esa
] vkos'kdsl ki s{kfl Yoj
of silver deposited is plotted against the dsl apf; r nzO; eku dk oØ fuEu gS
charge
Mass of silver Slope of line (m) = tan 

Mass of silver Slope of line (m) = tan  deposited
deposited 
 Q
Q (Charge)
(Charge) j s[kk dhi zo.kr knsrhgS-
Slope of the line gives -
(A) fl Yoj dkr q Y; ka
d hnzO ; eku
(A) the equivalent mass of silver
(B) fl Yoj dkoS |qr j kl k; fud r q
Y; ka
d
(B) electrochemical equivalent of silver
(C) the value of faraday (C) Qs j kMsdkeku
(D) the current passed through the cell (D) l s y esal si zokfgr /kkj k
164. Given : E ºAg  / Ag = + 0.80 V ; 164. fn; kgSE ºAg  / Ag = + 0.80 V ;

E ºMg 2 / Mg = – 2.37 V ; E ºCu2 / Cu = + 0.34 V ; E ºMg 2 / Mg = – 2.37 V ; E ºCu2 / Cu = + 0.34 V ;
E ºHg 2 / Hg = + 0.79 V E ºHg 2 / Hg = + 0.79 V

Which of the following statements is correct ? fuEu esal sdkS
ul kdFku l R; gS?
(A) AgNO3 (aq) can be stored in copper vessel (A) AgNO3 (aq) dksdkW i j i k=kesal a
xzfgr fd; kt kl dr kgS
(B) Cu(NO3)2 (aq) can be stored in magnesium (B) Cu(NO3)2 dksesfXuf' k; e dsi k=kesal axzfgr fd; kt kl dr kgS
vessel (C) CuCl2 dksfl Yoj i k=kes al a
xzfgr fd; kt kl dr kgS
(C) CuCl2 can be stored in silver vessel
(D) HgCl2 can be stored in copper vessel (D) HgCl2 dksdkW i j i k=kesal a xzfgr fd; kt kl dr kgS
165. If Sn2+ + 2e  Sn ; Eº = – 0.14 V 165. ; fn Sn2+ + 2e  Sn ; Eº = – 0.14 V

Sn4+ + 2e–  Sn2+ ; Eº = + 0.13 V Sn4+ + 2e–  Sn2+ ; Eº = + 0.13 V
then - rc -
(A) Sn2+ will disproportionates to Sn4+ and Sn (A) Sn2+ , Sn4+ o Sn es afor r kuq
i kfr r gksrk gS
(B) Sn2+ is stable and it will not disproportionate (B) Sn2+ LFkk; hgSr Fkk; g for r kuqi kfr r ughagksxk
(C) Sn4+ is easily reduced to Sn (C) Sn4+ l j y r k l sSn esavi pf; r gksrk gS
(D) None of the above (D) mi j ks
Dr esal sdksbZugha
166. In galvanic cell salt bridge is used to- 166. xS
Yosfud l S y esay o.k l srqdk mi ; ksx -
(A) Complete the circuit (A) l fdZVi w j kdj usesagksrkgS
(B) Prevent liquid junction potential (B) nzol a f/kfoHko dksj ksd r kgS
(C) Maintain electrical neutrality of two solution (C) nksuksfoy ; uksadhfo| q r mnkl hur kcuk, j [ kr kgS
(D) All the above
(D) mi j ks
Dr l Hkh
167. The value of equilibrium constant for a 167. fdl hfo[ kf.Mr l sy vfHkfØ; kdsl kE; fLFkjka
d dkeku gksrkgS-
feasible cell reaction is- (A) < 1 (B) ' kw
U;
(A) < 1 (B) Zero (C) = 1 (D) > 1
(C) = 1 (D) > 1
168. Zn | Zn2+ (c1) || Zn2+ (c2) | Zn for this 168. Zn | Zn2+ (c1) || Zn2+ (c2) | Zn bl l s y ds
cell G is negative if - fy , G _ .kkRed gS
] ; fn-
(A) C1 = C2 (B) C1 > C2 (A) C1 = C2 (B) C1 > C2
(C) C2 > C1 (D) None.
(C) C2 > C1 (D) bues
al sdksbZugha
169. Cl2 gas is passed into a solution containing 169. KF, KBr r FkkKI ; q
Dr , d foy ; u esaCl2 xS
l xqt kj hxbZ
KF, KBr & KI and CHCl3 is added. There is r FkkCHCl3 dksfey k; kx; kA CHCl3 i j r dkj a x fuEu
colour in CHCl3 layer which is due to -
(A) I2 (B) Br2
dsdkj .k gksxk -
(C) F2 (D) Both I2 and Br2 (A) I2 (B) Br2
(C) F2 (D) nks uksaI2 r Fkk Br2
170. Pt(H2) | H+ (1M) | Pt (H2), cell will be 170. l sy Pt(H2) | H+(1M) | Pt (H2) dhvfHkfØ; k
P1 P2 P1 P2
spontaneous if - Lor %gksxh; fn -
(A) P1 = P2 (B) P1 > P2 (A) P1 = P2 (B) P1 > P2
(C) P2 > P1 (D) Not Possible (C) P2 > P1 (D) l EH ko ughagS
171. Number of electrons involved in the electro 171. CuSO4 l s63.5 g Cu dsoS
|q
r fu{ksiu esal fEefy r
deposition 63.5 g Cu from CuSO4 is- by S
DVªkuksadhl a
[ ; kgS
-
(A) 6.02 x 1023 (B) 3.01 x 1023 (A) 6.02 x 1023 (B) 3.01 x 1023
(C) 12.04 x 1023 (D) 12.04 x 1022 (C) 12.04 x 1023 (D) 12.04 x 1022
172. Electrochemical equivalent of a substance is 172. , d i nkFkZdk fo| qr j kl k; fud r q

Y; ka
d 0.0006735 gS
0.0006735, its equivalent weight is- bl dkr qY; ka
d hHkkj gS
-
(A) 65 (B) 6.73 (A) 65 (B) 6.73
(C) 13 (D) Can’t be calculated (C) 13 (D) x.kukughadj l dr s
CLASS-XIII (MINOR TEST - 12) Page # 36
173. In electrolysis of aqueous solution of which 173. fuEu esal sfdl y o.kdst y h; foy ; u dsfo| q
r vi ?kVu
of the following salts pH near one of the esafdl h, d by S
DVªkMdsi kl dhpH c<+ r hgS-
electrodes increase- (A) Cu(NO3)2 (B) CuCl2
(A) Cu(NO3)2 (B) CuCl2
(C) KCl (D) nks
uksA r FkkB
(C) KCl (D) Both A & B
177. Which of the following KCl solution has lowest 174. fuEu esal sdkS ul k KCl foy ; u] fof' k"V pky dr k dk
value of specific conductance- U; w
ur e eku j [ kr k gS
-
(A) 1 M (B) 0.1 M (A) 1 M (B) 0.1 M
(C) 0.01 M (D) 0.001 M (C) 0.01 M (D) 0.001 M
175. Which of the following KCl solution has lowest 175. fuEu esal sdkS ul k KCl foy ; u] r q
Y; ka
d pky dr k dk
value of equivalent conductance- U; w
ur e eku j [ kr k gS-
(A) 1 M (B) 0.1 M (A) 1 M (B) 0.1 M
(C) 0.01 M (D) 0.001 M (C) 0.01 M (D) 0.001 M
176. Tl | Tl+ (0.001M) || Cu2+ (0.1M) | Cu. 176. 25°C i j Ecell 0.83V gS
] t ksfd c<+l dr k gS
Ecell at 25°C is 0.83V, which can be increased by Tl | Tl+ (0.001M) || Cu2+ (0.1M) | Cu.
(A) Increasing (Cu2+) (B) Decreasing (Cu2+) (A) (Cu2+) C k<+
kusi j (B) (Cu2+) ?kVkusi j
(C) Decreasing (Tl+) (D) Both A & C +
(C) (Tl ) ?kVkusi j (D) nks uksaA r FkkC
177. The KC for the following reaction at 25°C is, 177. 25°C i j fuEu vfH
kfØ; kdhKc gS
Cu2+ + Sn2+  Sn4+ + Cu. Cu2+ + Sn 2+  Sn4+ + Cu.
EoCu2+ | Cu = 0.34 V, EoSn4+| Sn2+=0.15 V EoCu2+ | Cu = 0.34 V, EoSn4+|Sn2+ = 0.15 V
(A) 2.6 × 106 (B) 2.6 × 1010 (A) 2.6 X 106 (B) 2.6 X 1010
(C) 1.3 × 108 (D) 1.3 × 103 (C) 1.3 X 108 (D) 1.3 X 103
178. Without losing its concentration, ZnCl 2 178. l kUnzrk [ kks, fcuk, ZnCl2 foy ; u dksfuEu dsl Ei dZesa
solution can not be kept in contact with- ughaj [ kl dr s&
(A) Au (B) Al (A) Au (B) Al
(C) Pb (D) Ag (C) Pb (D) Ag
179. The ionic conductance of X2+ and Y– are 179. X2+ r Fkk Y– dh vk; fud pky dr k, saØe' k%100 r Fkk
100 and 200 –1 cm2 eqv–1 respectively. The
200  1cm 2 eqv–1 gSA vuU r r uq r k i j XY2 dh
equivalent conductance of XY2 at infinite
rq
Y; ka -1 2
d pky dr k(ohm cm eqv esa –1 ) gS
dilution is (in ohm-1cm2 eqv–1) -
(A) 300 (B) 150 (A) 300 (B) 150
(C) 600 (D) 250 (C) 600 (D) 250
180. Rusting on the surface of iron involves - 180. vk; j u dhl r g i j t a

x y xusesagksrk gS-
(i) Fe(s)  Fe2+ (aq) + 2e– (at anodic site) (i) Fe(s)  Fe (aq) + 2e– (, s
2+
uksMdhvksj)
(ii) O2(g) + 4H+ (aq) + 4e–  2H2O() (ii) O2(g) + 4H+ (aq) + 4e–  2H2O()
(dsFkksM+dhvksj)
(at cathodic site)
(iii) 4Fe2+ (aq) + O 2(g) + 4H 2 O( ) 
(iii) 4Fe2+ (aq)+O2(g)+4H2O()  2Fe2O3(s)+ 8H+
2Fe2O3(s) + 8H+
(iv) Fe2O3 (s) + xH2O()  Fe2O3 . xH2O (iv) Fe2O3 (s) + xH2O()  Fe2O3 . xH2O
(A) only i is correct (A) ds oy i l ghagS
(B) only ii is correct (B) ds oy ii l ghagS
(C) only iii is correct (C) ds oy iii l ghagS
(D) All correct (D) l H khl ghagS
ANSWER KEY WITH SOLUTION

BIOLOGY
1. C 2. A 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. A 7. B
8. A 9. A 10. B 11. D 12. A 13. B 14. C
15. A 16. C 17. D 18. B 19. D 20. A 21. A
22. C 23. B 24. D 25. B 26. D 27. D 28. D
29. B 30. A 31. C 32. C 33. A 34. D 35. C
36. D 37. D 38. C 39. C 40. C 41. D 42. C
43. A 44. B 45. C 46. A 47. C 48. C 49. C
50. D 51. D 52. D 53. A 54. C 55. D 56. C
57. C 58. A 59. B 60. C 61. D 62. A 63. D
64. A 65. B 66. C 67. B 68. A 69. C 70. B
71. D 72. B 73. D 74. B 75. C 76. B 77. C
78. B 79. B 80. C 81. A 82. D 83. A 84. C
85. C 86. B 87. A 88. C 89. A 90. B
PHYSICS
91 B 92 B 93 A 94 C 95 A 96 D 97 C
98 A 99 D 100 C 101 C 102 A 103 A 104 C
105 B 106 A 107 A 108 D 109 A 110 D 111 A
112 B 113 B 114 C 115 B 116 A 117 A 118 D
119 C 120 D 121 B 122 B 123 B 124 C 125 B
126 A 127 D 128 A 129 D 130 C 131 C 132 A
133 D 134 D 135 B
CHEMISTRY
136. A 137. A 138. C 139. D 140. A 141. D 142. A
143. A 144. B 145. B 146. D 147. D 148. C 149. B
150. C 151. C 152. C 153. A 154. B 155. D 156. B
157. B 158. D 159. D 160. C 161. B 162. C 163. B
164. C 165. B 166. D 167. D 168. C 169. D 170. B
171. C 172. A 173. C 177. D 175. A 176. D 177. A
178. B 179. A 180. D
PHYSICS
91. [B] 96. D
W = MB (cos0° – cos60°) Magnetisation of a substance is given by
magnetic moment per unit volume and having
92. [B] unit of Am–1.
93. [A] 97. C

let  = dip angle Relative permeability of the core
H = horizontal component of the Earth’s field = 0, r = 0 (1+m) ( r  1  m)
V = vertical component of the Earth’s field = (4 × 10–7Tm/A) (1 + 599)
V = 7.5 × 10–4 TmA–1
Also. tan =
H
V 98. A
but tan45º = The relation between B and H in ferromagnetic
H cos 30º
materials is complex . It is often not linear and
tan 
 = cos 30º it depends on the magnetic history of the
tan 45º sample. Figure depicts the behaviour of the
 3 material as we take it it through one cycle of
 
or  = tan–1  2  magnetisation. Let the material be unmagnetised
 
initially. We place it in a solenoid and increase
the current through the solenoid. The magnetic
94. C
field B in the material rises and saturates as
As, we know time of vibration,
depitcted in the curve Oa. This behaviour
I represents the alignment and merger of domains
r1= 3 = 2 until no further enhancement is possible . It is
MR
pointless to increase the current (and hence
where, R is resultant intensity of earth' s
the magnetic intensity H) beyong this. Next,
field and time of vibrationn of a magnetic we decrease H and reduce it to zero.
needle At H = 0, B  0.
This is represented by the curve ab. The
I
i.e., t2 = 3 2  2 ...(ii) value of B at H = 0 is called retentivity or
MH
remanence. In figure, BR ~ 1.2 T, where the
On dividing Eq. (i) by Eq. (ii), we get subscript R denotes retentivity.
The domains are not completely randomised
1 H R cos  1
   cos   cos      60  even though the external driving field has
2 R R 2
been removed.
B (Tesla)
95. A 1.5 a
At neutral point P b
N N 1.0
n S n 0.5
W E W E –100 c
–200 O 100 200 H
S
–0.5 Am–1
S S
(i) (ii) –1.0
In Fig. (i i), net magnetic induction at e
1.5
0 2m d
P = resultant of
4 d3
= 2BH along horizontal and BH along vertical, 99. D
For a given value of H, B is not unique but
i.e, BR = (2BH )2  (BH )2  5BH depend on previous history of the sample.
This phenomenon is called hysteresis.
100. C (iii) As the magnetic flux decreases due to
Moving magnet produce electric current in motion of the irregular shaped loop abcd out
closed coil. of the region of magnetic field, the induced
current flows along cdabc, so as to oppose
101. C change in flux .

B = B0 3iˆ  3j
ˆ  4k 
ˆ T - component of B along
106. A
area A = a2 (m2)
Observing B = BAcos 107. A 14 cm
 B =(B cos )A = (component of B along A) A  = m × 14
B (magnitude of magnetic flux)
= Bx A = 3B0a2 (Tm2) = 3B0a2Wb M=m 64  36 S
8m
M = m 10
102. A N
The magnetic flux passing through a plane  N 6m S
M=
surface of area A placed in a uniform magnetic 1.4
field B is given by
 = BA cos  108. D
where,  is the angle between the direction
 = MB sin 
of B and the normal to the plane.
MB
1 = MB sin 30° =
2
3MB
2 = MB sin 60° =
2
3 = MB sin 90° = MB2
1 2
Here,  = 60°, B = Wbm2 , A    0.2 
 MB
4 = MB sin 135 =
2
1 2 2 1 3 > 2 > 4 > 1
   (0.2)  cos 60  (0.2)   0.02 Wb
 2
109. A
103. A
In paramagnetic material the field line align
The earth magnetic field, B = (BH (BHî  BVˆ
J) in the direction of field line
Given the area, A = S k̂ 110. D

ˆ0
xy  B.A  (BHî  BVˆj).Sk BV = BH tan 
2rH
104. C I =  n tan 
0 1
In this situation, the bar magnet experiences
a repulsive force due to the induced current. tan1
Therefore, a person has to do work in moving I= n1
the magnet. Where does the energy spend by
the person go ? This energy is dissipated by
Joule heating produced by the induced current. tan 2
I=
n2
105. B tan 60 tan 45
(i) The magnetic flux through the rectangular 1 =
n n2
loop abcd increases, due to the motion of
the loop into the region of magnetic field. n1
The induced current must flow along the path tan 60 3
bcdab, so that it opposes the increasing flux. n2 = tan 45 = 1
(ii) Due to the outward motion, magnetic flux
through the triangular loop abc decreases 111. A
due to which the induced current flows along
bacb, so as to oppose the change in flux. 112. B
113. B  
MR  mr  mr
O xCM =
Mmm
R M   R  M R 
M 0     
4  2  4 2 R
= M M =
MR 2 M  4
I= 4 4
2
yCM = 0
(passing through 0)
127. D
114. C
According to the definition of centre of mass
we can imagine one particle of mass (1 + 2 + 3)
115. B
kg located at (1,2,3) and another particle of
mass (3 + 2) kg located at (–1,3,–2). Assume
116. A
that 3rd particle of mass 5 kg is placed at
(x3,y3,z3). Hence,
117. A m1 = 6kg; (x1,y1,z1) = (1,2,3)
m2 = 5kg; (x2,y2,z2) = (–1,3,–2)
118. D m3 = 5kg; (x3,y3,z3) = ?
Given that (XCM, YCM, ZCM) = (1,2,3)
119. C
m1x1  m2x2  m3x3
120. D Now, XCM = m1  m2  m3
121. B 6  1  5  (1)  5x 3
or 1 =
16
122. B  x3 = 3
123. B m1y1  m2y2  m3y3

YCM = m1  m2  m3
124. C
6  3  5(2)  5z3
or 2 =
16
125. B
Moment of inertia of semicircular portions  y3 = 1
about x and y axes are same. But moment of m1z1  m2z2  m3z3
inertia of straight portions about x-axis is zero. ZCM = m1  m2  m3
Ix
 Ix < Iy or I < 1 6  3  5(2)  5z3
y 3=
16
 z3 = 8
126. A  (x3,y3,z3) = (3,1,8)
Mass of the cut-out disc is
2
128. A
M R  M 0 = (20 sin 45°) (0.1) + 10(0) + (30 sin 60°) (0.05)
m= 2 × 
  =
R 2 4
 3
Let centre of the disc is at the origin of the  
= 2 + (1.5)  2  = 2.71 Nm
coordinates.  
Then we can write the CM of the system as
129. D 133. D
M.O.I. about C.O.M. is Minimum d2  R
I = IC.M. + Mx02 d 2
R– = d  d2
2
I = 2x2 – 12x + 27 4
d/2
d d 4R
 = 4x – 12 = 0  x = 3 R– =
2 4 (0,0) C O
dx
4R d R
R– =
130. C 4 2
By torque balance
16 L1 = ML2 ....(1) R  4R  4R d
=
ML1 = 4L2 ....(2) 4 2
16 × 4 = M2 d(  4)
M = 8kg R=
2
131. C
134. D
 = 2mg × b + mg × 3 b = 5 mgb and Moment of inertia of disc
I = 2m (b)2 + m (3b)2 = 11 mb2
mr 2
about diameter I = = 2,
 5mgb 5g 4
 = I or  = = = mr2 = 8
l 11mb2 11b
Moment of inertia about the
axis through a point on rim. I I1
132. A
Weight of the rod = W mr 2
I1   mr 2 = 10
4
W
Reaction of the boy RB =
4 135. B
3W
Moment of inertia about axis of rotation
Reaction of man RM = I = mr2 = 4kgm2
4
As the rod is in rotational equilibrium hence
 = 0
L
or, RB × – RM × x = 0
2
W L 3W L
or, × – × x = 0 or x =
4 2 4 6
L
Distance from other end, y = –x
2
L L 2L L
or, y = – = =
2 6 6 3
CHEMISTRY
136. A 143. A
Stability
144. B
No. of bonds  stability.
N N N N N 145. B
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V) stability
I=V > II = IV > III 146. D

Neutral Opposite Opposite charge No. of Bond  stability
at charge more distance. nearest
147. D
137. A
148. C
A
149. B
I II III
4e– Anti Aromatic 150. C
138. C

•• ••
O O
 H ••
N N
(Q) (R)
Bonds  Stability 
4n + 2 = 6 4n + 2 = 6
n=1 n=1
139. D Aromatic
(i) No delocalisation.
(II) Delocalisation better.
(III) No delocalisation but –I. 151. C
N has only 4 covalency in which = u
(IV) Delocalisation but less effective than II.
u=3 + 1
 bond co-ordinate
140. A
No. of Bond  stability
141. D
1
Basic strength 
EN 152. C
CH3 CH3 
A O=N=O
CH = CH
CH3 — C C — CH 3
B 
opposite direction O
C HC C — CH 2 — CH 3
153. A
D CH 2 = CH — C CH
Repulsion
Due to linear geometry and symmetry O

N
142. A O
Inductive effect it is present in which
delocalisation of  bond takes place.
154. B 165. B
Sn2+ is stable and it will not disproportionate
(i) H C = N = N
2
166. (D)
(ii) Complete the circuit
Prevent liquid junction potential
Maintain electrical neutrality of two solution
H2C — N = N
(iii)
P-orbital
Resonance 167. (D)
>1
H 2C — N = N The value of eqbm. constant for a feasible
(iv)
-ve on less E.N. atom cell reaction is > 1.
I > III > II > IV
168. (C)
155. (D) S = –ive
More is the resonance or -H, more will be so the reaction is spontaneous.
the stability of free radical. C 2 > C1 .
(CH3)2 C H < (CH3)3 C < (C6H5)2 C H < C6H5 C

169. (D)
Both I2 and Br2
156. (B)
e— withdrawing groups stabilise and e — 170. (B)
donating groups destabilise the carbanions. G = –ive
P1 > P2
157. (B)
Benzylic > allylic > 1º alkyl 171. (C)
CuSO4  Cu+2 + SO4–2
158. (D) It means 2e–
3
the hybridisation of one of carbon is Sp . = n × NA
= 2 × 6.023 × 1023
159. (D) = 12.04 × 1023
Charge is stable on more en atoms (+) charge
stable on less en Atom. 172. (A)
Equivalence of substance = 0.0006735
160. (C) weight
I is for strong electrolyte and II for weak Equivalent weight =
Eq.
electrolyte.
E
161. (B) w=
96500
w = ZIt
 Eq. = 0.0006735 × 96500
m=z×2
Eq. = 65
m
=z
2 173. (C)
KCl
162. (C)
HCl NaCl NH4OH 177. (D)
0.001 M
163. (B)
Electrochemical equivalent of silver 175. (A)
1m
164. C 1 mole KCl solution has lowest value of
CuCl2 can be stored in silver vessel equivalent conductance.
176. (D) 178. (B)
Both A & C Aluminium
Cu+2 will increase & Decrease.
179. (A)
177. (A) given x+2 = 100 –1 cm2 eqv–1
y— = 200 –1 cm2 eqv–1
0.0591
Ecell = Eºcell – log Keq. Then,
n x+2 + y—  xy2
= Eºcathode – EºAnode So, 100 + 200 = 300 –1 cm2 eqv–1
= 0.15 + 0.34 = 0.49
 2  0.49  180. D
Keq = Antilog  
 0.0591 
 0.98 
Keq =Antilog  0.0591 
 
106 
= Antilog  5 
 
Keq. = 2.5 × 106.
Name : ______________________________ Roll No. ___________________
GENERAL :
separately.
by the invigilator.
hall.
MARKING SCHEME :
will be deducted.
PART - I [BIOLOGY]
1. Nearly all of the essential nutrients, and 1. yxHkx leLr vko';d iks"kd rRo rFkk 70-80% oS|qr
70-80% of electrol ytes and water are
vi?kV~; ,oa ty] fdlesa iqu% vo'kksf"kr gksrs gSa\
reabsorbed in the
(A) PCT (B) gsuys ywi
(A) PCT (B) Henle's loop
(C) DCT (D) Collecting duct (C) DCT (D) laxzg ufydk
2. Vasa recta is 2. oklk jsDVk dh vkd`fr dSlh gksrh gSa\

(A) L -shaped (B) U-shaped (A) L-vkd`fr (B) U-vkd`fr
(C) S-shaped (D) V-shaped (C) S-vkd`fr (D) V-vkd`fr
3. An adult human excretes, on an average 3. o;Ld ekuo izfrfnu vkSlru ______ yhVj ew= mRlftZr
______ litres of urine per day djrk gS
(A) 1 to 1 5 (B) 2 to 2.5 (A) 1 to 1 5 (B) 2 to 2.5
(C) 2.5 to 3 (D) 3 to 3.5 (C) 2.5 to 3 (D) 3 to 3.5
4. Malpighian body or renal corpuscle is 4. eSyihxhdk; ;k o`Dd df.kdk D;k gksrh gS \

(A) Glomerulus along with collecting duct (A) dsf'kdkxqPN rFkk laxzg ufydk
(B) Glomerulus along with DCT (B) dsf'kdkxqPN rFkk DCT
(C) Glomerulus along with Bowman's capsule (C) dsf'kdkxqPN rFkk cksesu laiqV
(D) Glomerulus along with Loop of Henle
(D) dsf'kdkxqPN rFkk gsuys dk ywi
5. Least toxic nitrogenous waste among the 5. fuEu esa lcls de fo"kkDr ukbVªkstuh vif'k"V dkSu lk gS \
follow is
(A) ;wfj;k (B) ;wfjd vEy
(A) Urea (B) Uric acid
(C) veksfu;k
(C) Ammonia
(D) ,d ls vf/kd fodYi lgh gSa
(D) More than one option is correct
6. Podocyte cells occur in 6. ink.kq dksf'kdk,a dgk¡ ikbZ tkrh gS

(A) Glomerular capillaries (A) xqPN dksf'kdkvksa esa
(B) Neck region of nephron (B) o`Ddk.kq ds xzhok {ks= esa
(C) Inner wall of Bowman's capsule (C) cksesu laiqV dh vkarfjd fHkfRr ij
(D) Outer wall of Bowman's capsule (D) cksesu laiqV dh ckgjh fHkfRr ij
7. Loop of Henle is found in 7. gsuys dk ywi] dgk¡ ik;k tkrk gS

(A) Green gland (B) Malpighian tubule (A) gfjr xzfFk esa (B) eSyihxh ufydk esa
(C) Neuron (D) Nephron (C) raf=dk dksf'kdk esa (D) o`Ddk.kq esa
8. Nitrogenous metabolic wastes in our body are 8. gekjs 'kjhj es ukbVªkstuh mikip;h vif'k"V] fdlds mRikn gS
products of
(A) dkcksZgkbMªsV~l (B) izksVhUl
(A) Carbohydrates (B) Proteins
(C) Lipids (D) Vitamins (C) fyfiM~l (D) foVkfeUl
9. We can produce a concentrated urine. This 9. ge lkafnzr ew= mRiUu dj ldrs gSA ;g ,d fof'k"V
is facilitated by a special mechanism . Identify
fØ;kfof/k }kjk lqxe gks ikrk gSA fØ;kfof/k dh igpku djs
the mechanism
(A) Reabsorption from PCT (A) PCT ls iqu% vo'kks"k.k
(B) Reabsorption from collecting duct (B) laxzg ufydk ls iqu% vo'kks"k.k
(C) Reabsorption/secretion in DCT
(C) DCT esa iqu% vo'kks"k.k@lzko.k
(D) Counter current mechanism in Henle's
loop/vasa recta (D) gsuys ds ywi@oklk jsDVk esa izfr/kkjk fØ;kfof/k
10. Which one is the vasoconstrictor? 10. fuEu esa ls dkSu okfgdkladh.kZd gSa\
(A) ANF (B) Renin (A) ANF (B) jsfuu
(C) Angiotensin-II (D) Histamine (C) ,aft;ksVsflu-II (D) fgLVkehu
11. Glucose and amino acids in the filtrate are 11. fuL;an esa Xywdkst rFkk ,feuks vEy] fdlds ek/;e ls
reabsorbed by tubular epithelial cells through ufydkdkj midyk dksf'kdkvksa }kjk iqu%vo'kksf"kr fd, tkrs gS a\
(A) Active transport (B) Passive transport (A) lfØ; ifjogu (B) fuf"Ø; ifjogu
(C) Both (A) & (B) (D) Osmosis (C) (A) o (B) nksuksa (D) ijklj.k
12. Hormone responsible for the absorption of 12. DCT esa ty ds vo'kks"k.k gsrq mRrjnk;h gkWeksZu dkSu gSa\
water in DCT is
(A) ADH (B) ACTH
(A) ADH (B) ACTH
(C) Oxytocin (4 ) Insulin (C) vkWfDlVksflu (4 ) bUlqfyu
13. Aldosterone stimulates the reabsorption of 13. ,YMksLVsjksu] fdlds iqu%vo'kks"k.k dks izsfjr djrk gSa\
(A) Na ions
+
(B) K ions
+
(A) Na+ vk;u (B) K+ vk;u
(C) Glucose (D) Ca2+ ions (C) xywdkst (D) Ca2+ vk;u
14. Micturition is 14. ew=.k gS

(A) Removal of faecal matter (A) ey inkFkZ dk fu"dklu
(B) Removal of NH3 (B) NH3 dk fu"dklu
(C) Removal of urea (D) Removal of urine (C) ;wfj;k dk fu"dklu (D) ew= dk fu"dklu
15. In whi c h se gm ent of t he nep hron, 15. o`Ddk.kq ds fdl [kaM esa] iqu% vo'kks"k.k U;wure gksrk gSa\
reabsorption is minimum?
(A) lehiLFk laofyr ufydk (PCT)
(A) Proximal convoluted tubule (PCT)
(B) nwjLFk
laofyr ufydk (DCT)
(B) Distal convoluted tubule (DCT)
(C) Loop of Henle (D) Both (A) & (B) (C) gsuy dk ywi (D) (A) o (B) nksuksa
16. Which of the following pairs is wrong? 16. fuEu esa ls dkSulk ;qXe xyr gSa\
(A) Uricotelic -Birds (A) ;wfjdksVsfyd & i{kh
(B) Ureotelic -Insects (B) ;wfj;ksVsfyd & dhV
(C) Ammonotelic -Bony fishes (C) veksuksVsfyd & vfLFky eNfy;k¡
(D) Ureotelic -Elephant (D) ;wfj;ksVsfyd & gkFkh
17. Select the true statement 17. lgh dFku dk p;u dhft;s &
(A) In fishes kidney plays major role in ammor (A) eNyh esa o`Dd veksfu;k mRltZu esa egRoiw.kZ Hkwfedk
excretion vnk djrs gSa
(B) Ammonia is 100,000 times less toxic than (B) veksfu;k] ;wfj;k dh vis{kk 100,000 xquk de fo"kSyh
urea
gksrh gS
(C) 'kkdZ vius jDr esa ;wfj;k dh vf/kd ek=k j[krh gS tks
(C) Sharks retain a large amount of urea in
'kjhj rjy esa eq[; vksLeksyk;V dh rjg ijklj.kh;rk dks
blood as a major osmolyte to balance the
larqfyr djrk gS
osmolarity of the body fluids
(D) vf/kdka'k LFkyh; ljhlì veksfu;k dks mRlftZr djrs
(D) Most terrestrial reptile excrete ammonia
gSa
18. The kidneys not only remove the waste 18. o`Dd o dsoy jDr ls vif'k"V inkFkZ dks mRlftZr djrs gSA
products from the blood but also plays very cfYd fuEu esa ls fdl dk;Z dks cuk;s j[kus esa budh
important role in maintaining egRoiw.kZ Hkwfedk gksrh gS\
(A) Equilibrium of the body (A) 'kjhj dk lkE; cuk;s j[kuk
(B) Temperature of the body
(B) 'kjhj dk rki cuk;s j[kuk
(C) Constant composition of the blood
(C) Hkkstu ;k rjy dh izd`fr ds fujis{k :f/kj ds fu;r
irrespective of the nature of the food or fluid
laxBu dks cuk;s j[kuk
intake
(D) jDr nkc dks fu;r j[kuk
(D) Blood pressure constant
19. Which of the following defines the net filtration 19. fuEu esa ls dkSu dqy fuL;anu nkc (NFP) dks ifjHkkf"kr
pressure (NFP)? djrk gSa\
(A) BCOP – (GHP + CHP) (A) BCOP – (GHP + CHP)
(B) GHP – (BCOP + CHP) (B) GHP – (BCOP + CHP)
(C) (BCOP + GHP) – CHP (C) (BCOP + GHP) – CHP
(D) (GHP – CHP) + BCOP
(D) (GHP – CHP) + BCOP
20. Which of the following is correct? 20. fuEu esa ls dkSulk dFku lgh gSa\
(A) Afferent arteriole is narrower than the
(A) vfHkokgh /kefudk viokgh /kefudk ls ladjh gksrh gS
efferent arteriole
(B) Efferent venule is narrower than vein (B) viokgh f'kfjdk f'kjk ls ladjh gksrh gSa
(C) Efferent arteriole is narrower than afferent (C) viokgh /kefudk vfHkokgh /kefudk ls ladjh gksrh gSa
arteriole
(D) vfHkokgh o viokgh nksuska /kefudkvksa dk O;kl leku
(D) Both afferent and efferent arteriole are
of same diameter gksrk gSa
21. The acrosome of the sperm is derived from 21. 'kqØk.kq dk ,Økslkse fdlls fodflr gksrk gS
(A) Mitochondria (B) Nucleus (A) ekbVksdksfUMª;k (B) dsUnzd
(C) Golgi bodies (D) Centrosome (C) xksYxhdk; (D) lsUVªjkslkse
22. Spermiogenesis is the process in which 22. 'kqØdk;kUrj.k og izfØ;k gS ftlesa

(A) Spermatids change into spermatozoa (A) LieZsfVM 'kqØk.kq esa cnyrk gS
(B) Spermatogonia produce spermatids (B) LiesZVksxksfu;k LiesZfVM esa cnyrk gS
(C) Spermatocytes give rise to spermatozoa (C) LiesZVkslkbV 'kqØk.kq esa cnyrk gS
(D) Dormant spermatozoa become active just
(D) izlqIr 'kqØk.kq L[kyu ls iwoZ lfØ; gks tkrk gS
before ejaculation
23. Number of spermatozoons, a single primary 23. LiesZVkstsusfll ds nkSjku ,d izkFkfed LiesZVkslkbV ls mRiUu
spe rmat ocyt e ul ti mat el y prod uces i n
spermatogenesis is
LiesZVkstksUl dh la[;k gksrh gS
(A) 1 (B) 2 (A) 1 (B) 2
(C) 4 (D) 8 (C) 4 (D) 8
24. Release of spermatozoa from urethra by male 24. uj izk.kh }kjk ew= ekxZ ls 'kqØk.kqvksa dk eqDr gksuk dgykrk
animals is called gS
(A) Spermatogenesis (B) Spermiogenesis (A) 'kqØtuu (B) 'kqØk.kqtuu
(C) Ejaculation (D) Insemination (C) L[kyu (D) oh;Zlspu
25. Corpus luteum is the source of secretion of 25. dkiZl Y;wfV;e fdl dk L=ksr gksrk gS
(A) Estrogen (B) Progesterone (A) ,LVªkstu (B) izkstsLVhjksu
(C) (A) & (B) Both (D) LH (C) (A) o (B) nksuksa (D) ,y-,p-
26. The delivery of completely developed foetus 26. iw.kZ fodflr Hkwz.k ds xHkkZ'k; ls ckgj fudyus dks oSKkfud
from the uterus is scientifically called rkSj ij dgrs gS
(A) Ovulation (B) Oviposition (A) v.MksRlxZ (B) vksohiksth'ku
(C) Parturition (D) Gestation (C) ikjpqjh'ku (D) xsLVs'ku
27. In mammals the estrogens are secreted by 27. Lru/kkfj;ksa esa xzsfQ;u iqfVdk ds fdl Hkkx ls ,LVªkstu
the Graafian follicle from its L=kfor gksrk gS
(A) External theca (B) Internal theca (A) cká izkojd ls (B) vkUrj izkojd ls
(C) Zona Pellucida (D) Corona radiata (C) tksuk isY;qflMk ls (D) dksjksuk jsfM;sVk ls
28. Cryptorchidism is the condition in man when 28. fØIVksfdZfMTe euq"; esa dkSulh voLFkk gksrh gS
(A) There are two testis in each scrotum (A) tc o`"k.k dks"k esa 2 o`"k.k gksrs gS
(B) Testis do not descent into the scrotum (B) tc o`"k.k] o`"k.k dks"k esa ugh vk ikrs gS
(C) Testis enlarge in the scrotum (C) tc o`"k.k] o`"k.k dks"k esa cM+s gks tkrs gS
(D) Testis degenerate in the scrotum (D) tc o`"k.k] o` "k.k dks"k esa vYi fodflr jg tkrs gS
29. Which cells in the testis secrete testosterone 29. o` "k.k dh dkS ulh dks f'kdk;s a Vs LVks LVhjks u L=kfor djrh gS
(A) Interstitial cells or cells of Leydig (A) vUrjkyh dksf'kdk;sa vFkok yhfMx dksf'kdk;sa
(B) Cells of the germinal epithelium (B) tuu ,ihFkhfy;e dh dksf'kdk;sa
(C) Sertoli cells (C) ljVksyh dksf'kdk;sa
(D) Secondary spermatocytes (D) f}rh;d LiesZVkslkbV~l
30. The scrotal sac of a male mammal is 30. ,d uj Lru/kkjh dk o`"k.k L;wu (Scrotal sac) letkr
homologous to gS
(A) Clitoris (B) Labia majora (A) DykbVksfjl ds (B) ysfc;k estksjk ds
(C) Vagina (D) Uterus
(C) ;kSfu ds (D) xHkkZ'k; ds
31. 50 secondary oocytes in female and 50 31. fL=;ksa esa 50 f}rh;d ÅlkbV rFkk uj esa 50 f}rh;d
secondary spermatocytes in male give rise
LiesZVkslkbV ls fdrus v.Mk.kq o 'kqØk.kq cusaxsa
to
(A) 100 v.Mk.kq ,oa 100 'kqØk.kq
(A) 100 ova and 100 sperms
(B) 200 ova and 50 sperms (B) 200 v.Mk.kq ,oa 50 'kqØk.kq
(C) 100 ova and 200 sperms (C) 100 v.Mk.kq ,oa 200 'kqØk.kq
(D) 50 ova and 100 sperms (D) 50 v.Mk.kq ,oa 100 'kqØk.kq
32. Which period of menstrual cycle is called risky 32. jt pØ (m.c.) dk dkSulk dky xHkZ/kkj.k ds fy;s vR;f/kd
period of conception ? fjLd okyk gksrk gS \
(A) 3rd to 7th day (B) 7th to 13th day (A) 3rd ls 7th fnu (B) 7th ls 13th fnu
(C) 10 to 17 day (D) 15th to 25th day
th th
(C) 10 ls 17 fnu
th th
(D) 15th ls 25th fnu
33. In the absence of fertilization, corpus luteum 33. fu"kspu u gksus ij dkiZl Y;qfV;e fo?kfVr gks tkrk gS
degenerates due to non availability of D;ksafd mls miyC/k ugha gksrk
(A) FSH (B) hCG (A) FSH (B) hCG
(C) Prolactin (D) Progesterone (C) izksysfDVu (D) izkstsLVhjksu
34. Match the following 34. lqesfyr dhft,

a. Seminal vesicle (i) Opens into penile a. 'kqØk'; (i) ihfu;y ;wfjFkzk esa [kqyrk gS
urethra
b. Prostate gland (ii) Opens into b. izksLVsV xzafFk (ii) L[kyu ufydk esa [kqyrh gS
ejaculatory duct
c. dkÅij dh xzafFk (iii) izksLVs fVd ;w fjFkz k esa [kq yrh gS
c. Cowper’s gland (iii) Opens into
prostatic urethra (A) a(i), b(iii), c(ii) (B) a(iii), b(ii), c(i)
(A) a(i), b(iii), c(ii) (B) a(iii), b(ii), c(i)
(C) a(ii), b(i), c(iii) (D) a(ii), b(iii), c(i) (C) a(ii), b(i), c(iii) (D) a(ii), b(iii), c(i)
35. Select the true statement regarding clitoris 35. eknk tuu ra= esa DykbVksfjl ds lUnHkZ esa lgh dFku dk
in female reproductive system p;u dhft,
(a) It is formed by the merging of two labia (a) bldk fuekZ.k nks i'p ysfc;k ekbuksjk esa /ka lus ls gksrk gS
minora posteriorly
(b) bldk fuekZ.k rhu lh/kh] nks Bksl o ,d [kks[kyh dk;ksa
(b) It is formed by three erectile bodies, two
}kjk gksrk gS
solid and one hollow
(c) ;g uj ds f'k'ku ds letkr gS
(c) It is analogous to the penis of male
(A) (a) only (B) (b) & (c) only (A) dsoy (a) (B) dsoy (b) o (c)
(C) (a) & (c) only (D) None of these (C) dsoy (a) o (c) (D) buesa ls dksbZ ugha
36. The given figure refer to human foetus within 36. fn;k x;k fp= xHkkZ'k; esa vijk n'kkZrk gqvk ekuo Hkwz.k dk
the uterus. Identify the parts labelled (a to e). gSA fpUghr Hkkx (a ls e) dks igpkusA
a a
b b
e e
c c
d d
(A) a-Placental villi, b - yolksac, c - embryo, (A) a-vijk jlkadqj, b - ihrd dks"k, c - Hkwz.k, d - xzhok
d - plug of mucus in cervix, e - umbilical cord esa 'ys"ey Iyx, e - ukfHk jTtq
(B) a - Placental vili, b - umbilical cord, c - (B) a - vijk jlkadqj, b - ukfHk jTtq, c - Hkwz.k, d - xzhok
embryo, d - plug of mucus in cervix, e - yolk sac esa 'ys"ey Iyx, e - ihrd dks"k
(C) a - Placental vili, b - yolk sac, c - embryo, (C) a - vijk jlkadqj, b - ihrd dks"k, c - Hkwz.k,
d - umbilical cord, e - plug of mucus in cervix d - ukfHk jTtq, e - xzhok esa 'ys"ey Iyx
(D) Placental vili, b - plug of mucus in cervix, (D) a-vijk jlkadqj, b - xzhok esa 'ys"ey Iyx, c - Hkwz.k,
c - embryo, d - umbilical cord, e - yolk sac d - ukfHk jTtq, e - ihrd dks"k
37. The given figure refers to seminiferous tubule. 37. fn;k x;k vkjs[k 'kqØtud ufydkvksa dk gSA
Identify the marked alphabets (A to E) ukekafdr o.kksZ (A ls E) dks igpkfu;sA
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
(A) A-Spermatid, B-Primary Spermatocyte, (A) A-'kqØk.kq iqohZdk dksf'kdk, B-izkFkfed 'kqØk.kq dksf'kdk,
C-Secondary Spermatocyte, D-Sertoli cell, C- f}rh;d 'kq Ø k.kq dks f 'kdk , D- lVkZs y h dks f'kdk ,
E-Spermatogonium E-'kqØk.kqtu
(B) A-Spermatid, B-Secondary Spermatocyte, (B) A-'kqØk.kq iqohZdk dksf'kdk, B-f}rh;d 'kqØk.kq dksf'kdk,
C-Primary Spermatocyte, D-Sertoli cell, E- C- iz kFkfed 'kq Ø k.kq dks f 'kdk , D- lVkZs y h dks f'kdk ,
Spermatogonium E-'kqØk.kqtu
(C) A-Spermatid, B-Secondary Spermato- (C) A-'kqØk.kq iqohZdk dksf'kdk, B-f}rh;d 'kqØk.kq dksf'kdk,
cyte, C-Sertoli cell, D-Primary Spermatocyte, C- lVkZ s y h dks f 'kdk , D- iz k Fkfed 'kq Ø k.kq dks f 'kdk ,
E-Spermatogonium E-'kqØk.kqtu
(D) A-Spermatid, B-Secondary spermatocyte, (D) A-'kqØk.kq iqohZdk dksf'kdk, B-f}rh;d 'kqØk.kq dksf'kdk,
C-Primary Spermatocyte, D-Spermatogonium, C-izkFkfed 'kqØk.kq dksf'kdk, D-'kqØ k.kqtu , E-lVkZsyh
E-Sertoli cell dksf'kdk
38. Survival time of sperms introduced into the 38. ;ksfu esa izfo"V 'kqØk.kq fdrus le; rd thfor jg ldrs
vagina may be :- gSa %&
(A) 1-2 days (B) 3-4 days (A) 1-2 fnu (B) 3-4 fnu
(C) 5-10 days (D) 1 week
(C) 5-10 fnu (D) 1 lIrkg
39. The given figure refers to sperm. Identify the 39. fn;k x;k vkjs[k 'kqØk.kq dk gSA ukekafdr o.kksZ (A ls E) dks
marked alphabets (A to E) igpkfu;sA
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
(A) A-Pl asma me mbrane , B-Nuc l eus, (A) A-IykTek f>Yyh, B-dsUnzd, C-vxzfiaMd, D-xzhok,
C-acrosome, D-Neck, E-Mitochondria E-ekbVksdkWfUMª;k
(B) A-Plasma membrane, B-acrosome, (B) A-IykTek f>Yyh, B-vxzfiaMd, C-dsUnzd, D-xzhok,
C-Nucleus, D-Neck, E-Mitochondria E-ekbVksdkWfUMª;k
(C) A-Plasma membrane, B-Neck, C-Nucleus, (C) A-IykTek f>Yyh, B-xzhok, C-dsUnzd, D-vxzfiaMd,
D-acrosome, E-Mitochondria E-ekbVksdkWfUMª;k
(D) A-Plasma membrane, B-acrosome, (D) A- IykTek f>Yyh , B- vxz f ia M d , C- ds U nz d ,
C-Nucleus, D-Mitochondria, E-Neck D-ekbVksdkWfUMª;k, E-xzhok
40. In spermatogenesis, reduction division of 40. LijesVkstsusfll esa Øksekslkse dk U;wudkjh foHkktu buds
chromosome occurs during conversion of ifjorZu ds nkSjku gksrk gS&
(A) spermatogonia to primary spermatocytes (A) LijesVksxksfu;k ls izkFkfed LijesVkslkbV~l
(B) primary spermatocytes to secondary
(B) izkFkfed LijesVkslkbV~l ls f}rh;d LijesVkslkbV~l
spermatocytes
(C) f}rh;d LijesVkslkbV~l ls LijesfVM~l
(C) secondary spermatocytes to spermatids
(D) spermatids to sperms (D) LijesfVM~l ls LieZ
41. The following graph shows the levels of 41. uhps fn;k x;k xzkQ ,d _rq L=ko pØ ds nkSjku fiV~;wVjh
pituitary hormones during a menstrual cycle. gkeksZUl ds Lrjksa dks n'kkZrk gSA 1 o 2 D;k n'kkZrs gS\
What do 1 and 2 represent?
1 2 1 2
Days Days
1 2 1 2
(A) LH FSH (A) LH FSH
(B) Estrogen Progesterone (B) ,LVªkstu izkstsLVªkWu
(C) FSH LH (C) FSH LH
(D) Progesterone Estrogen (D) izkstsLVªkWu ,LVªkstu
42. Read the fol l ow i ng s tateme nts ab out 42. _rq L=ko pØ ds ckjs esa uhps fn;s x;s dFkuksa dks i<+sa
menstrual cycle and select two correct vkSj nks lgh dFkuksa dks pqusaA
statements.
(i) _rq L=ko.k dk u gksuk xHkkZoLFkk dh vksj ladsr djrk
(i) Lack of menstruation may be indicative of
pregnancy. gSA
(ii) The changes in the ovary and the uterus (ii) vksojh vkSj ;wVsjl esa ifjorZu dsoy vksosjh;u gkeksZUl
are induced by changes in the levels of ds Lrjksa esa ifjorZu ls gh izsfjr gksrs gSA
ovarian hormones only.
(iii) LH dk mPp L=ko.k vksO;wys'ku dks izsfjr djrk gSA
(iii) LH surge induces ovulation.
(iv) ;fn fu"kspu gksrk gS] rks dkWjil Y;wfV;e rRdky
(iv) If fertilization occurs, corpus luteum
degenerates immediately. VwVus yxrh gSA
(A) (i) and (ii) (B) (ii) and (iii) (A) (i) o (ii) (B) (ii) o (iii)
(C) (i) and (iii) (D) (ii) and (iv) (C) (i) o (iii) (D) (ii) o (iv)
43. In ovary we can find 43. vksojh esa ge ik ldrs gS&

(i) Primary follicle (ii) Graafian follicle (i) izkFkfed QkWyhdy (ii) xzkfQ;u QkWyhdy
(iii) Blood vessel (iv) Corpus luteum (iii) jDr okfgfu;ka (iv) dkWjil Y;wfV;e
(A) (i) and (ii) (B) (ii), (iii) and (iv) (A) (i) o (ii) (B) (ii), (iii) o (iv)
(C) (iii) and (iv) (D) (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) (C) (iii) o (iv) (D) (i), (ii), (iii) o (iv)
44. Which of the following is correct about 44. fuEu esa ls D;k eSesyh;u VsfLVl ds fy;s lgh gS\
mammalian testes?
(A) xz kfQ;u QkWyhdYl] ljVks yh dks f'kdk,a] ysfMXl dksf'kdk,a
(A) Graafian follicles, Sertoli cells, Leydig's
cells (B) xzkfQ;u QkWyhdYl] ljVksyh dksf'kdk,a] lsfeuhQsjl
(B) Graafian follicles, sertoli cells, seminiferous
ufydk,a
tubules
(C) Sertoli cells, seminiferous tubules, leydig's (C) ljVksyh dks f'kdk,a] lses uhQs jl ufydk,a ] ysfMXl dks f'kdk,a
cells
(D) xzkfQ;u QkWyhdYl] ysfMXl dksf'kdk,a] lsfeuhQsjl
(D) Graafi an fol l i c l e , Le yd i g 's c el l s ,
seminiferous tubule ufydk,a
45. A sectional view of mammary gland shows 45. Lru xzfUFk dh ,d dkV n'kkZrh gS&
(i) Nipple + Areola
(i) fuIiy + ,fj;ksyk
(ii) Mammary lobe, alveolus and duct
(ii) eSejh yksc] ,yfo;ksyl vkSj okfguh
(iii) Antibodies + Pectoralis major muscles +
(iii) ,UVhckWMhl + isDVksjsfyl eq[; isf'k;ka + ilfy;ka
Ribs
(iv) Ampulla + Lactiferous duct (iv) ,EI;wyk + ysDVhQsjl okfguh
(A) (i), (ii) and (iv) (B) (i), (ii) and (iii) (A) (i), (ii) o (iv) (B) (i), (ii) o (iii)
(C) (iii) and (iv) (D) (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) (C) (iii) o (iv) (D) (i), (ii), (iii) o (iv)
46. Which one is released from the ovary? 46. vksojh ls fuEu esa ls D;k eqDr gksrk gS\
(A) Primary oocyte (B) Secondary oocyte (A) izkFkfed ÅlkbV (B) f}rh;d ÅlkbV
(C) Graafian follicle (D) Oogonium (C) xzkfQ;u QkWyhdYl (D) Åxksfu;e
47. At what stage of life is oogenesis initiated 47. ,d euq"; dh eknk esa thou dh dkSulh voLFkk esa Åtsusfll
in a human female? izkjaHk gksrh gS\
(A) At puberty (A) ;kSoukoLFkk ij
(B) During menarch (B) esukpZ ds nkSjku
(C) During menopause (C) esuksikWt ds nkSjku
(D) During embryonic development (D) Hkwz.kh; fodkl ds nkSjku
48. During oogenesis, each diploid cell produces 48. Åtsusfll ds nkSjku izR;sd f}xqf.kr dksf'kdk mRiUu djrh gS&
(A) four functional eggs (A) pkj dk;kZRed v.M
(B) two functional eggs and two polar bodies (B) nks dk;kZRed v.M vkSj nks iksyj ckWMhl
(C) one functional egg and three polar bodies (C) ,d dk;kZRed v.M vkSj rhu iksyj ckWMhl
(D) four functional polar bodies (D) pkj dk;kZRed iksyj ckWMhl
49. Withdrawal of which of the following hormones 49. fuEu esa ls dkSuls gkeksZu ds L=ko.k dk can gksuk rRdky
is the immediate cause of menstruation? _rq L=ko.k dk dkj.k curk gS\
(A) Progesterone (B) Estrogen (A) izkstsLVªku (B) ,LVªkstu
(C) FSH (D) FSH-RH (C) FSH (D) FSH-RH
50. In the 28 days human ovarian cycle, the 50. euq"; ds 28 fnu ds vksosfj;u pØ esa] vksO;wys'ku gksrk
ovulation takes place typically on gS&
(A) dya 1 of of the cycle (A) pØ ds igys fnu
(B) day 14 of the cycle (B) pØ ds 14osa fnu
(C) day 5 of the cycle (C) pØ ds 5osa fnu
(D) day 28 of the cycle (D) pØ ds 28osa fnu
51. The plants belonging to the family Solanaceae 51. l ksy susl hdq
y l sl EcfU/kr i kni ksadksdkS
u l si q
"i l w
=k} kj k
is represented by the floral formula fu: fi r fd; kt kr kgS \
(A)  K5 C5 A5 G2 (A)  K5 C5 A5 G2
(B)  K(5) C(5) A(5) G(2) (B)  K(5) C(5) A(5) G(2)
(C)  K(5) C A5 G(2) (C)  K(5) C A5 G(2)

(5) (5)
(D)  K5 C A(5) G(2) (D)  K5 C A(5) G(2)

(5) (5)
52. Which is· not a modification of stem? 52. fuEu esal sdkS u Lr EHkdk: i kUr j .kughagS
\
(A) Tuber of potato (A) vky wdhda n
(B) Pitcher of Nepenthes (B) usi sUFkhl dk?kV
(C) Corm of Colocasia (C) dks y ksd sf' k; kdk?kudUn
(D) Rhizome of ginger (D) vnj d dkj kbt ks e¼
i zd a
n½
53. Prop roots of Banyan tree are meant for 53. cjxn dh LrEHk ewy fdlfy, cuh gksrh gS
(A) Respiration (A) 'olu
(B) Absorption of water from soil (B) e`nk ls ty dk vo'kks"k.k
(C) Retention of water in soil (C) e`nk esa ty dk okfil tkuk
(D) Providing support to big tree (D) cM+s o`{k dks lgkjk çnku djuk
54. In Opuntia, the function of phyotosynthesis is 54. ukxQuh esa] çdk'k la'ys"k.k dk dk;Z fdlds }kjk gksrk gS
carried out by
(A) DySMksM (B) fQYyksDySM ¼i.kZdk; LrEHk½
(A) Cladode (B) Phylloclade
(C) Phyllode (D) Bulb (C) fQYyksM (D) 'kYddUn
55. Parallel venation occurs in 55. lekukUrj f'kjkfoU;kl fdlesa ik;k tkrk gS
(A) Monocots (B) Dicots (A) ,dchti=ksa esa (B) f}chti=ksa esa
(C) All angiosperms (D) Ferns (C) lHkh vko`rchft;ksa esa (D) QuksZa esa
56. The flowers in the raceme/racemose are 56. vlhek{k@vlhek{kh iq"iØe esa iq"iksa dh O;oLFkk gksrh gS
arranged
(A) Acropetally (B) Basipetally (A) vxzfHklkjh (Acropetally) (B) ryfHklkjh (Basipetally)
(C) Centripetally (D) Centrifugally (C) midsUnzh (D) vfHkdsUnzh

57. Floral formula represents 57. iq"ilw= n'kkZrk gS

(A) Position of flower (A) iq"i dh fLFkfr dks
(B) Symmetry of a flower
(B) ,d iq"i dh lefefr dks
(C) Functions of a flower
(C) ,d iq"i ds dk;Z dks
(D) Diagrammatic notation of floral characters
(D) iq"ih; y{k.kksas dk vkjs[kh; fooj.k dks
58. Stamens attached to petals are 58. ny esa la;qDr iqadslj dgykrs gSa
(A) Antipetalous (B) Epipetalous (A) ,.VhisVsyl (B) ,ihisVsyl
(C) Epiphyllous (D) Episepalous
(C) ,ihfQyl (D) ,ihlsisyl
59. A plant with both male and female flowers 59. og ikS/kk ftlesa uj vkSj eknk iq"i nksuksa mRié gksrs gSa
borne over it is
(A) eksuksfl;l (B) Mk;ksfl;l
(A) Monoecious (B) Dioecious
(C) Unisexual (D) Bisexual (C) ;wuhlsDlqvy (D) ckbZlsDlqvy
60. Polyadelphous condition is related to 60. iksyh,MyQl fLFkfr fdlls lEcaf/kr gS

(A) Calyx (B) Androecium (A) ckº;nyiqat ls (B) iqeax ls
(C) Corolla (D) Gynoecium (C) nyiqat ls (D) tk;kax ls
61. A flower is zygomorphic when 61. ,d iq"i rc tkbxksekWfQZd gksrk gS tc

(A) Any transverse section divides it into two (A) dks bZ Hkh vuq çLFk dkVmls nks leku v/kkaZa'kksa esa foHkkftr djrk gS
equal halves
(B) dsoy ,d vuqçLFk dkV mls nks leku v/kkaZa'kksa esa foHkkftr
(B) Only one transverse section divides it into
djrk gS
two equal halves
(C) çR;sd oVhZdy dkV tks e/; ls gksdj mls nks leku
(C) Every vertical section passing through its
centre divides it into two equal halves v/kZa'kksa esa foHkkftr djrk gS
(D) Only one vertical section passing through (D) dsoy ,d oVhZdy dkV tks e/; ls gksdj mls nks leku
its centre divides it into two equal halves v/kkZa'kksa esa foHkkftr djrk gS
62. Axile placentation occurs in 62. v{kh; chtk.MU;kl fdlesas ik;k tkrk gS
(A) Asteraceae and Fabaceae (A) ,LVsjslh rFkk Qscslh esa
(B) Brassicaeae and Solanaceae (B) cszlhdslh rFkk lksysuslh esa
(C) Solanaceae and Liliaceae (C) lksysuslh rFkk fyfy;slh esa
(D) Brassicaceae and Solanaceae (D) czslhdslh rFkk lksysuslh esa
63. Axile placentation is present in 63. LraHkh; chtk.M U;kl fdlesa gksrk gS\
(A) Lemon (B) Pea
(A) uhacw (B) eVj
(C)Argemaone (D) Dianthus
(C) vkthZeksu (D) Mkb,UFkl
64. The standard petal of a papilionaceous 64. iSfi fy vksusl hoky sny i q
t esaekud ny dksvU; fdl uke
a
corolla is also called : l st kukt kr kgS \
(A) Carina (B) Pappus (A) dS fj uk (B) i S
il
(C) Vexillum (D) Corona (C) oS Dl hy e (D) dksj ksuk
65. Tricarpellary, syncarpous gynoecium is found 65. f=kdks"Vdh] ; q

Dr k.Mi ht k; k¡x fdl dsi q
"i esagksrkgS
\
in flowers of :
(A) fy fy , l h (B) l ksy S
usl h
(A) Liliaceae (B) Solanaceae
(C) Fabaceae (D) Poaceae (C) QS
csl h (D) i ks
,l h
66. Which one of the following diagrams represents

66. Mk;sUFkl esa chtkaMU;kl fdl ,d fp= esa n'kkZ;k x;k gSa\
the placentation in Dianthus?
(A) (B) (A) (B)
(C) (D) (C) (D)
67. Whorled, simple leaves with reticulate venation 67. pDdkjnkj] tkfydk f'kjkfoU;kl okyh ljy ifÙk;k¡ fdlesa
are present in : gksrh gS \
(A) Alstonia (A) ,sYlVksfu;k
(B) Calotropis (B) dSyksVªksfil
(C) Mustard (C) ljlksa
(D) China Rose (D) xqM+gy
68. In maize the colour of grains is controlled by 68. eDdk ea

snkuka
sdk j a
x 3 t ksMht hUl } kj k fu; fU=kr fd; k
3 pairs of genes. Gene 'C' and 'R' independently t kr kgS
A t hUl 'C' r Fkk 'R' Lor a
=k: i l sdksbZj a
x ugha
do not form any colour but when together, cukr sgS
Ay sfdu t c , d l kFkgksr ksosr usdksgj kHkw
j kj a
x
they impart greenish-brown colour to the
i znku dj r sgS
] t cfd vukt j a
xghu j gr kgS
A, d vfr fj Dr
stem, while the grains remain colourless. In
, y hy 'A' dhmi fLFkfr ea
sr ukvkS
j l kFkghvukt cS
xuhcu
a
presence of an additional allele 'A' the stem
as well as grains become violet. In a trihybrid t kr sgS
Avukt ea
st ksVªkbZ
gkbfczMØkW
l dhmEehn gS
] ml ea
s
cross what phenotypic ratio is expected in fQuksfVfi d vuq
i kr D; kgksxkA
grains?
(A) 48 j a
xhu : 16 j a
xghu
(A) 48 coloured : 16 colourless (B) 36 j a
xhu : 28 j a
xghu
(B) 36 coloured : 28 colourless
(C) 27 j a
xhu : 37 j a
xghu
(C) 27 coloured : 37 colourless
(D) 40 j a
xhu : 24 j a
xghu
(D) 40 coloured : 24 colourless
69. A plant with genotype AABbCcDD is self 69. t huksVkbi AABbCcDD dsl kFk, d i kni Loi j kxf.kr gS
A
pollinated. Provided that the four genes are
c' kr sZdhpkj t hu Lor a
=k: i l sfefJr gksj gsgS
Al a
r fr dk
independently assorting, what proportion of
the proge ny w i l l s how t he ge noty pe dkS
u l kvuq
i kr AAbbccDD t huksVkbi n' kk; sxkA
AAbbccDD?
(A) 1/4 (B) 1/16
(A) 1/4 (B) 1/16
(C) 1/64 (D) 1/256
(C) 1/64 (D) 1/256
70. When a red flowered plant was cross 70. t c , d y ky i q "i dsi kS /ksdksl Qsn i q
"i l si j kfxr fd; k
pollinated by white flowered one and the t kr kFkkAvkS j la r fr dk1 : 2 : 1 fQuksVkbi vuq i kr i zkIr
offspring were self pollinated to obtain a dj usdsfy , Loi j kfxr fd; k x; kFkk] r ks; g fLFkfr
phenotypic ratio of 1 : 2 : 1, it has to be a
l EcfU/kr gS &
case of -
(A) vi w . kZi zHkkfor k
(A) Incomplete dominance
(B) l gi z Hkkfor k
(B) Co-dominance
(C) vi z Hkkohi zcy r k
(C) Recessive epistasis
(D) t hU l dkIy ; w j ksVªksfi d i zHkko
(D) Pleurotropic effect of genes
71. The dominant alleles A and B each add 2 g 71. i zHkkoh, yhy A r FkkB i zR; sd , d fuf' pr i kS/ksds6 g Qy
weight to a basal weight (in homozygous dk vk/kkj ot u (l e; q Xet hvi zHkkohfLFkfr ea s) ea
s 2g
recessive condition) of 6g of fruits of a ot u t ksM+ r sgSvxj nksi kS/ksi zR;sd 8g ot u oky sQy ksds
certain plant. If two plants, each with fruits l kFk vkS j , d t hu dsfy , fo"ke ; q XeUkt hfLFkfr dsl kFk
weighi ng 8g and having heterozygous ØkW l dj k, t kr sgS
Al a
r fr ; ka
sdschp dkvki sf{kr QhuksfVfi d
condition for one gene each are crossed. vuq i kr D; kgksxkA
What phenotypic ratio is expected among the
(A) 10g dsl kFk24% : 8g dsl kFk50% : 6g Qy
offspring?
dsl kFk25%
(A) 24% with 10g: 50% with 8g: 25% 6g
(B) 10g dsl kFk50% : 6g dsl kFk50%
fruit
(B) 50% with 10g: 50% with 6g fruit (C) 12g dsl kFk24% : 10g dsl kFk25% : 8g ds
(C) 24% with 12g: 25% with 10g: 25% with l kFk 25% o 6g Qy ka sdsl kFk25%
8g: 25% with 6g fruit (D) 14g dsl kFk 12.55% : 12g dsl kFk 25% :
(D) 12.55% with 14g: 25% with 12g: 25% 10g dsl kFk 25% : 8g dsl kFk25% : 6g Qy dsl kFk
with 10g: 25% with 8g: 12.5% with 6g fruit 12.5%
72. An organism with the genotype BbDD is mated 72. BbDD t huksVkbi okys, d t ho dkfeyku BBDd t huksVkbi
to one with the genotype BBDd. Assuming oky st ho l sdj kokr sgS
A bu nkst huka
sdksLor a
=k : i l s
independent assortment of these two genes,
fefJr eku l dr sgS
] bl ØkW
l l sl EHkkfor l a
r fr dk
write the genotype of possible
t huksVkbi cr kvka
sr Fkki zR;sd i zkIr gksusoky st huksVkbi dh
Offspring from this cross and calculate the
probability of each genotype occurring. i zkf; dr kdhx.kukdj ksa
A
(A) 1/16 BBDD,1/2 BbDD,1/4 BBDd,1/4BbDd (A) 1/16 BBDD,1/2 BbDD,1/4 BBDd,1/4BbDd
(B) 1/4 BBDD,1/4 BbDD, 1/4 BBDd,1/4BbDd (B) 1/4 BBDD,1/4 BbDD, 1/4 BBDd,1/4BbDd
(C) ¼ BBDD,1/4 BBDd (C) ¼ BBDD,1/4 BBDd
(D) ½ BBDD, ½ BbDD, ½ BBDd, ½ BbDd (D) ½ BBDD, ½ BbDD, ½ BBDd, ½ BbDd
73. A variety of pea plant with round yellow seeds 73. xksy i hy scht ka
sr FkkcS
xuhi q
a "i ka
s(RRYYCC) okys, d eVj
and violet flowers (RRYYCC) was crossed with
i kni dhi zt kfr dkØkW
l >q
j hZ
nkj gj scht ka
svkS
j l Qsn i q
"i ka
s
a plant having wrinkled green seeds and white
flowers (rryycc). The frequency of plants with (rryycc) oky si kni dsl kFk dj ok; kt kr k gS
A F2 i h<+
h
genotype RrYyCc in the F2 generation would
ea
sRrYyCc t huksVkbi oky si kni dhvkof̀r gksxh&
be:
(A) 1/2 (B) 1/8
(A) 1/2 (B) 1/8
(C) 27/64 (D) 9/64 (C) 27/64 (D) 9/64
74. A normal woman has a haemophilic son 74. , d l kekU; vkS

j r , d fgeksfQfy d i q
=k r Fkk r hu l kekU;
besides three normal daughters. The
genotypes of the woman and her husband iq
=kh; k¡j [ kr hgS
AvkS
j r vkS
j ml dsi fr dkfgeksfQfy ; kds
with respect to hemophilia would respectively la
nHkZea
st huksVkbi Øe' k%gksxk&
be:
(A) XX and XhY (B) XhX and XhY
(A) XX r FkkXhY (B) XhX r FkkXhY
(C) XhXh and XY (D) XhX and XY (C) XhXh r FkkXY (D) XhX r FkkXY
75. In Drosophila, the yellow gene (y) and white 75. Mªksl ksfQykea
si hy kt hu (y) vkS
j l Qsn t hu (w) 1.3%
gene (w) showed 1.3% recombination iq
ul Z
; kst u fn[ kkr kgSt cfd l Qsn (w) vkS
a j y ?kqi a
[ kt hu
While white (w) and miniature wing gene (m)
(m) 37.2% i q
ul Z
a
; kst u fn[ kkr sgS
A
showed 37.2% recombinations. This
; g i znf' kZ
r dj r kgSfd &
indicates that:
(A) w r Fkkm fH
kUu&fHkUu xq
. kl w
=kka
si j gS
A
(A) w and m are on different chromosomes.
(B) w and m are closer than w and y. (B) w r Fkkm, w r Fkky dhvi s{kkT; knk ut n+
hd gS
A
(C) w and y are on the same chromosome (C) w r Fkky , d l eku xq
. kl w
=ki j gS
] t cfd m , d fHkUu
while m is on a different chromosome. xq
. kl w
=ki j gS
A
(D) w and y are closer than w and m. (D) w r Fkky , w r Fkkm dhvi s{kkT; knkut n+
hd gS
A
76. Which of the following individuals will produce 76. fuEu ea

sl sdkS
ul hO
; f"V 16 i zd kj ds; q
Xedka
sdkmRiknu
16 types of gametes? dj sxhA
(A) AaBbccDdeeFF (A) AaBbccDdeeFF
(B) AaBbccDDEeFf (B) AaBbccDDEeFf
(C) AaBbCcddEEFF (C) AaBbCcddEEFF
(D) AaBbCcDDEeFf (D) AaBbCcDDEeFf
77. If the frequency of a dominant phenotype in 77. vxj , d fLFkj vkcknhea

s, d i zHkkohl ey {k.khi zt kfr dh
a stable population is 75%, the frequency of vkof̀r 75% gS
] r ksml i zt kfr ea
svi zHkkoh, yhYl dhvkof̀r
the recessive allele in that population would
gksxh&
be:
(A) 25 % (B) 37.5 %
(A) 25 % (B) 37.5 %
(C) 50 % (D) 75 %
(C) 50 % (D) 75 %
78. Which statement is true - 78. dkS

ul kdFku l ghgS
&
(A) Characters segregate during formation
(A) y {k.k ; q
Xed cur sl e; i F̀kd gkst kr sgS
a
A
of gametes
(B) All characters show true dominance (B) l Hkhy {k.kokLr fod i zHkkfor kn' kkZ
r sgS
a
(C) T he c haract ers al ways b l e nd i n
(C) y {k.kfo"ke; q
Xet hvoLFkkesages'kkfefJr gkst kr sgS
a
heterozygous condition
(D) Mendelian disorder are determined by or (D) es.Msfy ; u fodkj , d ; kT; knk xq
. kl w
=ksadhdeh; k
abs ence or ex ce ss of one or m ore
chromosome vf/kdr kl sfu/kkZ
fj r gksrsgS
A
79. Theoretically a normal phenotype is expressed 79. lS

) kfUrd r kS
j i j l kekU; y{k.ki zk: i r c i zd V gksrkgSt c
when a particular substrate transform in to
product but in which of following condition , d fØ; kvk/kkj ] mRikn esa: i kUr fj r gksrkgSysfdu fuEu esa
phenotype may be affected - l sdkS
ul hfLFkfr esay {k.ki zk: i i zHkkfor gksl dr kgS
&
(A) When the modified allele produce normal
enzyme (A) t c : i kUrfj r , fyy l kekU; , Ut kbe mRikfnr dj r hgS
a
(B) When the modified allele produce a non
(B) t c : i kUr fj r , fy y vfØ; k' khy , Ut kbe cukr hgS
functional enzyme
(C) When the unmodified allele produce no (C) t c v: i kUr fj r , fy y , Ut kbe ughacukr hgS
A
enzyme
(D) All the above (D) mi j ks
Dr l Hkh
80. Which of the following condition is true for 80. fuEu ea sl sdkSul hfLFkfr l gi zHkkfor kdsfy , l ghgS &
codominance - (A) F1 dk y {k.k i z k: i nksuksai Sr d̀ksaesal sfdl h, d l s
(A) Phenotype of F1 resembled either of the
l ekur kj [ kr kgSA
two parents
(B) F1 dky{k.ki z k: i nksuksai S
r d̀ksaesal sfdl hl sl ekur k
(B) Phenotype of F1 did not resemble either
of two parents ughaj [ kr kgSA
(C) Phenotype of F1 resembles both parents (C) F1 dky {k.ki z k: i nksuksai S
r d̀ksal sl ekur kj [ kr kgS
A
(D) None of these (D) buea sl sdksbZugha
81. The exp eri me nt al ve ri fi c ati on of t he 81. oa

' kkxfr dkØkseksl kse fl ) kUr dki z;ksxkRed l R;ki u fdl us
chromosomal theory of inheritance by - fd; k&
(A) Boveri (A) cks osjh
(B) Sutton (B) l êu
(C) T.H. Morgan (C) Vh-, p- ekW
xZ u
(D) Bateson (D) cs Vl u
82. In case of ABO blood group allele IA and IB if 82. ABO : f/kj l ewg dhfLFkfr esat c IA r Fkk IB , fy y , d
present together then - l kFkmi fLFkr gksrhgSr c&
(A) Only IA allele expresses (A) ds oy IA , fy y O ; Dr gksxh
(B) Only 1B allele expresses (B) ds oy 1 , fy y vfHkO
B
; Dr gksrhgS
(C) nksuksaI o I , fy y vfHkO
A B
; Dr gksrhgS
(C) Both IA and IB alleles express
(D) bues al sdksbZugha
(D) None of these
83. Which of the followig is a good example of 83. fuEu esal sdkS
ul kcgq
;q
Xe fodYi hdkvPNkmnkgj .kgS
&
multiple allele -
(A) ABO blood groups (A) ABO : f/kj l ew
g
(B) Size of starch grain in pea (B) eVj es
aLVkpZd.kksadkvkdkj
(C) Shape of seed (C) cht dhvkdf̀r
(D) Flower colour in pea (D) eVj es
ai q
"i dk j a
x
84. Mendel observed that all the F1 progeny 84. es.My usns[kk fd F1 l a
r fr dsl kj si kS
/ks&
plants. (A) nks
uksaesal sfdl h, d i S
r d̀ dsl eku gksrsgS
a
(A) resembled either one of the parents
(B) nks
uksaesal sfdl hi S
r d̀ dsl eku ughagksrsgS
a
(B) resembled neither of the parents
(C) nks
uksai S
r d̀ksadsl eku gksrsgS
(C) resembled both of the parents
(D) shows 3 : 1 ratio (D) 3 : 1 vuq
i kr i znf' kZ
r dj r sgS
a
85. Gregor Mendel, conducted hybridisation 85. xzhxksj esa

My usm/kku eVj dsi kS
/kksi j l a
d j .ki z;ksx fdl
experiments on garden pea plant during the
year o"kZesafd; sA
(A) 1849-1856 (B) 1856-1863 (A) 1849-1856 (B) 1856-1863
(C) 1863-1869 (D) 1869-1876 (C) 1863-1869 (D) 1869-1876
86. Test cross in plants or in Drosophila involves 86. i kS

/kksaesavFkokMªksl ksfQy kesai fj {kkFkZi zl a
d j .kesafdudschp
crossing
i zl a
d j .k dj k; k t kr k gS
A
(A) Crossing the F1 hybrid with a double
recessive genotype (A) Mcy vi zHkkoht huksVkbi dsl kFkF1 l a
d j dhØkW
fl a
x
(B) Crossing between two genotypes with
dominant trait
(B) i zHkkohy {k.kksadsl kFk nkst huksVkbi ksadse/; ØkW
fl a
x
(C) Crossing between two genotypes with (C) vi z
Hkkohy {k.kksadsl kFknkst huksVkbi ksadse/; ØkW
fl a
x
recessive trait
(D) Crossing between two F1 hybrids (D) nksF1 l a
d j ksadse/; ØkW
fl a
x
87. From a cross Aa BB × aa BB, following 87. Aa BB × aa BB dsØkW

l dj kusi j fuEu t huksfVfi d
genotypi c rati o wi l l be obtai ned i n F 1 vuq
i kr F1 i h<+
h esai zkIr gksxkA
generation
(A) 1 Aa BB : 1 aa BB
(A) 1 Aa BB : 1 aa BB
(B) 1 Aa BB : 3 aa BB
(B) 1 Aa BB : 3 aa BB
(C) 3 Aa BB : 1 aa BB
(C) 3 Aa BB : 1 aa BB
(D) l Hkh Aa BB : aa BB , d Hkh ugha
(D) All Aa BB : No aa BB
88. In which mode of inheritance do you expect 88. fdl oa' kkxfr fof/k esal a
r kuksaesavf/kd ekr d̀ i zHkko i k; s
more maternal influence among the offspring t kusdh vk' kk dh t kr h gS A
(A) Y-linked (A) Y-l gy Xur k
(B) X-linked (B) X-l gy Xur k
(C) Autosomal (C) vkWVksl ksey
(D) Cytoplasmic (D) dksf' kdknzO; h;
89. Two genes R and Y are located very close 89. eDdk dsi kS /ksds] xq . kl q
=kl gy Xur k ekufp=k i j nkst hu
on the chromosomal linkage map of maize R r FkkY , d&nw l j sdscgq r fudV fLFkr gSt c t hui z: i
plant. When RRYY and rryy genotypes are RRYY dk rryy dsl kFk l a d j .k fd; k t kr k gSr ksF2
hybridized, the F2 segregation will show
i zFkDdj .k esaD; k i k; k t k; sxkA
(A) Higher number of the recombinant types
(B) Segregation in the expected 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 (A) i qu; ksZ
t u i z: i ksadk vf/kd l a [ ; k esagksuk
ratio (B) i zR; kf' kr vuq i kr 9 : 3 : 3 : 1 esai F̀kDdr̀ gksuk
(C) Segregation in 3 : 1 ratio (C) 3 : 1 vuq i kr esai F̀kDdr̀ gksuk
(D) Higher number of the parental types (D) t ud i z : i ksadk vf/kd l a [ ; k easgksuk
90. Cros si ng ov er that resul ts i n geneti c 90. t hu fofue; ] ft l dsQyLo: i mPp t hoksaesavkuq oa
f' kd i q
u%
recombination in higher organisms occurs la; kst u gksrk gS
] fuEu esal sfdl dse/; i k; k t kr k gS
A
between (A) nksi q =kh dsUnzd ksa
(A) Two daughter nuclei
(B) nksfofH kUu ckbosy sUV
(B) Two different bivalents
(C) Sister chromatids of a bivalent (C) fdl h ckbos y sUV dh fl LVj ØksesfVM dse/;
(D) Non-sister chromatids of a bivalent (D) fdl h ckbos y sUV dh ukW
u fl LVj ØksesfVM dse/;
PART - II [PHYSICS]
91. A circular disc of radius 0.2 meter is placed
in a uniform magnetic field of induction 1  Wb 
91. 0.2 ehVj f=kT; kdh, d oÙ̀kkdkj pdr h(Disc)  
  m2 
1  Wb 
  in such a way that its axis makes i zsj.kds, dl eku pq
Ecdh; {ks=kesabl i zd kj j [ knht kr hgSfd
  m2 
bl dhv{k B dhfn' kkl s60° dkdks.kcukr hgS
Apdr hl s
an angle of 60° with B . The magnetic flux
tq
M+
kpq
Ecdh; ¶yDl gS:
linked with the disc is :
(A) 0.08 Wb (B) 0.01 Wb
(A) 0.08 Wb (B) 0.01 Wb
(C) 0.02 Wb (D) 0.06 Wb
(C) 0.02 Wb (D) 0.06 Wb
92. A conducting ring of radius r is 92. r f=kT; kdh, d pkyd oy; dksfp=kkuq
l kj
placed perpendicularly inside a yEcor ~#i l sl e; dsl kFki fjor hZpqEcdh; S
time varying magnetic field given S
{ks=kt ksB = B0 + t, } kj kfn; kt kr k r
by : B = B0 + t, as shown in the r
gS] esaj [ kk t kr k gS
AB0 r Fkk /kukRed
figure. B0 and  are positive
constants. Find the emf produced
fu; r ka
d gS Aoy; esamRiUu fo-ok-cy Kkr N
N
in the ring : dhft ; s:
(A) –  r2 (B) –  r (A) –  r2 (B) –  r
(C) – 2 r2 (D) – 2 r (C) – 2 r2 (D) – 2 r
93. A plane circular coil P of area A is placed in a 93. {ks=kQy A dhpq Ecdh; dMy hP dks, d l eku pq Ecdh;
uniform magnetic induction field B such that the i zsj.k{ks=kB esabl i zd kj j [ kkgSfd dMyh] {ks=kesafgyus&Mw y us
normal to the coil plane makes an angle of 30°with
(wobbling) ds} kj kbl i z d kj ?kw
. kZ
u dj r hgSfd ml dk
the direction of the field. The coil is now rotated
in the field by ‘‘wobbling’’ such that the normal
vfHky Ec ?kw . kZ
u xfr dsnkS j ku {kS
=k dsl kFk l nSo 30° dk
always makes angle 30° with the field during dks.k cukr k gS ] ; fn dks.kh; osx gksr c dMy hesai szfj r
rotation, the angular velocity of rotation being fo| q r pq Ecdh; cy D; k gksxk -
. Then the e.m.f. induced in the coil will be -
P
P B
O 30°
O B
30°
(A) AB (B) BA cos 

(A) AB (B) BA cos  (C) BA sin (D) ' kw
U;
(C) BA sin (D) zero
94. A long solenoid has 500 turns. When a current

94. , d y Ech i fj ukfy d k esa500 QsjsagS A t c bl esal s2
of 2 ampere is passesd through it, the resulting , sfEi ; j dh/kkj kxq
t kj ht kr hgS
] r ksi fj ukfy d kd si zR; sd
magnetic flux linked with each turn of the Qsjsal st qM+
kpqEcdh; ¶yDl 4 × 10–3 Wb gS Ai fj ukfy dk
solenoid is 4 × 10–3 Wb. The self-inductance dk Loi zsjd Ro gS:
of the solenoid is : (A) 1.0 henry (B) 4.0 henry
(A) 1.0 henry (B) 4.0 henry (C) 2.5 henry (D) 2.0 henry
(C) 2.5 henry (D) 2.0 henry
95. Magnetic flux linked through the coil changes 95. fdl hdq . My hl sl Eca f/kr ¶y Dl l e; dsl kFkfuEu xzkQ
with respect to time according to following dsvuq l kj i fj o£r r gksrkgS
] r ksdq
. Myhesai zsfj r fo- ok- cy
graph, then induced emf v/s time graph
o l e; dse/; xzkQ gksxk :–
for coil is :–
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D)
96. The radius of a circular coil having 50 turns is 96. 50 ?ks

j ksao 2 l
seh- f=kT; kdhdq . Myhpq Ecdh; {ks=kdsyEcor ~
2 cm. Its plane is normal to the magnetic field. j [ khgq
; hgS
A; fn pq Ecdh; {ks=3.14 l sd .Mesa2 Vsl ykl s
The magnetic field changes from 2T to 4T in
4 Vs l ykgkst k; sr ksdq . Myhesai zsfj r fo- ok- cy gksxk:–
3.14 sec. The induced emf in coil will be :–
(A) 0.4V (B) 0.04V
(A) 0.4V (B) 0.04V
(C) 4 mV (D) 0.12 V
(C) 4 mV (D) 0.12 V
97. The value of self inductance of a coil is 5H. 97. , d dq

. MyhdkLoi szjdRo 5H gS; fn bl esa/kkj k5 l sd .Mesa
The value of current changes from 1A to 2A 1A l s2A gkst k; sr ksi z
sfj r fo- ok- cy dk eku gksxk:–
in 5 sec., then value of induced emf in it :– (A) 10V (B) 0.1V
(A) 10V (B) 0.1V (C) 1.0V (D) 100V
(C) 1.0V (D) 100V
98. The number of turns makes four times keeping 98. l er y oÙ̀kkdkj dq. My hdhf=kT; kdksfu; r j [ kr sgq
; s?ksjksa
the radius of plane circular coil same then its dhl a [ ; kdkspkj xqukdj fn; kt k; sr ksbl dkLoi zsjdRo
self inductance becomes :– gkst k; sxk%&
(A) 16 times (B) 4 times (A) 16 xq uk (B) 4 xquk
(C) 1/4 times (D) Remains same
(C) 1/4 xq uk (D) vi fj ofr Z
r
99. A solenoid have the self inductance 2H. If 99. , d i fj ufy dkdkLoi zsjdRo 2H gS A ; fn ?ksjk?kuRo vkS
j
length of the solenoid is doubled having turn {ks=kQy dksfu; r j [ kr sgq
; si fj ufydkdhyEckbZdksnq xq
uk
density and area constant then new self
dj fn; kt k; sr ksuohu Loi zsjdRo gkst k; sxk% &
inductance is :–
(A) 4H (B) 1H
(A) 4H (B) 1H
(C) 8H (D) 0.5 H
(C) 8H (D) 0.5 H
100. Flux linked through following coils changes 100. fuEu dq . Mfy; ksal sl Ecaf/kr pqEcdh; ¶yDl l e; dsl kFk
with respect to time then for which coil an i fj o£r r gksrkgS] r ksfdl dq . Myhesafo- ok- cy i zsfjr ughgksxk
e.m.f. is not induced :– (A) r kezdq . My h (B) y dM+ hdhdq . My h
(A) Copper coils (B) Wood coil
(C) y ks g dq . My h (D) dks bZugha
(C) Iron coil (D) None
101. A coil and a magnet moves with their constant 101. , d dq . My ho pq Ecd , d nw l j sdhvksj Øe' k%5 eh-/l s-o
speeds 5 m/sec. and 3 m/sec. respectively, 3 eh@ l s-dhfu; r pky l sxfeku gS ] r ksdq
. My hesai zsfj r
towards each other, then induced emf in coil
fo- ok- cy 16 mV gS A ; fn nksuksal eku fn' kkesaxfr eku
is 16 mV. If both are moves in same direction,
then induced emf in coil :- gksr ksdq . My hesai zsfj r fo- ok- cy gksxk
(A) 15 mV (B) 4 mV (A) 15 mV (B) 4 mV
(C) 64 mV (D) Zero (C) 64 mV (D) ' kw
U;
102. Magnetic flux (in Weber) linked with a closed 102. , d ca n i fj i Fkl sl a
Ecf/kr ¶yDl (oscj es )al e; t (l sd .M
circuit of resistance 10 ohm varies with time t esa
) dsl kFk = 5t – 4t + 1 dsvuq
2 l kj i fj o£r r gksrkgS
(in seconds) as  = 5t2 – 4t + 1. The induced
r ksi fj i Fkesa0.2 l sd .Mi j i zsfj r fo- ok- cy gksxk:–
emf in the circuit at t = 0.2 sec. is :–
(A) 0.4 V (B) – 0.4 V
(A) 0.4 V (B) – 0.4 V
(C) – 2.0 V (D) 2.0 V
(C) – 2.0 V (D) 2.0 V
103. The radius of a circular coil having 50 turns is 103. 50 ?ks

j ksao 2 l
sh- f=kT; kdhdq
e . Myhpq Ecdh; {ks=kdsyEcor ~
2 cm. Its plane is normal to the magnetic j [ khgq
; hgS
A; fn pq Ecdh; {ks=3.14 l sd .Mesa2 Vsl ykl s
field. The magnetic field changes from 2T to 4 Vs l ykgkst k; sr ksdq. Myhesai zsfj r fo- ok- cy gksxk:–
4T in 3.14 sec. The induced emf in coil will be (A) 0.4V (B) 0.04V
(A) 0.4V (B) 0.04V (C) 4 mV (D) 0.12 V
(C) 4 mV (D) 0.12 V
104. A conducting circular loop is placed in a 104. , d pky d or̀ h; y w i 0.02T Vsl y k dsl e: i pq Ecdh;
uniform magnetic field 0.02T with its plane {ks=kdsy Ecor ~O ; ofLFkr gS A; fn y wi dhf=kT; k1.0 feeh-
normal to the field. The radius of loop starts
@l s-dhnj l sfl dq M+ uki zkj EHkdj sr ksml {k.ki j y w
i esa
shrinking at a rate of 1.0 mm/sec. then
induced emf in the loop at an instant when
i zsfj r fo -ok- cy D; kgksxkt c bl dhf=kT; k2 l seh- gks% &
the radius is 2 cm :- (A) 2.5 V (B) 0.25 V
(A) 2.5 V (B) 0.25 V (C) 0.25 V (D) 2.5 mV
(C) 0.25 V (D) 2.5 mV
105. Magnetic field changes at the rate of 0.4 T/ 105. , d 4 l seh- Hkq
t k dh oxkZ d kj dq. My h pq Ecdh; {ks=k ds
sec. in a square coil of side 4 cm. kept yEcor ~O; ofLFkr gSA; fn pq Ecdh; {ks=k0.4 Vsl y k@l sd .M
perpendicular to the field. If the resistance dhnj l si fj o£r r gksr ksdq . Myhesai zsfj r /kkj kdkeku gksxk]
of the coil is 2 × 10–3 , then induced current
t cfd dq . My hdk i zfr j ks/k 2 × 10–3 vkse gS:–
in coil is :–
(A) 0.16 A (B) 0.32 A
(A) 0.16 A (B) 0.32 A
(C) 3.2 A (D) 1.6 A
(C) 3.2 A (D) 1.6 A
106. In a circuit a coil of resistance 2, then 106. , d dq . My hdki zfr j ks/k2 gS
Abl dk¶y Dl 0.2 l sd .M
magnetic flux changes from 2.0Wb to 10.0Wb esa2 oscj l s10 oscj gkst kr kgS] r ksdq
. My hesai szfj r vkos'k
in 0.2 sec. The charge flow in the coil during dkeku gksxk:–
this time is :–
(A) 5.0 C (B) 4.0 C
(A) 5.0 C (B) 4.0 C
(C) 1.0 C (D) 0.8 C
(C) 1.0 C (D) 0.8 C
107. For a coil having L = 2mH, current flow 107. , d dq . My hdsfy ; sL = 2mH gS Abl esai zokfgr /kkj kI =
through it is I = t2e–t then the time at which t e dsvuq
2 –t l kj i fj o£r r gksrhgS
] r ksfdl h{k.ki j bl esa
emf becomes zero:– i zsfj r fo- ok- cy ' kw U; gksxk :–
(A) 2 sec. (B) 1 sec. (A) 2 sec. (B) 1 sec.
(C) 4 sec. (D) 3 sec. (C) 4 sec. (D) 3 sec.
108. A coil of 10 H inductance and 5  resistance 108. , d dq . My hft l dki zsjdRo 10H r Fkki zfr j ks/k5 v kse gS
is connected to 5 volt battery in series. The v kSj ; g 5 oksYV dhcS Vj hd sJ s.khØe esat q M+
hgqbZgS A
current in ampere in circuit 2 seconds after dq a
t h ca n d j usd s2 l sd .M i ' pkr i fj i Fk esa/kkj k
switched is on :-
, sEi h; j esagksxh%
&
(A) e–1 (B) (1–e–1)
(A) e–1 (B) (1–e–1 )
(C) (1–e) (D) e
(C) (1–e) (D) e
109. An inductor of 20 H and a resistance of 10 , 109. 20 gsuj hd ki zsjd r Fkk10 v kse dki zfr j ks/k5 oksYV d h
are connected to a battery of 5 volt in series, cS Vj hdsl kFk J s.khØe esat ksM+fn; st kr sgS a
] r ks/kkj kd h
then initial rate of change of current is :- i zkj fEHkd i fj or Zu d hnj gksxh% &
(A) 0.5 amp/s (B) 2.0 amp/s (A) 0.5 , Ei h; j @ lS- (B) 2 , Ei h; j @ lS-
(C) 2.5 amp/s (D) 0.25 amp/s
(C) 2.5 , Ei h; j @ lS- (D) 0.25 , Ei h; j @ lS -
110. A coil of inductance 8.4 mH and resistance 110. 8.4 mH i z
sjdRo o 6 i zfr j ks/kdh, d dq
. My h12 V dh
6  is connected to a 12V battery in cS
Vj hl st q
M+
hgS
Adq . My hesa1.0 A èkkj kft l l e; i zokfgr
series.The current in the coil is 1.0A at gksxhog y xHkx gksxk %&
approximately the time :- (A) 500 s. (B) 20 s.
(A) 500s (B) 20s (C) 35 ms. (D) 1 ms.
(C) 35ms (D) 1ms
111. A rectangular loop sides 10 cm and 3cm 111. 10 cm o 3cm Hkq t k dk , d vk; r kdkj ywi 0.5T ds
moving out of a region of uniform magnetic pqEcdh; {kS
=kesafp=kkuq l kj 1cm/ sec. dsosx l sxfr dj kusds
filed of 0.5T directed normal to the loop. If
fy, vko' ; d ; ka f=kd cy gksxk
we want to move loop with a constant
(y w
i dki zfr j ksèk1 m) :-
velocity 1 cm/sec. then required mechanical
force is (Resistance of loop = 1m) :- × × ×
× × ×
× × × × 3cm × × u=1cm/sec.
× × × × × ×
× 3cm × × u=1cm/sec. × × 10cm
×
× × × × × ×
× × 10cm
×
× × × (A) 2.25 × 10–3 N (B) 4.5 × 10–3 N
(C) 9 × 10–3 N (D) 1.25 × 10–3 N
(A) 2.25 × 10–3 N (B) 4.5 × 10–3 N
(C) 9 × 10–3 N (D) 1.25 × 10–3 N
112. A conducting rod moves towards right with 112. fp=kesapkyd NM+dksl e: i vuq i zLFkpq
Ecdh; {k=
skesafu; r
constant velocity v in unifrom transverse osx l sxfr dj kusdsfy; scká L=kksr } kjkpkyd NM+i j vkjksfi r
magnetic field. Graph between force applied cy o bl dsosx dse/; r Fkkcká L=kksr } kj knhx; h; ka f=kd
by the external agent v/s velocity and power ' kfDr o bl dsosx dse/; xzkQ dk : i gksxk % &
supplied by the external agent v/s velocity.
HP
HP B
B
R  v
R  v
(A) l j y j s[kk] i j oy;

(A) St. line, parabola
(B) i j oy; ] l j y j s [ kk
(B) Parabola, st. line
(C) l j y j s [ kk] l j y j s[kk
(C) St. line, St. line
(D) Parabola, Parabola (D) i j oy; ] i j oy;
113. The displacement of two identical particles 113. SHM dj j gsnks, dl eku d.kksdsfoLFkki u x 1 = 4
executing SHM are represented by equations
 
  sin 10t   vkS
j x2 = 5 cos t
 6
x1 = 4 sin 10t   and x2 = 5 cos t
 6
l ehdj .kksa} kj kfu: fi r fd; st kr sgS
A  dsfdl eku ds
For what value of  energy of both the
particles is same ? fy , nksuksd.kksdhmt kZl eku gS&
(A) 16 unit (B) 6 unit (A) 16 bdkbZ (B) 6 bdkbZ
(C) 4 unit (D) 8 unit (C) 4 bdkbZ (D) 8 bdkbZ
114. The velociti es of a particle in SHM at

displacements x1 and x2 from mean position are 114. ek/; voLFkkl sx1 vkS
j x2 foLFkki u i j SHM esa, d d.k
v1 and v2 respectively. Its amplitude will be - dsosx Øe' k%v1 vkS
j v2 gS
] r c bl dk vk; e gksxk &
1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
 x 22v12  x12 v 22   x 22 v 22  x12 v12   x 22 v12  x12 v 22   x 22 v 22  x12 v12 
(A)  2 2

 (B)  2 2

 (A)   (B)  
 v1  v2   v1  v 2  2 2  2 2 
 v1  v 2   v1  v 2 
1/2 1/2
 x 22 v12  x12 v 22   x 22 v 22  x12 v12   x 22 v12  x12 v 22 
1/2
 x 22 v 22  x12 v12 
1/2
(C)  2 2

 (D)  2 2

 (C)   (D)  
 v 2  v1   v 2  v1  2
 v 2  v1
2 
  v 2  v1
2 2 

115. A ring of mass 100 kg and diameter 2m is

 300 
115. 2m O
; kl vkS
j 100 kg nzO
; eku dh, d oy;    rpm
 300   
rotating at the rate of   rpm. Then-
  
dhnj i j ?kw e j ghgS ] rc
(A) moment of inertia is 100 kg – m2 (A) t M+ Ro vk?kw. kZ100 kg – m2 gS
(B) kinetic energy is 5 kJ
(B) xfr t mt kZ5 kJ gS
(C) if a retarding torque of 200 N-m starts
acting then it will come at rest after 5 sec. (C) ; fn 200 N-m dkefU nr cyk?kw
. kZdk; Z
j r gksuki zkj EHk
(D) all of these dj r k gS
] r c ; g 5 sec ckn foj ke i j vk; sxk
(D) bues al sl Hkh
116. Four particles of mass m1 = 2m, m2 = 4m, m3
= m and m4 are placed at four corners of a 116. m1 = 2m, m2 = 4m, m3 = m vkS
j m4 nzO
; eku ds
square. What should be the value of m4 so pkj d.k, d oxZdspkj dksuksi j j [ kst kr sgS
Am4 dkeku
that the centre of mass of all the four particles
D; kgksukpkfg, ] r kfd l Hkhpkj d.kksdsnzO; eku dsUnzoxZ
are exactly at the centre of the square ?
dsdsUnzi j okLr o (exactly) esagks&
m4 m3
m4 m3
m1 m2
m1 m2
(A) 2 m (B) 8 m
(C) 6 m (D) none of these (A) 2 m (B) 8 m
(C) 6 m (D) bues
al sdksbZugha
117. A uniform thin bar of mass 6m and length 12 117. 6m nz

O
; eku r Fkk12 L yEckbZdh, d l e: i NM+dkseksM+dj
L is bent to make a regular hexagon. Its
, d l e"kV~
Hkq
t cuk; kx; kgSA"kV~ Hkq
t dsr y dsyEcor ~r Fkk
moment of inertia about an axis passing
through the centre of mass and perpendicular nzO
; eku dsa
nzl sxq
t j r sv{kdsi fj r %t M+
Rok?kw
. kZgkxsk&
to the plane of the hexagon is - (A) 20mL2 (B) 6mL2
(A) 20mL2 (B) 6mL2
12
(C) mL2 (D) 30mL2
12 5
(C) mL2 (D) 30mL2
5
118. What should be the minimum coefficient of static 118. r y r Fkk csy u dschp U; w ur e LFkSfr d ?k"kZ
. k xq
. kka
d D; k
friction between the plane and the cyldier, for gksxk] ft l dsfy ; scsy u ur r y i j ughafQl y r k gS\
the cylider not to slip on an inclined plane ?
1 1
1 1 (A) tan  (B) sin 
(A) tan  (B) sin  3 3
3 3
2 2 2 2
(C) tan  (D) sin  (C) tan  (D) sin 
3 3 3 3
119. In the adjoining fiugre, a weight W is attached 119. la;q

Dr fp=kesa ] O i j ?k"kZ . kghu {kSfr t v{ki j M nzO ; eku
to a string wrapped round a solid cyldier of mass dsBksl csy u i j pkj ksavksj y Vdhgq bZMksjhl sHkkj W t qM+k
M mounted on a frictionless horizontal axes at gq
v kgSA; fn Hkkj foj ke l sNksM+ st kr sgSr Fkkh nw
j hr d fxj r s
O. If the weights stars from rest and falls a
distance h, then its speed at that instant is -
gS
] r c , d {k.k i j bl dhpky gS&
(A) R dsl ekuq i kr h R
(A) proportional to R
R O
1 1
(B) proportional to O
(B) dsl ekuq
i kr h M
R R
M
1
1 (C) dsl ekuq
i kr h
(C) proportional to R2
R2
(D) R i j vfuHkZ
j W
(D) independent of R W
120. Two particles execute SHM of the same 120. nks d . k l j y j s[ kk d s v uqfn' k l eku v k; ke r Fkk
amplitude and frequency along the same v kof̀Rr d hl j y v kor Zx fr d j r sgSA ; fn ; s, d nw l js
straight line. If they pass one another when d ksi kj d j r sgS
] t c foi j hr fn' kk esat kr sgS ] i zR; sd
going in opposite directions, each time their l e; bud k foLFkki u bud sv k; ke d k v k/kk gS ] rc
displacement is half their amplitude; the phase
bud schp d y kUr j gS&
difference between them is -
(A) /3 (B) /4
(A) /3 (B) /4
(C) /6 (D) 2/3
(C) /6 (D) 2/3
121. The time period of a particle in simple harmonic 121. l j y vkor Zxfr essa, d d.k dk vkor Z d ky 8 l S d .M gS
A
motion is 8 second. At t = 0, it is at the mean t = 0 i j ; g ek/; fLFkfr i j gSAi zFke r Fkkf} r h; l S
d .M
position. The ratio of the distances travelled
by it in the first and second seconds is -
i j esabl ds} kj k py hxbZnw j hgS&
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (A) (B)
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
(C) (D) (C) (D)
( 2  1) 3 ( 2  1) 3
122. The ratio of time taken by a uniform solid sphere 122. , d , dl eku Bksl xksy svkS
j l eku nzO
; eku r Fkkl eku O
; kl
and disc of the same mass and the same
dh, d pdr hdk, d fpdusvka
ur r y i j foj ke l sl eku
diameter to roll down through the same distance
from rest on a smooth inclined plane is : nw
j hl suhpsyq
<+
d usesafy; sx; sl e; dkvuq
i kr gS%
(A) 15 : 14 (B) 15 : 14 (A) 15 : 14 (B) 15 : 14
(C) 152 : 142 (D) 14 : 15 (C) 152 : 142 (D) 14 : 15
123. A wheel is rotating about an axis through its 123. , d i fg; k720 rpm i j bl dsdsUnzl s, d v{kdspkj ksavksj
centre at 720 rpm. It is acted on by a ?kw
e j gkgS
AvUr esabl sfoj ke i j ykusdsfy , 8 l S
d .Mds
constant torque opposing its motion for 8
fy, bl dhxfr dsfoi j hr bl i j , d fu; r cyk?kw
. kZdk; Z
jr
seconds to bring it to rest finally. The value
24 24
kg  m2 ) gS
Acyk?kw
. kZdkeku gS
(N-m es
a) (fn; kgSI = kg  m2 )
of torque (in N-m) is : (Given I = 

(A) 48 (B) 72 (A) 48 (B) 72
(C) 96 (D) 120 (C) 96 (D) 120
124. A uniform disc of mass M and radius R is 124. M nzO

; eku r Fkk R f=kT; k d h , d l e: i pd r h ?k"kZ
.k
mounted on an axle supported in frictionless j fgr cs; fj a
x esav k/kkfj r /kq
j hi j j [ khgS
A , d gYdhMksjh
bearing. a light cord is wrapped around the rim pd r hd h fj e dspkj ksavksj y i sVhxbZgSr Fkk Mksjhi j
of the disc and a steady downward pull T is
LFkk; hr uko T uhpsdhv ksj y xk; k t kr k gS A pdr hdk
exerted on the cord. The angular acceleration
of the disc is - dks.kh; Roj .kgksxk&
T MR 2 T MR 2
(A) (B) (A) (B)
MR T MR T
2T MR 2T MR
(C) (D) (C) (D)
MR 2T MR 2T
125. The potential energy of a simple harmonic 125. 2 kg nz

O
; eku dh, d l j y vkof̀Rr nksy u dhbl dhek/;
oscillator of mass 2 kg in its mean position is fLFkfr i j fLFkfr t Åt kZ5 J gS
A; fn bl dhdq
y Åt kZ9 J
5 J. If its total energy is 9 J and its amplitude
is 0.01 m, its time period would be -
r Fkkbl dkvk; ke 0.01 m gS
] bl dkvkor Z
d ky gksxk&
(A) /10 s (B) /20 s (A) /10 s (B) /20 s
(C) /50 s (D) /100 s (C) /50 s (D) /100 s
126. A particle performs simple harmonic motion with 126. , d d.k'A' vk; ke l sl j y&vkor Znksy u dj j gkgS
At c ; g
amplitude A. Its speed is troubled at the instant
2A
2A
vi usew
y &LFkku l s i j i gq
¡pr kgSr c vpkud bl dhxfr
3
that it is at a distance from equilibrium
3
fr xq
uhdj nht kr hgS
Ar c bl dku; kvk; ke gS:
position. The new amplitude of the motion is :
(A) 3A (B) A 3
(A) 3A (B) A 3
7A A 7A A
41 (C) (D) 41
(C) (D) 3 3
3 3
127. A particle performs SHM in a straight line. In 127. , d d.k, d l j y j s[kkesaSHM fØ; kfUor dj r kgS Ai gy s
the first second, starting form rest, it travels lSd .Mesfoj ke l si zkj EHkgksrkgS; g a nwj hpy r kgSvkS
j
a distance a and in the next second it travels
vxy sl Sd .Mesa; g l eku fn' kkesa b nw
j hpy r kgSASHM
a distance b in the same direction. The
amplitude of the SHM is - dk vk; ke gS&
2a2 2a  b 2a2 2a  b
(A) (B) (A) (B)
3a  b 3 3a  b 3
(C) a – b (D) None of these (C) a – b (D) buesl sdksbZugh
128. The potential energy of a particle of mass 1 128. 1 kg nzO

; eku d s , d d . k d h fLFkfr t Åt kZ
kg is U = 10 + (x – 2)2. Here U is in joule and
U = 10 + (x – 2)2 gS
A; gkaU t y esagSvkS
w j x ehVj esa
x in metres. On the positive x-axis, particle
travels upto x = + 6 m. Choose the wrong gS
A /kukRed x-v{ki j ] d.kx = + 6 m r d py r kgSA
statement xy r dFku pwfu; s&
(A) On negative x-axis, particle travels upto
(A) _ .kkR
ed x-v{ki j ] d.kx = – 2 m r d py r kgS
A
x=–2m
(B) The maximum kinetic energy of the (B) d.kdhvf/kdr e xfr t Åt kZ16 J gSA
particle is 16 J
(C) The period of oscillation of the particle is
(C) d.k dsnksy u dk vkor̀ dky 2 l S
d .MgS
A
2  seconds (D) bues

al sdksbZugh
(D) None of these
129. The x-t graph of a particle undergoing simple 129. l j y vkor Zxfr dj r sgq, fdl hd.k dkx-t vkj s[kuhps
harmonic is shown below. The acceleration n' kkZ
; k x; k gS
A l e; t = 4/3s i j d.k dk Roj .k gS-
of the particle at t = 4/3s is-
1
1
x( c m )
0
4 8 12 t(s)
x( c m )
0
4 8 12 t(s)
–1
–1
3 2  2
3 2  2 (A)  cm/s2 (B) cm/s2
(A)  cm/s2 (B) cm/s2 32 32
32 32
2 3 2
 2
3 2 (C) cm/s2 (D)   cm/s2
32 32
(C) cm/s2 (D)   cm/s2
32 32
130. A uniform disc of mass m and radius R is 130. , d , dl eku pdr hft l dknzO
; eku m r Fkkf=kT; kR gS
]
rolling up a rough inclined plane which makes
an angle of 300 with the horizontal. If the fr t l s300 >q
{kS d s, d ur r y i j y q
<+d j ghgS
] ; fn
coefficient of static and kinetic friction are
LFkS
fr d , o xfr d ?k"kZ
. kxq
. kka
d i zR; sd µ gksr FkkoLr qi j
each equal to µ and the only forces acting
are gravitational and frictional, then the d soy ?k"kZ
. k, oaxq
: fRo; cy y xr sgks] r ks?k"kZ
. kcy d k
magnitude of the frictional force acting on
the disc is ................ and its direction is
eku , oafn' kk Øe' k%gksxsa
&
....................(write ‘up’ or ‘down’) the (A) mg/6, up (B) mg, down
inclined plane. (C) mg, up (D) mg/2, up
(A) mg/6, up (B) mg, down
(C) mg, up (D) mg/2, up
131. A symmetric lamina of mass M consists of a 131. , d oxkZ d kj M nzO; eku dhl efer i j r ft l d hi zR; sd
square shape with a semicircular section over
Hkq
t ki j , d v /kZ
oÙ̀kkdkj Hkkx y xkgS¼
ns[ksafp=k½
] oxZdh
each of the edge of the square as shown in
Hkq
t k 2a gS] i j r dkbl dhnzO ; eku d sUnzl si kfj r r Fkk
the figue. The side of the square is 2a. The
moment of inertia of the lamina about an axis r y d sy Ecor ~v {kdsl ki s{kt M+Ro vk?kw. kZ1.6 Ma2 gS
throught its centre of mass and perpendicular r ksr y esafLFkr AB Li ' kZj s[ kk dsl ki s{ki j r d kt M+
Ro
to the plane is 1.6 Ma2. The moment of vk?kw
. kZgksxkµ
inertia of the lamina about the tangent AB in
plane of the lamina is ...............
A B
2a
(A) 4.8 Ma2 (B) 3.8 Ma2 (A) 4.8 Ma2 (B) 3.8 Ma2
(C) 2.8 Ma2 (D) 1.8 Ma2 (C) 2.8 Ma2 (D) 1.8 Ma2
132. A disc of mass M and radius R is rolling with 132. , d M nzO

; eku , oaR f=kT; k d hpd r h, d {kS
fr t r y
angular speed w on a horizontal plane as i j dks.kh; osx l sy q
<+d j ghgS¼
ns[ksfp=k½
] O dsl ki s{k
shown. The magnitude of angular momentum
pdr hd kd ks.kh; l a
osx gksxkµ
of the disc about the origin O is
Y
Y
M 
M 
O X
O X
1
1
MR 2 (A) MR 2  (B) MR2
(A) (B) MR2 2
2
3 3
(C) MR 2 (D) 2MR2 (C) MR 2  (D) 2MR2
2 2
133. There are two points P 133. i znf' kZ

r fp=kea
spdr hdsdsUnz
& Q at equal distances i j C r Fkk bl l sl eku nw
jh
from the centre of the i j P & Q nksfcUnqfLFkr gS
a
A
disc C as shown in figure.
; fn pdr hi w
j hr j g l s?kw
er h
If the disc is purely
rolling, then relation gS
a
] r ksbu fcUnq
v ksad sosxksads
between the magnitude i fj ek.kdse/; l EcU/kgksxk-
of the velocities of the (A) VQ > VC > VP (B) VQ < VP < VC
points is - Vc
(C) VP = , VP=VQ (D) VP < VC > VQ
(A) VQ > VC > VP (B) VQ < VP < VC 2
V
(C) VP = c , VP = VQ (D) VP < VC > VQ
2
134. A small object of uniform density rolls up a 134. , dl eku ?kuRo oky h, d NksVhoLr qosx v i zkj EHkdj , d
curved surface with an initial velocity v. It oØ l r g i j Åi j dhvksj y q<+
d r h(rolls) gS Av kj a
fHkd
3v 2
reaches up to a maximum height of with 3v 2
4g fLFkfr d h v i s{kk ; g 4g d h v f/kdr e Å¡pkbZr d
respect to the initial position. The object is
i gq
¡pr hgS
A oLr qgS
v
V
(A) ring (B) solid sphere

(C) hollow sphere (D) disc (A) oy ; (B) Bks
l xksy k
(C) [ kks
[ ky kxksy k (D) pdr h
135. A lamina is made by removing a small disc of 135. , d l e: i nzO ; eku ?kuRo r Fkkf=kT; k2R dhcM+ hpdr h
diameter 2R from a bigger disc of uniform esal s, d 2R O ; kl dhNksVhpdr hdksgVkdj , d i Vy
mass density and radius 2R, as shown in the
(lamina) fuekZ . kfd; kx; kgS
] uhpsfp=kesan' kkZ; svuql kj
figure. The moment of inertia of this lamina
about axes passing through O and P is I0 and A bl i Vy dk O o P l sxq t j r hv{kksadsi kfj r %t M+Ro
IP , respecti vel y. Both these axes are vk?kw. kZØe k%IO , oaIP gSaA; g nksuksav{ksai Vy dsyEcor ~
perpendicular to the plane of the lamina. The
IP
IP gS
a
] r ks I vuq
i kr l ehi r e i w
. kkZ
a
d ksesagS-
ratio to the nearest integer is - O
IO
2R 2R
P
O 2R P O 2R
(A) 3 (B) 2 (A) 3 (B) 2

(C) 4 (D) 1 (C) 4 (D) 1

136. Rank the following radicals in order of 136 fuEu ew
y dksdksmuds?kVr sLFkkf; Ro dh?kVr hJs.khesafyf[ k; s&
decreasing stability
I II III IV
I II III IV
(A) III > II > I > IV (B) III > II < I < IV
(A) III > II > I > IV (B) III > II < I < IV
(C) II > III > II > IV (D) III < II < I < IV (C) II > III > II > IV (D) III < II < I < IV
137. Reactivity of C—H bond (abstraction of H) 137. fuEu esaC—H cU/kdhfØ; k' khy r kdkØe gS
CH2=CH—H, CH3—H, CH3CH2—H (H dsi F̀kd gks
usdk)
(i) (ii) (III) CH2=CH—H, CH3—H, CH3CH2—H
(CH3)2CH—H (CH3)3C—H, (i) (ii) (III)
(CH3)2CH—H (CH3)3C—H,
(IV) (V)
(IV) (V)
(A) II<III<I<IV<V (B) I>II>III>IV>V (A) II<III<I<IV<V (B) I>II>III>IV>V
(C) I<II<III<IV<V (D) I<II<IV<III<V (C) I<II<III<IV<V (D) I<II<IV<III<V
138. Which of the following has the highest 138. fuEu esal sfdl dhl okZ
f/kd ukfHkd Lusgr kgS
a–
nucleophilicity -
(A) F– (B) OH– (C) CH3 (D) NH2
(A) F– (B) OH– (C) CH 3 (D) NH2
139. The correct acidity order of the following is 139. fuEu esavEy h; r k dkl ghØe gS\
COOH COOH
OH OH COOH OH OH COOH
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (I) (II) (III) (IV)
CH3 CH3
Cl Cl
(A) III > IV > II > I (B) IV > III > I > II (A) III > IV > II > I (B) IV > III > I > II
(C) III > II > I > IV (D) II > III > IV > I (C) III > II > I > IV (D) II > III > IV > I
140. Among the following compounds, the most 140. fuEu ; kS

fxdksaesavf/kdr e vEy h; gS\
acidic is: (A) p-ukbVªks fQuksy
(A) p-nitrophenol (B) p-gkbMªksDl hcsa
t ksbZ
d vEy
(B) p-hydroxybenzoic acid
(C) o-hydroxybenzoic acid (C) o-gkbMªks Dl hcsa
t ksbZ
d vEy
(D) p-toluic acid (D) p-Vks yq
bZ d vEy
141. The correct order of acidity for the following 141. fuEufy f[ kr ; kS
fxdksadhvEy r kdkl ghØe gS
compounds is
CO2H CO2H
CO2H CO2H
HO OH OH
HO OH OH (I) (II)
(I) (II)
CO2H
CO2H CO2H
CO2H
(III) (IV)
(III) (IV)
OH OH
OH OH
(A) I > II > III > IV (B) III > I > II > IV (A) I > II > III > IV (B) III > I > II > IV
(C) III > IV > II > I (D) I > III > IV > II (C) III > IV > II > I (D) I > III > IV > II
142 142
N N N N N N N N N N
I II III IV V I II III IV V
Among the se canoni cal structures of fi fj Mhu dhfuEu dsuksfudy l a
j pukvksesaLFkkf; Ro dkl gh
pyridiine, the correct order of stability is Øe gS&
(A) (I = V) > (II = IV) > III (A) (I = V) > (II = IV) > III
(B) (II = IV) > (I = V) > III (B) (II = IV) > (I = V) > III
(C) (I = V) > III > (II = IV) (C) (I = V) > III > (II = IV)
(D) III > (II = IV) > (I = V) (D) III > (II = IV) > (I = V)
143. (I) (II) (III) 143. (I) (II) (III)
Which of these species is anti-aromatic ? fuEu esl sdkS

ul hLi h'kht i zfr , j ksesfVd gS\
(A) I only (B) II only (A) I dsoy (B) II ds oy
(C) III only (D) both II and III (C) III dsoy (D) II r FkkIII nks uks
144. Arrange the following compounds in increasing 144. fuEu ; kS
fxdksdks{kkjh; l keF; Zdsc<+
r sØe esaO
; ofLFkr dhft ,
order of Basic strength.
NH2 NH2 NH2
NH2 NH2 NH2
(a) (b) (c)
(a) (b) (c)
Cl OCH3
Cl OCH3
NH2
NH2 NH2
NH2
(d) (e)
(d) (e)
2
NO2 (A) (e) < (b) < (a) < (c) < (d)
(A) (e) < (b) < (a) < (c) < (d) (B) (d) < (b) < (a) < (c) < (e)
(B) (d) < (b) < (a) < (c) < (e) (C) (a) < (b) < (d) < (c) < (e)
(C) (a) < (b) < (d) < (c) < (e) (D) (c) < (b) < (a) < (e) < (d)
(D) (c) < (b) < (a) < (e) < (d)
145. Which of the following has lowest C—O bond ? 145. fuEu esl sdkS
ul kfuEur e C—O ca
/ky EckbZj [ kr k gS\
O O
O O O O O O
(A) (B) (C) (D) (A)
CH2 CH2
146. Arrange the following compounds in increasing 146. fuEu ; kS

fxdksdks{kkjh; LFkkf; Ro dsc<+
r sØe esaO
; ofLFkr dhft ,
order of basicity - NH2 NH2 Me Me Me Me
NH2 Me Me Me Me N N
NH2 N N Me Me
Me Me
NO2
NO2
(P) (Q) (R)
(S)
(A) S > R > Q > P (B) S > R > P > Q
(C) P > Q > R > S (D) R > Q > P > S
Cl Cl
147. 2SbCl5 P will be 147. 2SbCl5 P gksxk &
Cl Cl
(A) 2– (B) 2+ (A) 2– (B) 2+

2SbCl6 2SbCl6
(C) (C)
(D) mixture of (a) and (b) (D) (a) r Fkk(b) dkfeJ.k
148. Arrange the following in the order of Acidic 148. fuEu dksvEy h; l keF; Zdsl ghØe esaO
; ofLFkr dhft , &
strength? COOH COOH COOH COOH
COOH COOH COOH COOH OCH3
OCH3
OCH3
OCH3 OCH3
OCH3 (P) (Q) (R) (S)
(P) (Q) (R) (S)
(A) S > Q > R > P (B) R > Q > P > S
(A) S > Q > R > P (B) R > Q > P > S
(C) Q > R > S > P (D) P > Q > S > R
(C) Q > R > S > P (D) P > Q > S > R
149. Select the decreasing order of relative basic 149. fuEu Li h'kht ksdsvki sf{kd {kkj h; l keF; Zds?kVr sØe dks
strengths of following species : pqfu, &
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (I) (II) (III) (IV)
(A) (IV) > (I) > (II) > (III) (A) (IV) > (I) > (II) > (III)
(B) (I) > (II) > (III) > (IV) (B) (I) > (II) > (III) > (IV)
(C) (II) > (I) > (IV) > (III) (C) (II) > (I) > (IV) > (III)
(D) (II) > (I) > (III) > (IV)
(D) (II) > (I) > (III) > (IV)
150. Arrange the following carbanions in decreasing 150. fuEu dkcZ

_ .kk; uksdsLFkkf; Ro ds?kVr sØe dkspq
fu, &
order of stability :
I II III IV
I II III IV
(A) III > I > IV > I (B) III > II > I > IV
(A) III > I > IV > I (B) III > II > I > IV
(C) I > III > II > IV (D) III > I > II > IV
(C) I > III > II > IV (D) III > I > II > IV
151. Find order of Ka of following compounds. 151. fuEu ; kS

fxdksdsKa dkØe Kkr dj ks&
COOH COOH COOH COOH
H3C CH3 H3C CH3
(I) (II) (I) (II)
NO2 NO2 NO2 NO2
COOH COOH COOH COOH
(III) (IV) (III) (IV)

H3C CH3 H3C CH3
NO2 SO3H NO2 SO3H
(A) IV > I > II > III (B) II > IV > III > I (A) IV > I > II > III (B) II > IV > III > I
(C) I > IV > II > III (D) IV > II > I > III (C) I > IV > II > III (D) IV > II > I > III
152. For the following gases equilibrium. N2O4(g) 152. xS

l h; l kE; oLFkkN2O4(g) 2NO2(g)
2NO2(g) dsfy , Kp dkeku Kc dscj kcj gS
A; g r c gksxkt c r ki
Kp is found to be equal to Kc. This is attained dk eku%
when temperature is (A) 0°C (B) 273 K
(A) 0°C (B) 273 K (C) 1 K (D) 12.19 K
(C) 1 K (D) 12.19 K
153. The equilibrium constant for the reaction 153. A(g) + 2B(g) C(g)
A(g) + 2B(g) c(g) vfHkfØ; kdsfy, l kE; oLFkkfu; r ka
d 0.25 dm6 mol–2 gSA
is 0.25 dm6 mol–2. In a volume of 5 dm3, what 5 dm , dsvk; r u es
3
aA dhfdr uhek=kk4 eksy B dsl kFk
amount of A must be mixed with 4 mol of B fey kusi j l kE; oLFkk esa1 eksy C cusxk \
to yield 1 mol of C at equilibrium.
(A) 3 eks y (B) 24 eksy
(A) 3 moles (B) 24 moles
(C) 26 moles (D) None of these (C) 26 eks y (D) buesal sdksbZugh
154. A 20.0 litre vessel initially contains 0.50 mole 154. 20.0 yhVj i k=kesaH2 vkS
j I2 xS
l ksads' kq
: vkr heksy 0.50
each of H2 and I2 gases. These substances eksy gSA; g i nkFkZvfHkfØ; kdj r sgSvkS j var r %l kE; koLFkk
react and fi nally reach an equilibrium esai gq
¡pr sgS
A HI dhl kE; oLFkk l ka Unzrk Kkr dj sA ; fn
c ondi ti on. Cal c ul at e the eq ui l i bri um
concentration of HI if Keq = 49 for the reaction vfHkfØ; k H2 + I2 2HI dsfy , Keq=49 gS%
H2 + I2 2HI. (A) 0.78 M (B) 0.039 M
(C) 0.033 M (D) 0.021 M
(A) 0.78 M (B) 0.039 M
(C) 0.033 M (D) 0.021 M
155. ‘a’ moles of PCl5 undergo thermal dissociation as – 155. cUn i k=kesaPCl5 dkr ki h; fo; kst u fuEu vuql kj gksrkgS–
PCl5 PCl3 +Cl2, the mole fraction of PCl3 PCl5 3 +Cl 2, l kE ; i j PCl3 dheksy fHkUu
at equilibrium is 0.5. The total pressure is 0.5 gSr Fkk dq y nkc 2 ok; q e.My gsA l kE; i j Cl2 dk
2.0 atmosphere. The partial pressure of Cl2
at equilibrium is – vka
f' kd nkc gksxk–
(A) 2.5 (B) 1.0 (A) 2.5 (B) 0.8
(C) 0.5 (D) None (C) 0.5 (D) dks
bZugha
156. The reversible reaction 156. mRØe.kh; vfHkfØ; k [Cu(NH3)4]2+ + SO32–

[Cu(NH3)4]2+ + SO32– [Cu (NH3)3SO3] + NH3
3)3SO3] + NH3 l kE ; voLFkk esagS
A veksfu; k
is at equilibrium. What would not happen if
ammonia is added –
fey kusi j D; k l a
Hkkoukughagksxh–
(A) [SO32– ] would increase (A) [SO32– ] c<+ sxk
(B) [Cu (NH3)3SO3] would increase (B) [Cu (NH3)3SO3] c<+ sxk
(C) The value of equilibrium constant would (C) l kE; fu; r kad ughacny sxk
not change (D) [Cu(NH3)4]+2 c<+ sxk
(D) [Cu(NH3)4]2+ would increase
157. The equilibrium constant for the reaction 157. vfHkfØ; k2 X (g) + Y (g) 2Z (g) dk l kE;
2 X (g) + Y (g) 2Z (g) is 2.25. What fu; r ka
d 2.25 gS
A, d y hVj i k=kesal kE; i j 2.0 eksy X
would be the concentration of Y at equilibrium
with 2.0 moles of X and 3.0 moles of Z in one
r Fkk 3.0 eksy Z d s l kFk 'Y' d h l kUnzr k D; k
litre vessel at equilibrium– gksxh–
(A) 1.0 moles (B) 2.25 moles (A) 1.0 moles (B) 2.25 moles
(C) 2.0 moles (D) 4.0 moles (C) 2.0 moles (D) 4.0 moles
158. In a 10 litre box 2.5 mole hydroiodic acid is 158. 10 y hVj ckW
Dl esa2.5 eksy gkbMªksv k; ksMhd vEy fy ; k
taken. After equilibrium x; kA
2HI H2 + I2
2HI H2 + I2
the concentration of HI is found to be 0.1
mol –1 The concentration of [H 2 ] at l kE; koLFkki ' pkr HI dhl kUnzrk0.1 eksy i zfr y hVj i k; h
equilibrium in mol –1 , is – xbZr ks[H2] dhl kE; l kUnzrk eksy i zfr y hVj esagS–
(A) 2.4 (B) 0.15 (A) 2.4 (B) 0.15
(C) 1.5 (D) 7.5 × 10–2 (C) 1.5 (D) 7.5 × 10–2
159. For an exothermic reaction in which the

159. , d Å"ek{ksihvfHkfØ; kft l esavfHkdkj dksadhekys l a
[ ; kl s
number of moles of reactants are more than
the number of moles of products. In order to fØ; kQyksadheksy l a
[ ; kde gks]dksfoi j hr fn' kkesafoLFkkfi r
displace the reaction in the reverse direction,
what are the favourable conditions . dj usdsfy; smfpr ' kr ksZdkl ew
g dkS
ul kgksxk–
(A) High pressure, low temp. and high conc.
of the product (A) vf/kd nkc] de r ki ] fØ; kQy ksadhvf/kd l kUnzrk
(B) Low pressure, high temp. and high conc.
of the products (B) de nkc] vf/kd r ki ] fØ; kQy ksadhvf/kd l kUnzrk
(C) Low pressure, low temp. and high conc.
(C) de nkc] de r ki ] fØ; kQy ks
adhvf/kd l kUnzrk
of the products
(D) High pressure, high temp. and low conc. (D) vf/kd nkc] vf/kd r ki ] fØ; kQy ksadhde l kUnzrk
of the products
160. At 250º C, the vapour density of PCl5 is Y 160. 250º C r ki r Fkkl kE; voLFkki j PCl5 dkok"i ?kuRo Y
(at equilibrium) and molar mass is Q (Initially). r Fkki zkj fEHkd eksy j nzO ; eku Q gSr ksbl dhfo; kst u ek=kk
Its degree of dissociation is then equal to - cj kcj gksxh–
QY Y Q Q–Y Y–Q
(A) (B) (A) (B)
Y Q Y Q
Y  2Q Q  2Y Y – 2Q Q – 2Y
(C) (D) (C) (D)
2Q 2Y 2Q 2Y
161. When 120 g acetic acid is reacted with 138 161. t c 120 g , fl fVd vEy dks138 g , fFky , YdksgkW y ds
g ethyl alcohol, the amount of alcohol l kFkvfHkdr̀ fd; kx; k] r ks, YdksgkW
y dhi zkj fEHkd l kUnzrk
consumed is 30% of its initial concentration.
dk30% i z;q Dr gksrkgSAl kE; koLFkki j , fl fVd vEy ds
The number of moles of acetic acid at
equilibrium are – eksy dhl a[ ; k gS–
(A) 1.1 (B) 2.1 (A) 1.1 (B) 2.1
(C) 1.7 (D) 0.9 (C) 1.7 (D) 0.9
162. At a total equilibrium pressure of 1.0 162. dqy 1.0 ok; q

e.My l kE; nkc i j QkW
Lt hu dh fo; kst u
atmosphere, the degree of dissociation of ek=kk0.2 gS
A
phosgene is 0.2
COCl2 (g) CO (g) + Cl2 (g)
COCl2 (g) CO (g) + Cl2 (g)
Now the same equilibrium is established at vc bl hl kE; dksbl hr ki i j o 0.4 ok; q e.My vka f' kd
the same temperature in presence of N2 gas nkc i j N2 dhmi fLFkfr esaLFkkfi r fd; kx; k] ft l dkdq y
at a partial pressure of 0.4 atm. in a total
pressure of 1.0 atm. The new degree of nkc 1.0 ok; q
e.My gS A fo; kst u dhu; hek=kk'' gS–
dissociation,  , is – (A)  < 0.2 (B)  > 0.2
(A)  < 0.2 (B)  > 0.2 (C)  = 0.2 (D)  = 0
(C)  = 0.2 (D)  = 0
163. For the reaction, N2O4(g) 2NO2(g); if 163. N2O4(g) 2NO2(g); vfH
kfØ; kdsfy , ] ; fn N2O4
percentage dissociation of N2O4 are 25%,
dki zfr ' kr fo; kst u 25%, 50%, 75% o 100% gksr ks
50%, 75% and 100%, then the sequence of
observed vapour densities will be - i szf{kr ok"i ?kuRoksadkØe gksxk-
(A) d1 > d2 > d3 > d4 (B) d4 > d3 > d2 > d1 (A) d1 > d2 > d3 > d4 (B) d4 > d3 > d2 > d1
(C) d1 = d2 = d3 = d4 (D) (d1 = d2)> (d3 = d4) (C) d1 = d2 = d3 = d4 (D) (d1 = d2) > (d3 = d4)
164. Consider the reaction,

(i) PCl5(g) PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)
164. fuEu vfHkfØ; ki j fopkj dhft ,
(ii) N2O4(g) 2NO2(g) (i) PCl5(g) PCl3(g) + Cl2(g)
The addition of an inert gas at constant
(ii) N2O4(g) 2NO2(g)
volume -
(A) will increase the dissociation of PCl5 as fLFkj vk; r u i j ] vfØ; xS
l ds; ksx l s&
well as N2O4
(A) PCl5 o N2O4 dkfo; ks
t u c<sxk
(B) will reduce the dissociation of PCl5 as
well as N2O4 (B) PCl5 o N2O4 dkfo; ks
t u ?kVsxk
(C) will increase the dissociation of PCl5 and
step up the formation of NO2 (C) PCl5 dkfo; ks
t u c<sxkr FkkNO2 dsfuekZ
. ki n c<sxs
(D) will not disturb the equilibrium of the
(D) vfH
kfØ; kdkl kE; i zfr ckf/kr ughagksxk
reactions
165. For the reaction, PCl5(g) PCl3(g) + Cl2(g), 165. PCl5(g) PCl3(g) + Cl2(g), vfH
kfØ; kdsfy, fLFkj
the forward reaction at constant temperature
r ki i j vxzvfHkfØ; kfdl l svuq
dwfy r gksrhgS
-
is favoured by -
I. introducing inert gas at constant volume. I. fLFkj vk; r u i j vfØ; xS
l fey kdj .
II. introducing inert gas at constant pressure. II. fLFkj nkc i j vfØ; xS
l fey kdj
III. decreasing pressure of the reaction
III. vfH
kfØ; kfeJ.kdknkc ?kVkdj
mixture.
IV. by adding PCl3 to the reaction mixture. IV. vfH
kfØ; kfeJ.kesaPCl3 fey kdj
(A) I and II (B) II and III (A) I o II (B) II o III
(C) I and III (D) III and IV
(C) I o III (D) III o IV
166. XeF6 solid has hybridisation 166. XeF6 Bksl esal a

d j .k gksxk&
(A) sp3d2 (B) sp3d3 (C) sp3 (D) sp2 (A) sp3d2 (B) sp3d3 (C) sp3 (D) sp2
167. Which has p-p bond. 167. dkS

ul k p-p ca
/k j [ kr k gS&
(A) N2O3 (B) P4O10 (A) N2O3 (B) P4O10
(C) P4O6 (D) None of the above (C) P4O6 (D) bues
al sdksbZugha
168. Whi ch 'd' orbi t al s are pati c i pat ed i n 168. dkS

ul k 'd' d{kd XeF6 xS
l dsl a
d j .kesaHkkx y srkgS\
hybridisation of XeF6 gas.
(A) dx2  y2 (B) dz2
(A) dx2  y2 (B) dz2
(C) dxy (D) l Hkh
(C) dxy (D) All
169. PCl5 Bks
l fuEu l a
d j .kj [ kr kgS&
169. PCl5 solid has hybridisation
(A) sp3 & sp3d2 (B) sp, sp2
(A) sp3 & sp3d2 (B) sp, sp2 (C) sp, sp3 (D) sp3, dsp2
(C) sp, sp 3
(D) sp3, dsp2
Cl Cl
a a
b b
e P e P
170. c which hologen is not possible in 170. c dkS
ul k gsy kst u b, c r Fkk e fLFkfr esa
d d
Br Br
b, c & e position la
Hko ughgS&
(A) F, Cl (B) Br, Br (C) Br, I (D) I, I (A) F, Cl (B) Br, Br (C) Br, I (D) I, I
171. The formal charge of nitrogen in NO3– is 171. ukbVªkst u dkvksipkfj d vkos'kNO3– esagksxk&
(A) +1 (B) –1 (C) +2 (D) –2 (A) +1 (B) –1 (C) +2 (D) –2
172. Which option is correct for IF7 172. IF7 dsfy , dkS
ul k fodYi l ghgS\
(A) axial bond length < equatorial bond length (A) v{kh; ca
/ky EckbZ< okekoR̀r h; ca
/ky EckbZ
(B) axial bond length > equatorial bond length (B) v{kh; ca
/ky EckbZ> okekoR̀r h; ca
/ky EckbZ
(C) axial bond length = equatorial bond length (C) v{kh; ca
/ky EckbZ= okekoR̀r h; ca
/ky EckbZ
(D) None (D) dksbZugh
173. Which of the following has planar 173. fuEu esl sdkS
ul k l er y h; gS\
(A) BCl3 (B) IF7 (C) XeF6 (D) SF6 (A) BCl3 (B) IF7 (C) XeF6 (D) SF6
174. How many bonded electrons pairs are present 174. IF7 v.kqes
acU/kby sDVªku ;q
Xeksadhl a
[ ; kgS
in IF7 molecule
(A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 5 (D) 8 (A) 6 (B) 7 (C) 5 (D) 8
175. Hybridization of carbon in C3O2 is : 175. C3O2 es

adkcZ
u dkl a
d j .kgS%
(A) sp (B) sp2 (C) sp3 (D) sp3d (A) sp (B) sp2 (C) sp3 (D) sp3d
176. In the XeF4 molecule, the Xe atom is in the 176. XeF4 v.kqesa] Xe i j ek.kqj [ kr k gS
(A) Sp2-hybridized state (A) Sp2-l a
d fj r voLFkk
(B) Sp3-hybridised state (B) Sp3-l a
d fj r voLFkk
(C) Sp2d-hybridized state (C) Sp2d-l ad fj r voLFkk
(D) Sp3d2- hybridized state (D) Sp3d2- l a d fj r voLFkk
177. Molecular shapes of SF4, CF4 and XeF4 are : 177. SF4, CF4 vkSj XeF4 v.kq
v ksadhvkdf̀r gS
A
(A) the same, with 2, 0 and 1 lone pair of (A) l eku ft uesa2, 0 vkS j 1 , dkdh ; q
Xe by sDVªku
electrons respectively Øekuql kj mi fLFkr gS
(B) the same, with 1, 1 and 1 lone pair of (B) l eku ft ues a1, 1 vkS
j 1 , dkdh ; qXe by sDVªku
(C) different with 0, 1 and 2 lone pair of (C) fHkUu ft uesa0, 1 , vkSj 2 , dkdh ; q
Xe by sDVªku
(D) different with 1, 0 and 2 lone pair of (D) fH kUu ft uesa1, 0 vkS
j 2 , dkdh ; q Xe by sDVªku
178. ClO2 has hybridisation 178. ClO2 fuEu l a
d j .kj [ kr kgS&
(A) SP2 (B) SP3 (C) SP (D) None (A) SP 2
(B) SP3 (C) SP (D) (D) dksbZugh
179. Which option is correct for PCl3F2 179. PCl3F2 dsfy , dkS ul kfodYi l ghgS\
(A) F is present at axial position (A) F v{kh; fLFkfr i j mi fLFkr gks
r k gS
(B) Cl is present at axial position (B) Cl v{kh; fLFkfr i j mi fLFkr gks
r kgS
(C) F is present at axial equal (C) F v{kh; okekoR̀r i j mi fLFkr gksrkgS
(D) None
(D) dks
bZugh
180. In SO42– the formal charge on 'S' is 180. SO42– es
a'S' dkvksipkfj d vkos'kgS&
(A) +1 (B) –1 (A) +1 (B) –1
(C) +2 (D) –2 (C) +2 (D) –2

BIOLOGY
1. A 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. C 7. D
8. B 9. D 10. C 11. A 12. A 13. A 14. D
15. C 16. B 17. C 18. C 19. B 20. C 21. C
22. A 23. C 24. C 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. B
29. A 30. B 31. D 32. C 33. B 34. D 35. D
36. A 37. B 38. B 39. B 40. B 41. C 42. C
43. D 44. C 45. A 46. B 47. D 48. C 49. A
50. B 51. C 52. B 53. D 54. B 55. A 56. A
57. D 58. B 59. A 60. B 61. D 62. C 63. A
64. C 65. A 66. C 67. A 68. C 69. B 70. A
71. A 72. B 73. B 74. D 75. D 76. B 77. A
78. A 79. B 80. C 81. B 82. C 83. A 84. A
85. B 86. A 87. A 88. D 89. D 90. D
PHYSICS
91. C 92. A 93. D 94. A 95. C 96. B 97. C
98. A 99 A 100. D 101. B 102. D 103. B 104. A
105. B 106. B 107. A 108. B 109. D 110. D 111. A
112. A 113. D 114. A 115. D 116. D 117. A 118. A
119. D 120. D 121. C 122. D 123. B 124. C 125. D
126. C 127. A 128. D 129. D 130. A 131. A 132. A
133. A 134. D 135. A
CHEMISTRY
136. A 137. C 138. C 139. A 140. C 141. A 142. A
143. A 144. A 145. D 146. D 147. B 148. D 149. D
150. D 151. D 152. D 153. C 154. B 155. A 156. B
157. A 158. D 159. B 160. D 161. A 162. B 163. A
164. D 165. B 166. A 167. A 168. D 169. A 170. A
171. A 172. B 173. A 174. B 175. A 176. D 177. D
178. A 179. A 180. C
PHYSICS
91. C
 = BA cos 106. B
1 1
= ×  × 2 × 10–2 × = 0.01 wb 107. A
 2
108. B
92. A
d d 109. D
=– =– B (r2)
dt dt
110. D
d
=– (B0 + t) r2
dt 111. A
 = –  r2
112. A
93. D
It appears as if some flux charges must occur 113. D
as the lines of magnetic induction field B are E1 = E2
cut across by the rotating coil. IF we resolve
the given field parallel and perpendicular to the 1 1
 m 2 A 2 = m 2 A 2
plane of the coil, it is easy to see that the flux 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
due to perpendicular component remains but m1 = m2
constant and that due to parallel component
does not enter the coil during its rotation. Hence,  12 × 16 = 22 × 25
no induced e.m.f. and current will be produced.  100 × 16 = 2 × 25
 = 8 units
94. A
N = Li 114. A
95. C 115. D
Moment of inertia = MR2
96. B
1 2
k.E of rotation = I
97. C 2
0
98. A Torque = I where  =
t
99 A
116. D
100. D
117. A
101. B The dsired moment of inertia about O is
I = 6 × Ione side
102. D
 m(2L)2 
2 O
103. B = 6  12  mr 
 
104. A  mL2 
2
= 6  3  3mL  r
105. B  
= 20 mL2
60°
118. A 120. D
y = A sin (t + )
f
A A
here y = ,  A sin (t + ) =
2 2
Mg  5
So,  = t +  = or
6 6
So the phase difference of the two particles
A
Equation of motion when they are crossing each other at y =
2
Mg sin  – f = Ma ....(1)
in opposite directions are
a
Also fR =  = I = M2 ....(2) 5  2
R  = 1 – 2 = – =
6 6 3
g sin 
2 121. C
But a = 1  k
R2 y = a sin t
For 1 sec, y1 = a sin 
Putting value of a in equation (2) For 2 sec, y2 = a sin 2
g sin  1
 Mk2  y1
  2 sin  1
f =  R2  1  k 2
  R2 y2 = sin 2 = 2 cos  = 2 cos
T
1 1 1 1
For cylider : Mk2 = I = MR2 = = =
2 2 2 * (1 / 2 ) 2
2 cos
8
1 2
 k2 = R
2 y2 = 2y1
1 Distance covered in 2nd second = ( 2  1)y1

M g sin 
2 1
f=  1 = Mg sin  1
1   3 Required ratio =
 2  ( 2  1)
In case of static friction, 122. D

fs = N = Mg cos 
1 123. B
Mg sin  =  Mg cos 
3
124. C
1 Torque exerted on the disc,
m= tan 
3
M
119. D  = TR R
Using work-energy principle
W W
  gh = 1   2 + 1 × 1 MR22 T
g 2 g 2 2
1 W 1  2 Wg Now,  = I
=  2 g  4 M    u2 =
   W   2TR 2T
 0.5  0.25M  TR
 g  = = = 2 =
I 1 2 MR MR
MR
i.e., speed is independent of R 2
125. D 128. D
1 U = 10 + (x – 2)2
m2max = 9 – 5 = 4 So, the particle moves in SHM with x = +2m
2
as the mean position. If x = +6 m is one
or m2max = 8
or 22max = 8 extreme position, then x = – 2m must be the
or max = 2 m/s = A other extremem position.
U (2) = 10 J and U (6) = 26 J
max 2
 = = = 200 Maximum KE = Umax – Umin = 26 – 10 = 16 J
A 0.01
F = – dU/dx = – 2 (x – 2)  k = 2 N/m
2
or = 200 m 1 1
T  T = 2 = 2 =  sec
k 2 2
2 
T= =
200 100
129. D
126. C
v= x(cm)
A2  x2 ;
4A2
v= A2 
9 1
 5A
= O 4
3 8
New SHM –1
3v =  AN2  x2N ;
3 5A 4A2 4
=  A2N  at t = sec.
3 9 3
equation of particle's motion
4A 2
5A2 = AN2 –
9  2 
x = 1 sin  8 t  cm
49A 2  
A2N =
9

 x = sin t cm
7A 4
AN =
3
 
v= cos t cm/sec
127. A 4 4
Since, the particle starts from rest (i.e.,
extreme position), we write x = A cos t 2 
a=– sin t cm/sec2
Then, A – a = A cos  44 4
and A – (a + b) = A cos 2
4
Now, cos 2 = 2 cos2  – 1 at t = sec
3
2
A  (a  b)  A  a
 =2   –1
2   4
A  A  a=– sin  4  3  cm/sec2
16  
 A [A – (a + b)] = 2 (A2 – 2a A + a2) – A2
2a2  
 A (3 a – b) = 2a2 A=  2  3  2
3a  b =  2  =– 3 cm/sec2
16   32
130. A
Here M  Mass of disc without cavity
mg / 2  Mass of cavity =  x R2 = M/4Rx R= M/
f= 4
mr 2 F
1 I o = MI of disc with non cavity
mr2 / 2
f - MI of cavity (About O)
mg / 2
f= 1  1  M  M 
3 Io   M(2R)2     R 2  R 2 
mg 2  2  4  4 
f=
6
4MR 2 1 M
Io   MR 2  R 2
2 8 4
131. A
I = 1.6 Ma2 16MR 2 3MR 2
I' + I' = I = 
8 8
2I' = 1.6 ma2
I' = 0.8 Ma2 13MR 2
IR = I' + Mx2 =
8
= 0.8 Ma2 + M(2a)2 = 4.8 Ma2
Now,
132. A
Mvr
5R
I
1/2 Mr2  R
0 2R
133. A
Q V
wr
P C wr Ip = M.I. of Disc without
V
cavity about P - M.I. of cavity(aboutP)
VQ > VC > VP
1  M  2 M
1

2 2
=  2 M(2R )  M(2R )    2  4 R  4
   
 5R  
2
134. D 
1 1  3v2 
mv2  Iw2  mg  MR 2 IP 37
2 2  4g  IP  37  
Io

13
 2.8  3
8
v
Put w =
R
1 I 3 1 mR 2
 m m  I=
2 R2 4 2 2
(disc)
135. A
M/4
0 M
P
Let be the density off disc.

M M
   (2R)2  4R 2
CHEMISTRY
136. A
– –
O O
137. C H
C
O
138. C
139. A
CO2H
OH OH COOH COOH
(III) (–I)
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
OH
Cl CH3
CO2H
eqt.R.S. eqt.R.S.
– – 1
O O COO COO (IV) Acidity  (–I) 
(M)
OH
Cl CH 3
–I +H 142. A
Ph - COO– is more stable than PhO— III > IV

> II > I
N N N N N
140. C
(I) (II) (III) (IV) (V)
OH COOH COOH COOH I=V > II = IV > III
OH Neutral Opposite Opposite charge
(A) (B) (C) (D)
at charge more distance. nearest
NO2 OH CH3
143. A
– –
O COO COO COO
A
OH
I II III
NO2 OH Intramolecular
4e– Anti Aromatic
CH3
–I H-Bonding
144. A
–M, –I
Basic strength  e < b < a < c < d
141. A 145. D
CO2H Resonance
HO OH 146. D
+
(I) –H SIR
147. B
– –
O O
H H CO2H Cl
C 2SbCl5
O O OH +2 2SbCl 5
+
(II) –H
Cl
stable
148. D 154. (B)
Due to ortho effect p is most acidic Given volume = 20 lit
0.50 mole of each gas that is (H2 + I2)
149. D H2  I2  2HI
III Delocalisation , IV Aromaticity,
Initially0.5 0.5 0
I sp2 'N' no delocalisation,II sp3 'N' + I effect
150. D at eq. 0.5 – x 0.5–x 2x
2
HI
K eq   
H2 
I2 
2
> > > 2x
49 = 2
0.5  x 
2x
7=
destabilising factor for carbanion +M > + 0.5  x
3.5 – 7x = 2x
151. D 3.5 = 9x
On the basis of stability of conjugate base
due to electronic effects. 3.5
x= = 0.39
9
152. (D)
2x 2  0.39
N2O4 g  2NO2 g [HI] = = = 0.039 M
v 20lit
Kp = kc ....(1)
Kp = kc(RT)n 155. Bonus
n = 2 – 1 = 1 1.0
kp = kc × RT
T = 1/2 156. (B)
[Cu (NH3)3SO3] would increase
1
T= = 12.19 k 157. (A)
0.0821

2x  y  
 2Z
153. (C) initially 2 1 0
at eq. 2 y 3
A  g  2B  g  C  g
2 2
initially a 4 0
kc 
z 

3
at eq. a–x 4 – 2x x 2 2
x  y  2   y
a1
A(g) = a – 1 [A] = 3  3  100
5 y=  1mole
2  2  225
B(g) = 4 – 2 × 1 = 2 [B] = 2/5
C(g) = 1 [C] = 1/5
158. (D)
c 

2HI 
 H2  I2
kc  2
A 
B initially 0.25 0 0
at eq. 0.25–2x x x
15 5 5 [HI] = 0.1
kc   0.25 – 2x = 0.1
5  2  2   a  1
2x = 0.25 – 0.1
kc = 0.25
0.15
25 x=
0.25 = 2
4 a 1 x = 0.075
[H2]  x = 7.5 × 10–2
0.25
4(a – 1) =  100
0.25 159. (B)
Low pressure, high temp. and high conc. of
100 the products
(a – 1) = = 25
4 160. (D)
a = 25 + 1 = 26


PCl5 
 PCl3  Cl2
163. (A)
C 0 0
C – C C C Dinitially
M0 = Q Deq. [1 –  + n]
Meq V = C – C + C + C
D0 46
 2 xy = c (1 + ) (i) d1 = 
1    n 1  0.25  2  0.25
M0 1
 46
Meq 1   =  36.8
1.25
Q = 2y 46 46
(ii) d2    26.28
2y Meq 1  0.50  2  0.50 1.75
 = 1 +  M  Q
0 46
(iv) d4   23
2
2y Q  2y Q  2y
 = 1 –  = d 1 > d2 > d3 > d4
Q Q 2y
164. (D)
161. (A) addition of inert gas at constant V, will not
CH3COOH  C2H5OH  CH3COOC2H5 disturb the equilibrium of the reactions.
120 gm 138 gm
165. (B)
120 at constant P addition of inert gas  rf
initially n = = 1.69 n=+ve pv=nRT decrease in P rf
71
138
n= = 3 mole 166. A
46
at eq. x = ? 167. A
30
3× = 0.9 mole 168. D
100
[3 – 0.9 = 2.1 mole remain]
3 mole C2H5OH react with = 1.69 mole of 169. A
acetic acid
170. A
1.69
1 mole___”___= mole of acedic acid
3 171. A
1.39 2
 2.1 mole___”___= x 172. B
3
= 1.18 mole 173. A
= 1.2 mole
174. B
162. (B) F
Kp = Pequ.2 / 1 – 2 F
P = 0.2 + 0.4 = 0.6 F
F I
2
1   0.2  '2 F F
2
 0.6 F
1   0.2 1  '
no. of B.P. =7
0.04  '2 175. A


0.96  0.6 1   '2
O=C=C=C=O
0.04  '2

0.576 1   '2 SP SP SP
'
0.694  176. D
1 
0.83 =  1
F F
 = 0.83 Xe
 > 0.2 F F
= sp3d2
177. D
F F
F
F F
S C Xe
F F F F F
F F
see saw tetrahedral Square planer
L.P=1 L.P. = 0 L.P.=2
178. A
179. A
180. C
Name : ______________________________ Roll No. ___________________
GENERAL :
separately.
by the invigilator.
hall.
MARKING SCHEME :
will be deducted.
PART - I [BIOLOGY]
1. The word epithelium was coined by 1. ' kCn , i hFkhfy ; e dki zfr i knu fd; k
(A) Malpighi (B) Ruysch (A) eS y i h?khus (B) j ~
;w
' p us
(C) Bichat (D) None (C) fcps V us (D) dksbZugha
2. The connective tissue is developed from 2. la

; kst hÅr d mRiUu gksrkgS
(A) Ectoderm (B) Mesoderm (A) , DVks
MeZl s (B) eht ks
MeZl s
(C) Endoderm (D) All of the above (C) , .Mks
MeZl s (D) l Hkh
3. Pavement epithelium is another name for 3. i soesUV , i hFkhfy ; e fdl dknw

l j kuke gS
(A) Cuboidal epithelium (A) ?kukdkj mi dy k
(B) Ciliated epithelium (B) i {ekfH kd mi dy k
(C) Simple squamous epithelium (C) l j y ' kYdkdkj mi dy k
(D) Stratified epithelium (D) j s f[ kr mi dy k
4. The main function of connective tissue is 4. la

; kst hÅr d dkeq [ ; dk; ZgS
(A) Binding together other tissues (A) vU ; År dksadkscka /kdj j [ kuk
(B) Supporting varous parts of the body (B) ' kj hj dsfofHkUu va xksdksl gk; r knsuk
(C) Forming a packing around organs (C) va xksadspkj ksavksj i S
a
fdx dkfuekZ .k
(D) All (D) l H kh
5. Endothelium lining a blood vessel is formed of 5. j Dr okfgdkvksadh, .MksFkhfy ; e cuhgksrhgS
(A) Ciliated epithelium (A) i {ekfHkd mi dy kdh
(B) Columnar epithelium (B) Lr EHkkdkj mi dy kdh
(C) Cuboidal epithelium (C) ?kukdkj mi dy kdh
(D) Simple squamous epithelium (D) l j y ' kYdkdkj mi dy kdh
6. Epithelium present in cornea, oesophagus, 6. dksfuZ

; k] xzl hdk] ew
=kekxZo ; ksfu d hmi dy k gksr hgS
urethra, and vagina is
(A) xz
fFky
a (B) i {ekH
kh
(A) Glandular (B) Ciliated
(C) Stratified columnar (D) Stratified squamous (C) Lr fj r Lr EHkkdkj (D) Lr fj r ' kYdkdkj
7. Brush border epithelium occurs in 7. cz'kcksMZj mi dy ki k; ht kr hgS

(A) Trachea (B) Stomach (A) Vs ªfd; kesa (B) vkek' ; es a
(C) Small intestine (D) Fallopian tube (C) Nks Vhvka=kesa (D) Qsy ksfi ; u ufy dkesa
8. Cells of germinal epithelium are 8. t uu mi dy kdhdksf' kdk; sagksrhgS

(A) Cuboidal (B) Columnar (A) ?kukdkj (B) Lr EHkkdkj
(C) Squamous (D) Ciliated (C) ' kYdkdkj (D) i {ekH kh
9. Tendons connect 9. Vs.M+

u t ksM+
r kgS
(A) Bone to muscle (B) Nerve to muscle (A) vfLFkdksi s' khl s (B) r a
f=kdkdksi s'khl s
(C) Bone to bone (D) Muscle to muscle (C) vfLFkdksvfLFkl s (D) i s ' khdksi s'khl s
10. Least toxic nitrogenous waste among the 10. fuEu esa lcls de fo"kkDr ukbVªkstuh vif'k"V dkSu lk gS \
follow is (A) ;wfj;k (B) ;wfjd vEy
(A) Urea (B) Uric acid
(C) Ammonia (C) veksfu;k
(D) More than one option is correct (D) ,d ls vf/kd fodYi lgh gSa
11. Loop of Henle is found in 11. gsuys dk ywi] dgk¡ ik;k tkrk gS
(A) Green gland (B) Malpighian tubule (A) gfjr xzfFk esa (B) eSyihxh ufydk esa
(C) Neuron (D) Nephron (C) raf=dk dksf'kdk esa (D) o`Ddk.kq esa
12. All are performed in a nephron, except 12. o`Ddk.kq }kjk fuEu esa ls dkSulk dk;Z ugha fd;k tkrk gS \
(A) Filtration (B) Secretion (A) fuL;anyu (B) lzko.k
(C) ;wfj;k la'ys"k.k (D) iqu% vo'kks"k.k
(C) Urea synthesis (D) Reabsorption
13. Which one is the vasoconstrictor? 13. fuEu esa ls dkSu okfgdkladh.kZd gSa\
(A) ANF (B) Renin (A) ANF (B) jsfuu
(C) Angiotensin-II (D) Histamine (C) ,aft;ksVsflu-II (D) fgLVkehu
14. Glucose and amino acids in the filtrate are 14. fuL;a n es a Xyw dkst rFkk ,feuks vEy] fdlds ek/;e ls ufydkdkj
reabsorbed by tubular epithelial cells through midyk dksf'kdkvksa }kjk iqu%vo'kksf"kr fd, tkrs gSa\
(A) Active transport (B) Passive transport (A) lfØ; ifjogu (B) fuf"Ø; ifjogu
(C) Both (A) & (B) (D) Osmosis (C) (A) o (B) nksuksa (D) ijklj.k
15. Which of the following component of blood 15. jDr dk dkSulk ?kVd] o`Ddk.kq esa izos'k ugha djrk\
does not enter into the nephron? (A) ty (B) Xywdkst
(A) Water (B) Glucose
(C) Urea (D) Plasma proteins (C) ;wfj;k (D) IykTek izksVhu
16. The main function of loop of Henle is 16. gsuys ds ywi dk eq[; dk;Z gS&
(A) Blood filtration (B) Urine formation (A) jDr dk fuL;anu (B) ew= fuekZ.k
(C) Water conservation (D) Both (A) & (B) (C) ty laj{k.k (D) (A) o (B) nksuksa
17. Maximum water reabsorption occurs in 17. vf/kdre ty iqu%vo'kks"k.k fdlesa gksrk gSa\
(A) DCT (B) PCT (A) DCT (B) PCT
(C) Collecting duct (C) laxzg ufydk
(D) Descending limb of loop of Henle (D) gsuys ds ywi dh vojksgh Hkqtk
18. In whi c h se gm ent of t he nep hron, 18. o`Ddk.kq ds fdl [kaM esa] iqu% vo'kks"k.k U;wure gksrk gSa\
reabsorption is minimum?
(A) Proximal convoluted tubule (PCT) (A) lehiLFk laofyr ufydk (PCT)
(B) Distal convoluted tubule (DCT) (B) nwjLFk laofyr ufydk (DCT)
(C) Loop of Henle
(C) gsuy dk ywi (D) (A) o (B) nksuksa
(D) Both (A) & (B)
19. The presence of glucose and ketone bodies 19. ew= esa Xywdkst rFkk dhVksudk; dh mifLFkfr fdldk |ksrd
in urine are indicative of gSa\
(A) Diabetes mellitus (B) Diabetes insipidus (A) Mk;fcVht esfyVl (B) Mk;fcVht buflfiMl
(C) Renal calculi (D) Glomerulonephritis (C) jhuy dsyD;wyh (D) Xykses:yksusfÝbfVl
20. Which of the following pairs is wrong? 20. fuEu esa ls dkSulk ;qXe xyr gSa\
(A) Uricotelic -Birds (A) ;wfjdksVsfyd & i{kh
(B) Ureotelic -Insects (B) ;wfj;ksVsfyd & dhV
(C) Ammonotelic -Bony fishes (C) veksuksVsfyd & vfLFky eNfy;k¡
(D) Ureotelic -Elephant (D) ;wfj;ksVsfyd & gkFkh
21. Select incorrect statement w.r.t. growth 21. of̀) dsl UnHkZesaxy r dFku dkp; u fdft ; s
(A) Increase in body mass is criterion for (A) ' kj hj dk nz O; eku c<+uk fut hZo i nkFkksZesaof̀) dk
growth in non living objects ekud gS
(B) Animals grow upto a certain age (B) t U r q, d fuf' pr vk; qr d ghc<+ r sgSa
(C) Growth in plants is definite always (C) i kni ksaesaof̀) l nSo fuf' pr gksrhgS
(D) In living organisms, growth is from inside (D) l t hoks aesaof̀) l nSo vUnj l sgksrhgS
22. Regeneration can be observed in 22. iq

u: n~Hkou fdl esans[kkt kl dr kgS
\
(A) Fungi (A) dodks aesa
(B) Planaria (B) Iy s
usfj ; kesa
(C) Hydra (C) gkbMªkes a
(D) More than one option is correct (D) , d l svf/kd fodYi l ghgS a
23. Select correct statement for growth as one 23. l t hoksads, d vfHky {k.kds: i esaof̀) dsfy , l ghdFku
of the characteristic of living organisms. dkp; u dhft ; s
(A) Growth by increase in mass is a defining (A) nz O; eku c<+ usl sof̀) gksukdsoy i zksd sfj ; ksfVd t hoksa
property of prokaryotic organisms only dk fuf' pr y {k.k gS
(B) Non-living objects do not show growth
(B) fut hZ o oLr q , sa' kj hj dk nzO
; eku c<+
usl sof̀) ugha
by increase in mass of body
n' kkZ
r hgS
(C) Intrinsic growth is a characteristic of all
(C) vkU r fj d of̀) l Hkhl t hoksadkvfHky {k.kgS
living organisms
(D) cgq d ksf' kdh; t hoksadsfy , of̀) ckg; r FkkvkUrfj d gks
(D) Growth can be extrinsic or intrinsic for
multicellular organisms
l dr hgS
24. Which one of the following character is 24. fuEu esal sdkS
u l ky{k.ki zkphu ofxZ
d hr Fkkvk/kq
fud ofxZ
dh
common in classical taxonomy and modern v/; ; uksaea
sl eku gS
\
taxonomic studies? (A) vkdkfj dh; y{k.k
(A) Morphological characters
(B) fodkl h; i zfØ; k
(B) Development process
(C) vkuq
oa
f' kd y {k.k
(C) Genetical characters
(D) Ecological information of organisms (D) t hoksadhi kfj fLFkfr d l w
puk
25. Term systematics was derived from ________ 25. ' kCn fl LVS esfVDl ________ ' kCn ßfl LVsekÞl sO
;q
RiUu
word "systema" which means gqv kgSft l dkvFkZgS
(A) Greek, Evolutionary classification (A) xz hd] mn~ fodkl h; oxhZd j .k
(B) Latin, systemati c arrangement of (B) y s fVu] t hoksadhØec) O ; oLFkk
organisms.
(C) va xzst h] t hoksadhofxZdh
(C) English, Taxonomy of organisms
(D) (A) r Fkk(C) nks uksa
(D) Both (A) & (C)
26. No names are recognised prior to those used 26. yhfu; e } kj k1758 esafuEu esal sfdl dsnl osal a
Ldj .kesa
by Linnaeus in 1758 in the 10th edition of i z;q
Dr ukeksal si gysfdl hHkhuke dhi gpku ughadhx; hFkh\
(A) Systema Naturae (A) fl LVsekuspq
jh
(B) Species Plantarum (B) Li hl ht IyS
UVsje
(C) Genera Plantarum (C) t susjkIy S
UVsje
(D) Philosophia Botanica (D) fQyks
l ksfQ; kcksVsfudk
27. Select incorrect statement w.r.t. binomial 27. f} uke ukedj .kdsl UnHkZesaxy r dFku dkp; u dhft ; s
nomenclature
(A) t S
fod uke l kekU;r kbVsfy d esagksrsgS
ar Fkky sfVu esa
(A) Biological names are generally in italics
fy [ kst kr sgS
a
and written in Latin
(B) Generic name starts with capital letter (B) oa
' kh; uke cM+
sv{kj l si zkj EHkgksrkgS
(C) Both names are separately underlined to (C) nksuksaukeksadksbudhy sfVu mRifÙk fufnZ
"V dj usds
indicate their Latin origin fy , vy x&vy x j s[kkafdr fd; kt kr kgS
(D) Author's name is written after the (D) y s[kd dk uke oS
Kkfud uke dsckn j kseu esafy [ kk
scientific name in Roman type
t kr kgS
28. Scientific name Rattus rattus is an example of 28. oS

Kkfud uke j S
Vl j S
Vl fdl kmnkgj .kgS
\
(A) Binomial nomenclature (A) f} uke ukedj .k
(B) Tautonyms (B) Vks
Vksfue
(C) Synonyms (C) fl uksfue
(D) Both (A) & (B) (D) (A) r Fkk(B) nks
uksa
29. Biosystematics aims at 29. tSoofxZd hdkmn~ ns'; gS

(A) The classification of organisms based on (A) O ; ki d vkdkfj dh; y {k.kksadsvk/kkj i j t hoksadk
broad morphological characters oxhZ
d j .k
(B) Delimiting various taxa of organisms and
(B) t hoksadsfofHkUu oxZ
d ksadksl hfer dj ukr Fkkmudse/;
establishing their relationships
l EcU/kLFkkfi r dj uk
(C) The classification of organisms based on
their evolutionary history and establishing (C) t hoksadsmn~fodkl h; bfr gkl i j vk/kkfj r oxhZ d j .k
their phylogeny on the totality of various r Fkkv/; ; u dsl Hkh{ks=kksal si zkIr fofHkUu i S
ekuksadsdq
y ; ksx
parameters from all fields of studies l smudkt kfr oÙ̀kLFkkfi r dj uk
(D) Identi fication and arrangement of
(D) t hoksadhmudhdksf' kdh; y {k.kksadsvk/kkj i j i gpku
organisms on the basis of their cytological
characteristics
dj ukr FkkO ; ofLFkr dj uk
30. Which of the following is not a result of cell 30. fuEu esal sdkS
u dksf' kdkfoHkkt u dki fj .kke ughagS
\
division?
(A) of̀) (B) ej Eer
(A) Growth (B) Repair
(C) Metabolism (D) Reproduction (C) mi ki p; (D) t uu
31. Which of the following is incorrect for 31. t uu dsfy , dkS

ul k fodYi xy r gS
\
reproduction?
(A) , ddks
f' kdh; t ho dksf' kdk&foHkkt u } kj kt uu dj r sgS
a
(A) Unicellular organisms reproduce by cell-
division
(B) t u l Hkhl t hoksadkvfHky {k.kgS
(B) Reproduction is a characteristic of all living
organisms (C) , ddksf' kdh; t hoksaesat uu r Fkk of̀) , d nw
l j sl s
(C) In unicellular organisms, reproduction and
l EcfU/kr gS
a
growth are linked together
(D) Non-living objects are incapable of (D) fut hZ
o i nkFkZt uu dj usesavl eFkZgksrsgS
reproducing
32. Mark the i nc orrect st ate ment w. r. t. 32. mi ki p; dsl UnHkZesaxy r dFku dksfpfUgr dhft ; s
metabolism.
(A) l w
{et ho mi ki p; n' kkZ
r sgS
a
(A) Microbes exhibit the metabolism
(B) ; g l Hkhl t hoksadky {k.kgS
(B) It is the property of all living forms
(C) T he m et ab ol i c react i ons c an b e (C) mi ki p; hvfHkfØ; kvksadksi k=k¼
bu foVªks½esai znf' kZ
r
demonstrated in vitro fd; kt kl dr kgS
(D) It is not a defining feature of life forms (D) ; g l t hoksadk, d fuf' pr y {k.kughagS
33. Mark the incorrect pair. 33. xy r ; q
Xe dksfpfUgr dhft ; s
(A) Hydra — Budding (A) gkbMªk— eq dwyu
(B) Flatworm — Segmentation (B) pi Vsdf̀e — [ k.MhHkou
(C) Amoeba — Fragmentation (C) vehck— [ k.Mu
(D) Yeast — Budding (D) ; hLV — eqdwyu
34. Which statement is false about the growth 34. fut hZ

o i nkFkksZ} kj kn' kkZ
; ht kusoky hof̀) dsckj sesadkS
ul k
shown by non-living objects? dFku xy r gS \
(A) The growth occurs from outside (A) of̀) ckgj l sgksrhgS
(B) The growth is reversible
(B) of̀) mRØe.kh; gksrhgS
(C) The growth is due to the accumulation
of material on the surface (C) of̀) l r g i j i nkFkZds, d=k.kdsdkj .kgksrhgS
(D) The growth is intrinsic (D) of̀) vkUr fj d gksrhgS
35. Local names of various plants and animals 35. fofHkUu i kni ksar Fkkt Ur q
v ksadsLFkkuh; uke
(A) Help in recognising organisms worldwide (A) t ho dhfo' oO ; ki hi gpku dj usesal gk; r k dj r sgS
a
(B) Are used universally (B) l oZ =ki z;q Dr fd; st kr sgS a
(C) Are specific and distinct names (C) fof' k"V r Fkki F̀kd uke gS a
(D) Vary from place to place (D) i zR; sd LFkku i j fHkUu gksrsgS a
36. Which of the following is incorrect w.r.t. 36. f} uke ukedj .k dsl UnHkZesafuEu ea sl sdkS u l k fodYi
binomial nomenclature?
xy r gS \
(A) Biological names are generally in Latin
(B) The first word in a biological name (A) t Sfod uke l kekU; r ; ky sfVu esagksrsgS a
represents the genus (B) t Sfod uke l si zFke ' kCn oa
' kdksn' kkZ r kgS
(C) Biological names are printed in italics
(C) t Sfod ukeksadksbVsfy d esaeq fnzr fd; kt kr kgS
(D) The first word of the genus starts with a
small letter (D) oa' kdki zFke ' kCn NksVsv{kj l si zkj EHkgksrkgS
37. What do A, B and C represent in the given 37. fn; sx; soS
Kkfud uke esaA, B r FkkC Øe' k%D; ki znf' kZ
r
scientific name respectively? dj r sgS
a
\
Mangifera indica Linn eS
xhQsjk
a bf.Mdk fy u
C B A C B A
(A) Generic name, specific name and author's name (A) oa

' kh; uke] t kr h; uke r Fkk y s[kd dk uke
(B) Specific name, generic name and author's name (B) t kr h; uke] oa
' kh; uke r Fkky s[kd dkuke
(C) Author's name , specific name and generic name (C) y s[kd dkuke] t kr h; uke r Fkkoa
' kh; uke
(D) Generic name, author's name and specific name (D) oa
' kh; uke] y s[kd dkuke r Fkk t kr h; uke
38. Which of the following is incorrect regarding 38. oS

Kkfud ukeksadsckj sesadkS u l kfodYi xy r gS \
scientific names?
(A) bU gsal kekU; uke Hkhdgkt kr kgS
(A) These are also known as common names
(B) These ensure that each organism has (B) ; sl q
fuf' pr dj r sgS
afd i zR;sd t ho dkdsoy , d uke
only one name gksrkgS
(C) These have two components - the generic
(C) budsnks?kVd gks r sgS
a
&oa' kh; uke r Fkkt kr h; mi uke
name and specific epithet
(D) These are universally accepted names (D) ; sl oZ =kekU; uke gS
39. According to binomial nomenclature; every 39. f} uke ukedj .kdsvuq

l kj i zR; sd l t ho ds
living organism has
(A) Two sci ent i fi c nam es wi th s i ngl e (A) nksoS
Kkfud uke gksrsgSft uesadsoy , d ?kVd gksrkgS
component (B) , d oS
Kkfud uke gksrkgSft uesanks?kVd gksrsgS
(B) One scientific name with two components
(C) nksuke gks
r sgS
] ,d y sfVu esar Fkknw
l j kl kekU; uke
(C) Two names, one Latin and other common
(D) One common name with three components (D) , d l kekU; uke gksrkgSft l dsr hu ?kVd gksrsgS
40. The correct sequence of taxonomic study of 40. , d u; s[ kkst sx; st ho dsofxZ d h; v/; ; u dkl ghØe gS
a newly discovered organism is (A) l oZ i zFke oxhZ d j .k fQj i gpku] uked j .k r Fkk
(A) First classification then identification,
y {k.k&o.kZ u
nomenclature and characterisation
(B) First identification then classifying (B) l oZ i zFke i gpku fQj t ho dk oxhZ d j .k r Fkk fQj
organism and then characterisation and y {k.k&o.kZ u o ukedj .k
nomenclature (C) l oZ i zFke ukedj .k fQj y {k.k&o.kZ u] i gpku r Fkk
(C) First nomenclature then characterisation, oxhZd j .k
identification and classification
(D) l oZ i zFke y {k.k&o.kZu fQj i gpku o oxhZ d j .k r Fkk
(D) First characterisation then identification
and nomenclature and then classification fQj ukedj .k
41. The duration of which of the following phase 41. ekuo esa vkoZr pØ dh dkSulh izkoLFkk dh vof/k 14 fnuksa
of menstrual cycle will be of 14 days, in
dh gksxh ;fn tufud pØ dh vof/k 35 fnuksa dh gS\
human beings if the length of the reproductive
cycle is of 35 days. (A) jtks/keZ
izkoLFkk
(A) Menstruation phase (B) Øeizlj.k izkoLFkk
(B) Proliferative phase (C) ihrfi.M@óoh izkoLFkk
(C) Luteal/secretory phase
(D) iqfVdh; izkoLFkk dh e/; voLFkk
(D) Mid of follicular phase
42. Hormones involved in ensuring successful 42. fuEu esa ls fdlds vfrfjDr lHkh gkWeksZu ,d lQy :i ls
parturition are all except one gksus okys izlo esa lfEefyr gS\
(A) Oestrogen (A) ,LVªkstu
(B) Cortisol (B) dkWfVZlksy
(C) Oxytocin (D) HCG (C) vkWDlhVksflu (D) HCG
43. If fertilization occurs the corpus luteum is 43. ;fn fu"kspu gksrk gS dkWilZ ywfV;e ______ gkWeksZu }kjk
rescued from regression by ______ hormone. i'pxeu ls cprk gSA
(A) Progesterone secreted by placenta (A) vijk }kjk ófor gksus okyk izkstsLVsjksu
(B) FSH and LH secreted by pituitary (B) ih;w"k xzafFk ds FSH o LH
(C) vijk }kjk ófor gksus okyk HCG (ekuo dksfjvksfud
(C) HCG (human chorionic gonadotropin)
secreted by placenta
xksusMksVªksfiu)
(D) HPL (ekuo vijk ysDVkstsfud gkWeksZu)
(D) HPL (human placental lactogenic hormone)
44. In human female the blastocyst 44. efgykvksa esa dksjdiqVh

(A) Forms placenta even before implantation (A) jksi.k ls igys vijk cukrh gS
(B) Gets implanted into uterus three days
(B) v.MksRlxZ ds rhu fnu ds i'pkr xHkkZ'k; esa jksfir gksrh
after ovulation
gS
(C) The trophoblast layer cells get differentiated
as embryo (C) iks"kdksjd ijr dh dksf'kdk;sa Hkwz.k eas foHksfnr gksrh gS
(D) Gets implanted in endometrium by (D) iks"kdksjd dksf'kdkvksa }kjk ,.MksehfVª;e esa jksfir gksrh
trophoblast cells gS
45. Which of the following embryonic layer formed 45. fuEu esal sdkS
ul h Hkzw
. kh; Lr j ; q
Xed cukr h gS
gametes : (A) , DVksMeZ (B) , .MksMeZ
(A) Ectoderm (B) Endoderm
(C) ehl ksMeZ
(C) Mesoderm
(D) ehl ksMeZ, oa, .MksMeZ
(D) Mesoderm and endoderm
46. During which stage of gametogenesis meiosis 46. ;q

Xedt uu dhdkS ul hvoLFkk esav/kZ
lw
=khfoHkkt u gksrk gS
occurs ? (A) of̀) i z koLFkk
(A) Growth phase
(B) cgq xq . ku i zkoLFkk
(B) Multiplication phase
(C) i fj i Dou i z koLFkk
(C) Maturation phase
(D) None of these (D) mi j ks Dr esal s dksbZugha
47. The primary egg membrane of mammalians 47. Lr u/kkj h v.M dh i zkFkfed v.M f>Yy h dgy kr h gS
egg is termed as -
(A) dksfj ; k¡u (B) dksjksuk j sfM; sVk
(A) Chorion (B) Corona radiata
(C) t ksuk i sY; w
fl Mk
(C) Zona pellucida
(D) Vitelline membrane (D) okbVsy kbu f>Yy h
48. Stored food of oocytes is ;- 48. v.Md dk l axzfgr Hkkst u gS

(A) Nucleus (B) Cytoplasm (A) ds
Unzd (B) dksf' kdknzO
;
(C) Corticle granules (D) Yolk (C) dks
fVZ
d y d.k (D) ; k¡d
49. Follicular phase of menstrual cycle is the other 49. vkr Z

o pØ dh Qksfy D; w y j i zkoLFkk dk vU; uke gS
name of :
(A) i z
ksfy Qj sfVo i zkoLFkk (B) l zkoh i zkoLFkk
(A) Proliferative phase(B) Secretory phase
(C) Luteal phase (D) Menstruation (C) Y; w fV; y i zkoLFkk (D) vkr Z o
50. Cleavage start in 50. fony u i zkj EHk gksrk gS

(A) Fallopian tube (B) Uterus (A) QS y ksfi ; u ufy dk esa(B) xHkkZ
' k; esa
(C) Vagina (D) None of the above (C) ; ks
fu esa (D) bues al sdksbZugha
51. After which stage cleavage stopped :- 51. fdl voLFkk dsi ' pkr ~fony u : d t kr k gS
(A) After morula (B) After blastula (A) eks
: y k ds i ' pkr ~ (B) Cy kLVwy k ds i ' pkr ~
(C) After gastrula (D) Any time it stops (C) xs
LVªw
y k ds i ' pkr ~ (D) fdl hHkhl e; : d t kr kgS
52. Cells formed as a result of cleavage are called 52. fony u dsi fj .kkeLo: i fufeZ
r dksf' kdk; sadgy kr h gS
(A) Megameres (B) Micromeres (A) esxkfe; j (B) ekbØks fe; j
(C) Blastoderm (D) Blastomeres (C) Cy kLVksMeZ (D) Cy kLVkseh; j
53. In which stage rate of cell-division decreases? 53. fdl voLFkk esadksf' kdk foHkkt u dh nj ?kV t kr h gS
\
(A) Morula (B) Gastrula (A) eks
: yk (B) xs LVªw
yk
(C) Blastula (D) Zygote (C) Cy kLVw
yk (D) ; qXeut
54. In gastrula stage which layers are formed 54. xzsLVªw

y k voLFkk esadkS
ul k Lr j cur k gS
(A) Ectoderm (B) Mesoderm (A) , DVks MeZ (B) ehl ks
MeZ
(C) Endoderm (D) All of these (C) , .Mks MeZ (D) mi j ks
Dr l Hkh
55. Morphogenetic movements occur in 55. eksQksZ

t susfVd xfr fdl esagksrh gS
(A) morula stage (A) eks : y k voLFkk esa
(B) blastula stage (B) C y kLVwy k voLFkk esa
(C) gastrula stage (C) xs LVªwy k voLFkk esa
(D) Zygote (D) ; q Xeut esa
56. In parturition process, which of the following 56. i zl o i zfØ; k esa

] fuEu esal s D; k ughagksrk gS:-
does not happen?
(A) vkW
Dl hVkW
l hu gkeksZ
u i ' p fi V; w
Vj h} kj k l zkfor gksrk
(A) Oxytocin hormone is secreted by posterior
pituitary gS
(B) Relaxin hormone responsible for narrowing (B) i s
fYod xq
gkdksl a
d j h(narrowing) dj usesafj ysfDl u
of pelvic cavity
gkeksZ
u mRr j nk; h gksrk gS
(C) Progesterone hormone secretion is
stopped (C) i zkst sLVhjksu gkeksZ
u dk ó o.k : d t kr k gS
(D ) Ge ne ral posi ti on of foet us is
(D) QhVl dhl kekU; fLFkfr vkW
l hi hVks,UVhfj ; j gksrhgS
occipitoanterior.
57. Foetal ejection reflex in human female is 57. euq "; L=kh; ksaesaQhVy bt sD' ku fj ¶y sDl fdl ds} kj k
induced by :- i zsfj r gksrk gS
(A) Differentiation of mammary glands (A) Lr u xz afFk; ksadsfoHksnu l s
(B) Pressure exerted by amniotic fluid (B) vfEu; ks fVd nzO ; } kj k mRiUu nkc l s
(C) Release of oxytocin from pituitary (C) fi V~ ;w
Vªh l smRl ft Z r vkW Dl hVksfl u l s
(D) Fully developed foetus and placenta (D) i w . kZfodfl r fQVl , oavi j k l s
58. Whi ch of the fol l owi ng events i s not 58. euq"; fL=k; ksaesav.MksRl xZl sl EcfU/kr fuEu esal sdkS
ul h
associated with ovulation in human female? ?kVuk ughagksrh gS \
(A) LH surge (A) LH l t Z
(B) Decrease in estradiol (B) , LVªkMkbvkW y esadeh
(C) Full development of Graafian follicle (C) xz kfQ; u i q fVdk dk i w . kZfodkl
(D) Release of secondary oocyte (D) f} r h; d Ål kbV dk mR ltZ u
59. Which of the following layers in an antral 59. , UVªy QkW fy dy esafuEu esal sdkS
ul h i j r vdksf' kdh;
follicle is acellular? gksrh gS \
(A) Zona pellucida (A) t kS uk i S Y; w
fl Mk
(B) Granulosa (B) xz sU; w
y ksl k
(C) Theca interna (C) fFkdk bU Vj uk
(D) Stroma (D) LVªks ek
60. Which one of the following is not the function 60. fuEufy f[ kr esal sdkS
u&l kdk; Zvi j kdkughagS
\
of placenta ? It :-
(A) i z
l o dsl e; vkW
Dl hVksfl u dkl zko dj r kgS
(A) secretes oxytocin during parturition
(B) H
kw
z.kdksvkW
Dl ht u vkS
j i ks"kd mi y C/kdj kusesaenn
(B) facilitates supply of oxygen and nutrients
dj r kgS
to embyro
(C) bZ
LVªkst u dkl zko dj r kgS
(C) secretes estrogen
(D) facilitates removal of carbon dioxide and (D) H

kw
z.kesal sdkcZ
u MkbZ
v kW
Dl kbMr FkkO
; FkZi nkFkZdksckgj
waste material from embryo fudky usesal gk; r kdj r kgS
61. Capacitation refers to changes in the :- 61. ;ksX;rkvtZu fdlesa ifjorZu dgykrk gS
(A) Ovum before fertilization (A) fu"kspu iwoZ v.M dk
(B) Ovum after fertilization (B) fu"kspu i'pkr v.M dk
(C) Sperm after fertilization (C) fu"kspu i'pkr 'kqØk.kq dk
(D) Sperm before fertilization (D) fu"kspu iwoZ 'kqØk.kq dk
62. Which of the following cells during gametogenesis 62. ;qXedtuu ds nkSjku fuEu esa ls dkSulh dksf'kdk lkekU;r
is normally dipoid? f}xqf.kr gksrh gS
(A) Spermatid (A) LiesZfVM~l
(B) Spermatogonia (B) LiesZVksxksfu;k
(C) Secondary polar body (C) f}rh; /kzqoh; fiaM

(D) Primary polar body (D) izkFkfed /kzqoh; fiaM
63. Ectopic pregnancies are referred to as : 63. vi LFkkfud l xHkZ

r k, ¡t kuht kr hgS%
(A) Pregnancies terminated due to hormonal (A) lxHkZrk,¡ tks gkWekZsu ds vlarqyu gksus ls var gks tkrh gSA
imbalance
(B) lxHkZrk,¡ ftuesa vkuqoaf'kd fo"kerk,¡ gksA
(B) Pregnancies with genetic abnormality.
(C) xHkkZ'k; ds vfrfjDr Hkzw.k dk fdlh vU; LFkku ij
(C) Implantation of embryo at site other than
varjksZi.kA
uterus.
(D) Implantation of defective embryo in the uterus (D) nks"k;qDr Hkzw.k dk xHkkZ'k; esa varjksZi.kA
64. In human females, meiosis-II is not completed 64. ekuo L=kh; ksaesa
] v/kZ
lw
=khfoHkkt u-II dc r d i w
. kZughagksrkgS
A
until?
(A) t Ue
(A) birth
(B) ; kS
oukj a
Hk
(B) puberty
(C) fu"ks
pu
(C) fertilization
(D) xH
kkZ
' k; va
r j ksZ
i .k
(D) uterine implantation
65. Which is the correct match of indicating points 65. fn;s x;s fp= esa funsZf'kr fcUnqvksa (A, B, C) dks ifj?kVukvksa
(A, B, C) with the given events regarding
ds lkFk crk;k gS] blesa dkSulk feyku lgh gS
following diagram.
(A) B  I mitotic division start, holoblastic

(A) B  izFke lelw=h foHkktu izkjEHk] la'ysf"kr voLFkk ds
cleavage along with synthesis phase
lkFk gksyksCykfLVd fonyu
(B) A  II meiosis complete which was
(B) A  f}rh; v/kZlw=h foHkktu iw.kZ tks esVkQst-II esa
arrested in metaphase-II
:d tkrk gS
(C) A  II meiosis complete and formation of
(C) A  f}rh; v/kZlw=h foHkktu iw.kZ ,ao vxqf.kr ;qXeut
haploid zygote. dk fuekZ.k
(D) C  Implantation occurs in morula stage. (D) C  eks:yk voLFkk esa varjksZi.k gksrk gS
66. Read the following statements and choose 66. fuEu dFkuksadksi <+
ks, oal ghfodYi dkpq
uko dj ksA
the correct option
(a) i w
. kZl a
y Xu t huksadsfy , i j h{k.kØkW
l 50% l svf/kd
(a) Test cross for completely linked genes
iq
u%l a
; kst u fn[ kkr kgS
A
shows recombinants of more than 50%
(b) The type of phenotypes produced by two (b) nksi w

. kZl a
y Xu t hu } kj kfufeZ
r fQuksVkbi dk i zd kj
completely linked genes is always greater ges'kknksl svf/kd gksrkgS
A
than two
(A) dsoy (a) vl R;
(A ) Only (a) is incorrect
(B) ds
oy (b) vl R;
(B) Only (b) is incorrect
(C) (a) r Fkk(b) nks
uksl R;
(C) Both (a) & (b) are correct
(D) Both (a) & (b) are incorrect (D) (a) r Fkk(b) nks
uksvl R;
67. F1 dihybrid phenotypic ratio 9 : 6 : 1 is 67. F1 f} l

ad j fQuksVhfi d vuq
i kr 9 : 6 : 1 dksfdl ds} kj k
exemplified by mnkgj .k nsd j l e>k l dr sgS&
(A) Comb character in fowl (A) eq
xsZesady xhy {k.k
(B) Skin colour in human (B) ekuo esaRopk j a
x
(C) Fruit shape in summer squash
(C) l ej LDok' k esaQy dk vkdkj
(D) Flower colour in Lathyrus
(D) y s
Fkkbj l esai q
"i j a
x
68. Normal visioned male marries a carrier female 68. , d l kekU; nf̀"V oky kuj , d o.kkZ
U/kokgd eknkl s' kknh
for colour blindness then dj r kgSr ksgksxk
a. All sons will be colour blind, daughters will
(a) l Hkhi q
=ko.kkZ
U/k] i q
f=k; k¡l kekU;
be normal.
b. 50% daughters are colour blind carriers. (b) 50% i q
f=k; k¡o.kkZ
U/kr kdhokgd
c. Both the sons and daughters will be colour blind. (c) i q
=ko i q
f=k; k¡nksukso.kkZ
U/kgksxh
d. A male offspring has 50 % chance of (d) , d uj l a
r fr j ksx dh50% l EHkkoukj [ kr hgS
A
active disease.
l ghfodYi dkpq
uko dj ks&
Find the correct option.
(A) a & c (B) a, b & c
(A) a & c (B) a, b & c
(C) b & c (D) b & d
(C) b & c (D) b & d
69. Choose the odd option w.r.t. sickle cell 69. fl dy l sy , fufe; kdsl a
nHkZesafo"ke dkspq
uksA
anaemia.
(A) ; g fcU
nqmRifj or Z
u dsdkj .kgksrkgS
A
(A) It is due to point mutation
(B) dks
fMa
x LVªs.MesaGTG dksGAG l si zfr LFkkfi r dj ds
(B) GTG in the coding strand is replaced by GAG
(C) It is a result of transversion (C) ; g l a
i fj or Z
u dki fj .kke gS
A
(D) Heterozygous (HbA HbS) are carrier of the disease (D) fo"ke; q
Xet h(HbA HbS) j ksx dsokgd gksrsgS
A
70. Find out incorrect match. 70. vl q

esfy r dkspq
uks&
(A) Birds -Heterogametic females (A) i {kh&fo"ke; q
Xedheknk
(B) Mammals -Heterogametic males (B) Lr uh& fo"ke; q
Xedhuj
(C) Bonnelia -Environmental sex determination (C) cks
usfy ; k& i ; kZ
oj .kh; fy a
x fu/kkZ
j .k
(D) Drosophila -X/A ratio is 1 in super female (D) Mªks
l ksfQy k& l q
i j fQesy ea
sX/A vuq
i kr 1 gksrkgS
A
71. The sum total of all genotypes and phenotypes 71. , d y{k.kt ksi kyht hUl dsr hu t ksM+ h} kj kfu; a
f=kr gksrkgS
obtained in F2 generation of a test cross for dsi j h{kkFkZl a
d j .k dsF2 i h<+
hesai zkIr l HkhQhuksVkbi o
a character controlled by three pairs of
polygenes is t huksVkbi dkdq y ; ksx gS
&
(A) 12 (B) 16 (A) 12 (B) 16
(C) 14 (D) 34 (C) 14 (D) 34
72. Which one is correctly exemplified? 72. fuEu ea

sl sdkS ul k, d l ghmnkgj .ki zLr q
r fd; kx; kgS
&
(A) Sickle cell anaemia -Point mutation (A) nk=kdks f' kdkvj Dr r k& fcUnqmRifj or Z
u
(B) CML -Deletion (B) CML -foy ks iu
(C) Cri-du-chat -Translocation (C) ØkbZ &Vw &psV & : i kUkUr j .k
(D) Barr eye in Drosophila -Deficiency (D) Mªks
l ksfQy kea sckj vkbZ& deh
73. Find the incorrect statement w.r.t. pleiotropic 73. cgq

i zHkkohvfHkO
; fDr dsl a
nHkZesavl R; dFku dksNk¡VksA
expression
(A) , d t hu mRikn , d l svf/kd fQuksVkbi cukl dr sgS
A
(A) A gene product may produce more than
one phenotype (B) fQukby dhVks
U; w
fj ; k} kj kmnkgj .knsl dr sgS
A
(B) Can be exemplified by phenylketonuria (C) i w
. kZi zHkkfor kr Fkkl
kFkghvi w
. kZi zHkkfor kdsfy , , d
(C) A gene can be responsible for complete t hu mÙkj nk; hgksl dr kgSA
dominance as well as incomplete dominance
(D) f} la
d j .kØkW l o cgq
la d j .kØkW
l esav/; ; u fd; kt k
(D) Can be studied in dihybrid or polyhybrid
cross but not in monohybrid cross l dr kgSi j Ur q, dy l a
d j .k esaugh
74. In the dihybrid cross conducted by Morgan 74. ekxZ u } kj k l a

i kfnr f} l a
d fj r Økl esaF2 i h<+
h esai S
r d̀
(given below) the percentage of parental i zd kj dhl a r fr dki zfr ' kr gksxkA
type of progeny in F2 generation was
(A) 89.5% (B) 98.7%

(A) 89.5% (B) 98.7%
(C) 62.8% (D) 96.4%
(C) 62.8% (D) 96.4%
75. Law of independent assortment is applicable 75. Lor a

=kvi O;wgu dkfu; e fdl dsfy , mi ; qDr gS
&
to (A) l ehi LFkl a y Xu t hu
(A) Closely linked genes (B) l eku xq . kl w
=ki j nw
j fLFkr t hu
(B) Distantly located genes on same chromosome
(C) fHkUu xq. kl w
=ki j mi fLFkr nkst hu
(C) Two genes present on different chromosomes
(D) Both (B) & (C) (D) B r FkkC nks uksa
76. Two white flowered sweet pea plant (ccpp x 76. nks' osr i q
"i ksoky sehBheVj dsi kni ksa(ccpp×ccpp) esa
ccpp) were crossed. Find the probability of ØkWl dj k; kx; kA budhl a r fr esaj a
xhu l sj a
xghu i q
"i h;
coloured to colourless flowered plants in their
progeny.
i kni ksadhi zkf; dr kdksKkr dj ksA
(A) 9: 7 (B) 1 : 4 (A) 9: 7 (B) 1 : 4
(C) 1 : 3 (D) 1 : 15 (C) 1 : 3 (D) 1 : 15
77. IA and IB alleles for blood group system 77. j Dr l ew g i z.kky hdsfy , IA r FkkIB , y hy Øe' k%------ r Fkk
account for .......and...... sugars respectively. ---------' kdZ
j k dsfy , mÙkj nk; hgS A
(A)Glucose, Galactose (A) Xy w d kst ; xsy sDVkst
(B) N-acetyl glucosamine; Galactose (B) N- , fl Vkby Xy q d ksl sekbu ; xsy sDVkst
(C) N-acetyl galactosamine; Galactose (C) N-, fl Vkby xs y sDVksl sekbu ; xsy sDVkst
(D) Glucose; N-acetylgalactosamine (D) Xy w d kst ; N-, fl Vkby xsy sDVksl sekbu
78. How many alleles a gene have, if it produces 78. , d t hu fdr us, yhYl j [ kr kgS; fn ; g nl t huksVkbi dks
ten genotypes? cukr k gS&
(A) Two (B) Four (A) nks (B) pkj
(C) Six (D) Ten (C) N% (D) nl
79. Read the following 79. fuEu dksi <+ ks&

(a) Eye colour in Drosophila (a) Mªks l ksfQy kesavk¡[ kdkj a x
(b) Coat colour in rabbit (b) [ kj xks ' kesadksV dkj ax
(c) Self incompatibility in Nicotiana (c) fudks fV; kukesaLo vl kea t L;
(d) Starch grain size in pea (d) eVj es aLVkpZcht dkvkdkj
How many of the above characters are con- mi j ksDr fn, x; sy {k.kksaesal sfdr uscgq
fodYi h, y hy } kj k
trolled by multiple alleles? fu; a
f=kr gksrsgS&
(A) Four (B) One (A) pkj (B) , d
(C) Two (D) Three (C) nks (D) r hu
80. A female With a gene for haemophilia and 80. , d eknkft l dsvyx&vy x X-xq . kl w
=ki j gheksfQfy; ko
colour-blindness on different X-chromosomes
is married to a normal male. They have o.kkZ
U/kr kdst hu gks]dkfookg l kekU; uj l sgksrkgS Amudh
(A) All haemophilic and colour-blind daughters lar kusgksxh&
(B) 50% haemophilic and 50% colour-blind
(A) l H kho.kkZ U/ko gheksfQfy d i q
f=k; k¡
daughters
(C) Neither colour-blind nor haemophllic (B) 50% i q f=k; ko.kkZ
U/ko 50% fgeksfQfy d
daughters (C) u r kso.kkZ U/ko u ghfgeksfQfy d i q f=k; k¡
(D) Daughters carrier for haemophilia and
diseased for colour-blindness (D) i q f=k; k¡fgeksfQfy ; kdhokgd r Fkko.kkZ U/kj ksxh
81. Rediscovery of Mendelian principle is associated 81. es.My dsfl ) kUr ksadhi q
u%[ kkst l sl HkhoS
Kkfud t q
M+
sgq
,
with all scientists, except gS
] fl ok; &
(A) Hugo de Vries (B) Eric Von Tschermak (A) g~ ;wxksMhczht (B) bfj doku ' ks
j ekW
d
(C) Carl Correns (D) Bateson (C) dky Zdks j sUl (D) cs Vl u
82. An individual homozygous for genes mn is 82. t hu Mn dsfy, , d O ; fDr xr l e; q
Xet hdkØkW l ta
xy h
crossed with wild type and F1 crossed back
with the double recessive. The appearance
l sfd; kx; kr FkkF1 dkØkW l oki l nksgj svi zHkkohdsl kFk
of the offsprings is as follows. dj k; kx; kl a
r kuksdhmi fLFkfr bl i zd kj gS&
++ = 510 ++ = 510
mn = 570 mn = 570
+m = 56 +m = 56
n+ = 64 n+ = 64
The distance between the genes m and n is t hu m r Fkkn dschp nw
j hgS
&
(A) 16 map unit (B) 10 map unit (A) 16 map unit (B) 10 map unit
(C) 9.8 map unit (D) 13 map unit (C) 9.8 map unit (D) 13 map unit
83. Find the odd one w.r.t non-allelic gene 83. ukW
u , fy fy d t hu vUr Z fØ; kdsl a
nHkZea
sfo"ke dkspq
uka
s&
interaction. (A) ehBheVj ea si q
"i dk j a
x
(A) Flower colour in Sweet Pea
(B) Lus i Mªsxu easi q
"i dkj a
x
(B) Flower colour in Snapdragon
(C) Fruit colour in summer squash (C) l ej LDoka ' k easQy dk j ax
(D) Fruit shape in Capsella (D) ds Il sy keasQy dkvkdkj
84. If basic number of chromosome in Triticum 84. ; fn fVªfVde , LVhoe ea sxq. kl w

=kdheq [; l a
[ ; k7 gSA, d
aestivum is 7. Give the total number of
chromosomes present in a somatic cell.
l ksesfVd dksf' kdkesami fLFkr xq . kl w
=kka
sdhdqyla [ ; kcr kvka
s
(A) 7 (C) 14 (A) 7 (C) 14
(C) 21 (D) 42 (C) 21 (D) 42
85. Sickle cell anaemia is 85. nk=kdksf' kdkvj Dr r kgS &

(A) Reduced formation of -polypeptide (A) -i ksy hi sIVkbMdkde fuekZ .k
(B) Defective formation of -polypeptide (B) -i kW y hi sIVkbMdkfodr̀ fuekZ .k
(C) A case of base substitution (C) {kkj i zfr LFkki u dhfLFkfr
(D) Associated with chromosome no. 12 (D) xq. kl w
=kl a [ ; k12 l sl EcfU/kr
86. The probability of occurrence of round seeds 86. nksuksy {k.kka

sdsfy , fo"ke; q Xet hi kbl e i kni (AaBb ×
and yellow seeds in progenies of Pisum plants
AaBb) dhl a r fr ; ka
sea
sxksy cht r Fkki hyscht dsi k; st kus
(AaBb × AaBb) heterozygous for both
characters is, respectively dhi zkf; dr kØe' k%gksxh&
3 1 3 12 3 1 3 12
(A) ; (B) ; (A) ; (B) ;
4 4 4 16 4 4 4 16
1 3 9 9 1 3 9 9
(C) ; (D) ; (C) ; (D) ;
4 4 16 16 4 4 16 16
87. Given below is genetic distance between 87. uhpsfofHkUu t hoka

sdschp t susfVd nw
j hnhxbZgS
&
different genes
a -b =21 cM
a -b =21 cM
b -c = 7 cM b -c = 7 cM
a -c = 14 cM a -c = 14 cM
a -d =6 cM a -d =6 cM
d -b = 15 cM d -b = 15 cM
Find the recombination frequency between
gene c and d.
t hu c r Fkkd dse/; i q
uZ
la; kst u vkof̀Ùkdkscr kvka
s&
(A) 15% (B) 8% (A) 15% (B) 8%
(C) 20% (D) 21% (C) 20% (D) 21%
88. A female heterozygous for albinism as well 88. , d eknkt ks, fYcfuTe r Fkko.kkZ
U/kr kdsfy , fo"ke; q Xet h
as colour-blindness marries an albino man with gSdkfookg , d , fYcukasvkneht ksl kekU; nf̀"V oky kgS ]
normal colour vision. Give probability of their l sgksrkgS Ar ksmudscPpka
sdh, fYcuka sr Fkko.kkZ
U/kgksusdh
children being albino as well as colour-blind i zkf; dr kgksxh&
(A) 50% (B) 12.5% (A) 50% (B) 12.5%
(C) 25% (D) 6.25% (C) 25% (D) 6.25%
89. Human skin pigmentation is controlled by three 89. ekuo Ropko.kZ d i kyht hUl dsr hu t ksM+
h} kj kfu; a
f=kr fd,
pairs of polygenes. The number of different t kr sgS
AfofHkUu fQuksVkbi dhl a[ ; kgksxh&
phenotypes, is
(A) N% (B) l kr
(A) Six (B) Seven
(C) Five (D) Four (C) i k¡p (D) pkj
90. Find the odd one w.r.t. characters present in 90. eVj i kni dsxq . kl w
=kl a
[ ; k4 i j mi fLFkr y {k.kdsl a
nHkZ
chromosome number-4 of pea plant. esafo"ke dkscr kb, A
(A) Flower position (A) i q"i fLFkfr
(B) Plant height (B) i kni Å¡pkbZ
(C) Seed shape (C) cht dkvkdkj
(D) Fruit position (D) Qy dhfLFkfr
PART - II [PHYSICS]
91. A small bob attached 91. , d xa sn , d l yEckbZdsnzO; eku
to a light inextensible O
j fgr vi zl k; Z/kkxsds, d fl j s O
thread of length l has
a periodic time T when 3l
l sca/kdj l j y yksy d dhHkka fr
3l
allowed to vibrate as a 4 l xfr dj r hgSr ksvkor Z d ky T 4 l
s i m pl e pe nd ul um . gS A ; fn ml h y ksy d d ks
The thre ad i s now
suspended from a fixed 3
end O of a vertical rigid A fp=kkuq
l kj , d y EckbZds A
4
3 m/okZ
/kj NM+l sck¡/kdj nksy u
rod of length (as in figure). If now the
4 dj ok; h t k, r ks vkor Z
d ky
pendulum performs periodic oscillations in this
fdr ukgksxk\
arrangement, the periodic time will be
3T T 3T T
(A) (B) (A) (B)
4 2 4 2
(C) T (D) 2T (C) T (D) 2T
92. A system of two identical rods (L-shaped) of 92. , d fudk; ft l esanksl eku NM+(L vkdkj ) fp=kkuq l kj t q
M+h
mass m and length l are resting on a peg P gqbZgSnksuksadsnzO ; eku m vkS j y EckbZl gSA ; fn NM+ ksdks
as shown in the figure. If the system is
FkksM+
kfoLFkkfi r dj NksM+fn; kt k, r ksfudk; dkvkor Z d ky
displaced in its plane by a small angle , find
the period of oscillations. fdr ukgksxkA
P P
l l l l
2l 2 2l 2l 2 2l
(A) 2 (B) 2 (A) 2 (B) 2
3g 3g 3g 3g
2l l 2l l
(C) 2 3g (D) 3 3g (C) 2 3g (D) 3 3g
93. A particle executes SHM on a straight line 93. , d d.k , d l j y j s[kk i j l j y vkor Zxfr dj j gk gS
A
path. The amplitude of oscillation is 2 cm.
ft l dsnksy u dkvk; ke 2 cm gS At c d.kdkfoLFkki u
When the displacement of the particle from
the mean position is 1 cm, the numerical value l kE; koLFkkl s1 cm gSml dsRoj .kdki fj ek.kvkS j pky
of magnitude of acceleration is equal to the dsvka fdd eku , d l eku gS A r c l j y vkor Zxfr dh
numerical value of magnitude of velocity. The vkof̀r ¼ i zfr l S
d .Mea
s½Kkr dj saA
frequency of SHM (in second–1) is
2
2 (A) 2 3 (B)
(A) 2 3 (B) 3
3
3 1 3 1
(C) (D) (C) (D)
2 2 3 2 2 3
94. The ratio of the speed of sound in nitrogen 94. ukbVªkst u xS

l r Fkk ghy h; e xS
l esa/ofu d hpky ksad k
gas to that in helium gas, at 300 K is - v uq
i kr 300 K i j gksxk–
2 1
(A) (B) 2 1
7 7 (A) (B)
7 7
3 6
(C) (D) 3 6
5 5 (C) (D)
5 5
95. A particle executes SHM with a time period

95. , d d.k4s dsvkoÙ̀kdky l sSHM l Eikfnr dj r kgS Ad.k
of 4s. The time taken by the particle to go
directly from its mean position to half of its
dsvk; ke dsvk/ksl sbl dhek/; voLFkkl sl h/kst kusdsfy,
amplitude is - d.k } kj k fy ; k x; k l e; gS&
1 1 1 1
(A) s (B) s (A) s (B) s
3 2 3 2
1 2 1 2
(C) s (D) s (C) s (D) s
4 3 4 3
96. Figure shows the acceleration-displacement 96. SHM es

a, d d.kdkRoj .k&foLFkki u xzkQ fp=kkuq
l kj gS
A
graph of a particle in SHM. The time period vkoR̀r dky (l S
d .Mesa
) gS&
(in second) is -
x(m)
x(m)
–2
a (ms )
a (ms )
–2 30°
30°
2
2 (A) (B) 2
(A) 1 / 4 (B) 2 31 / 4
3
2
2 (C) 2  (D)
(C) (D) 3
2  3
97. A particle executes SHM in a straight line. 97. , d d.k, d l j y j s[kkesaSHM dj r kgS Abl dhxfr ds
The maximum speed of the particle during its
nkSj ku d . k d h v f/kd r e pky v0 gS
A,d i w
j snksy u esa
motion is v 0. Its average speed in one
complete oscillaton is -
bl dhvkS l r pky gS&
2v 0 v0
2v 0 v0 (A) (B)
(A) (B)  2
 2
2v 0 2v0
2v 0 2v0 (C) (D)
(C) (D)  2
 2
98. Two particles P1 and P2 are executing SHM 98. nksd.k P1 vkS j P2 l eku l j y j s[kk dsvuqfn' k SHM
along the same straight line, whose equations fØ; kfUor dj j gsgS
] ft udhl ehdj .kx1 = A sin (t + 1)
are given x1 = A sin (t + 1) and x2 = A sin
(t + 2). An observer on the ground, at vkS
j x2 = A sin (t + 2) } kj k nht kr hgS At = 0 i j ]
A A
t = 0, observes particle P1 at distance t ehu i j , d i zs{kd d.k P1 dksek/; voLFkk O l s
2 2
moving to the right from mean position O nw
j hi j pyr sgq
, ns[kr kgS
] t c fd d.kP2 dksek/; voLFkk
3 3
while particle P2 at – A moving to the l s– A nw
j h i j fp=kkuq
l kj py r sgq
, ns[kr k gS
A
2 2
left from mean position O, as shown in figure. 2 – 1 dk eku Kkr dj ksa
A
Find the value of 2 – 1.
P2 P1
P2 P1
–A x=0 +A
–A x=0 +A
3 A
3 A x A x
x A x 2 2
2 2
7 13
7 13 (A) (B)
(A) (B) 12 12
12 12
5
5 (C) (D) 
(C) (D)  6
6
99. A linear harmonic oscillator of force constant 99. 0.01 m vk; ke vkS j 2 × 106 Nm–1 cy fu; r ka d ds, d
2 × 106 Nm–1 and amplitude 0.01 m has a j s[kh; l q
ukanh(harmonic) nkS y u dhdq y ; kaf=kdhmt kZ
total mechanical energy 160 J. Among the 160 J gS AfuEufyf[ kr dFkuksdschp] dkS ul kl ghgS\
following statements, which are correct ? i. vf/kdr e PE, 100 J gS
i. Maximum PE is 100 J
ii. vf/kdr e KE, 100 J gS
ii. Maximum KE is 100 J
iii. Maximum PE is 160 J iii. vf/dkr e PE, 160 J gS
iv. Minimum PE is zero iv. U ;w
ur e PE ' kwU; gS
(A) Both (i) and (ii) (B) Both (ii) and (iii) (A) nks uksa(i) vkS
j (ii) (B) nks
uksa(ii) vkS
j (iii)
(C) Both (i) and (ii) (D) Both (ii) and (iv) (C) nks uksa(i) vkS
j (ii) (D) nks
uks(ii) vkS j (iv)
100. A block of mass M is kept on a smooth surface 100. M nzO; eku dk, d Cy kW d , d fpduhl r g i j j [ kkt kr k
and touches the two springs as s hown in gSvkSj fp=kkuq
l kj nksfLi za
xksdksLi ' kZdj r kgS
] y sfdu fLi za
xks
the figure, but not attached to the springs.
Initially, the springs are in their natural lengths l st q
M+kughgksrkgS Ai zkj a
HkesafLi za
xsmudhi zkdr̀ y EckbZ ; ksa
l0
l esagS(vFkkZ
r ~l0 vkS
j 2l0) vc Cy kW
d LFkkuka
r fj r fd; k
(i.e. l0 and 2l0). Now, the block is shifted 0 2
2 t kr k gSvkS
j fQj NksM+
k t kr k gS
a
A Cy kW
d dsnksy u dk
and then released. The time period of
vkor̀ dky gksxk&
oscillation of the block will be -
k 4k k 4k
M M
l0 2l0 l0 2l0
M  M M  M
(A)  (B) (A)  (B)
3k 2 k 3k 2 k
3 M M 3 M M
(C) (D) 2 (C) (D) 2
2 k 5k 2 k 5k
101. Three masses of 500 g, 300 g and 100 g are 101. 500 g, 300 g vkS
j 100 g dsr hu nzO
; eku fn[ kk; suq
l kj
suspended at the end of an ideal spring as , d vkn' kZfLi za
x dsfl j si j y Vdk; st kr sgSvkSj l kE; koLFkk
shown and are in equilibrium. When the 500
g mass is suddenly removed, the system
esagSAt c 500 g nzO ; eku vpkud gVkfy ; kt kr kgS ]rc
oscillates with a period of 2 s. When 300 g fudk; 2 s dsvkor̀ dky l snksfy r gksrkgS A t c 300 g
mass is suddenly removed, the system nzO; eku vpkud gVkfy ; kt kr kgS ] r c fudk; 2 sec ds
oscillates with a period of 2 s. When 100 g vkor̀ dky l snksfyr gksrkgS A100 g nzO ; eku HkhgVkfy ; k
mass is also removed, it will oscillate with t kr kgs]r c ; g fdr usvkor̀ dky l snksfy r gksxk&
the period.
100 g
100 g 300 g
300 g 500 g
500 g
(A) 1.75 s (B) 1.25 s
(A) 1.75 s (B) 1.25 s
(C) 1.5 s (D) 1 s
(C) 1.5 s (D) 1 s
102. A spring–block system undergoes SHM on a 102. , d fLi za

x Cy kW
d fudk; , d fpduh{kS fr t l r g i j SHM
smooth horizontal surface. The block is given l sxqt j r kgS
ACy kWd dksdq N /kukRed vkos'kfn; kt kr kgS
some positive charge and a uniform electric vkSj nk; havksj , d l e: i fo| q
r {ks=kpky wfd; kt kr kgS
A
field to the right is switched ON. As a result, bl dsi fj .kkeLo: i &
E E
q q
m Smooth m Smooth
(A) the time period of oscillation will decrease (A) nks

y u dkvkor̀ dky ?kVsxk
(B) the time period of oscillation will increase (B) nks
y u dkvkor̀ dky c<+sxk
(C) the mean position of SHM will shift to the right (C) SHM dhek/; voLFkknk; havks
j f' k¶V gksxh
(D) None of these
(D) bues
al sdksbZugha
103. A block of mass 4 kg hangs from a spring of
103. 4 kg nzO
; eku d k , d xq Vd k k = 400 N/m cy
spring constant k = 400 N/m. The block is
fu; r kad d h fLi za
x l sy Vd k gqv k gSA xq Vd k 15 cm
pulled down through 15 cm below and released.
What is its kinetic energy when the block is
uhpsd hv ksj [ khapk t kr kgSr FkkNksM+ k t kr kgS
A bl d h
xfr t Åt kZD; k gS ] t c xq
Vd k l kE; koLFkk l s10 cm
10 cm above the equilibrium position ?
Åi j gksr k gS\
(A) 5 J (B) 2.5 J
(A) 5 J (B) 2.5 J
(C) 1 J (D) 1.9 J
(C) 1 J (D) 1.9 J
104. A metre stick swinging in vertical plane about 104. , d ehVj NM+bl ds, d fl j sl sxq t j r sgq
; s{kS
fr t v{kds
a fied horizontal axis passing through its one i fj r %Å/okZ/kj v{kesay Vdsgq
; sf0 vkof̀Rr l svYi nksy ud
end undergoes small oscillation of frequency j r hgS A; fn NM+dkfupy kvk/kkfl j kdkV fn; kt k; s]r ks
f0. If thebottom half to the stick were cut bl dsvYi nksy uksadhubZvkof̀Rr gksxh&
off, then its new frequency of small oscillation (A) f0
would become -
(A) f0 (B) 2 f0
(B) 2 f0 (C) 2f0
(C) 2f0 (D) 2 2 f0

(D) 2 2 f0
105. The potential energy of a simple harmonic 105. 2 kg nz

O
; eku dh, d l j y vkof̀Rr nksy u dhbl dhek/;
oscillator of mass 2 kg in its mean position is fLFkfr i j fLFkfr t Åt kZ5 J gS
A; fn bl dhdq y Åt kZ9 J
5 J. If its total energy is 9 J and its amplitude
is 0.01 m, its time period would be -
r Fkkbl dkvk; ke 0.01 m gS ] bl dkvkor Z d ky gksxk&
(A) /10 s (B) /20 s (A) /10 s (B) /20 s
(C) /50 s (D) /100 s (C) /50 s (D) /100 s
106. The displacement vs time graph for two waves 106. nksy r j a
xsA r FkkB t ksl eku Mksjhdsvuq fn' kxfr dj r h
A and B which travel along the same string gS
] dsfy ; sfoLFkki u&l e; xzkQ fp=k esan' kkZ; k x; k gS
A
are shown in the figure. Their intensity ratio budhr hozrkvksadkvuq i kr IA/IB gksxk&
I A/IB is -
Y
3 A
3
Y
3 A 2
3
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
2 t
O
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 –1
t –2
O
–1 B
–2
B 9
(A) (B) 1
4
9 81 3
(A) (B) 1 (C) (D)
4 16 2
81 3
(C) (D)
16 2
107. Five si nusoidal waves have the same 107. i ka

p T; koØh; r j axsft udh l eku vkof̀Rr 500 Hz gS ]
frequency 500 Hz but their amplitudes are in i j Ur qbudsvk; ke vuq i kr 2 : 1/ 2 : 1/ 2 : 1 : 1 esa
the ratio 2 : 1/ 2 : 1/ 2 : 1 : 1 and their
gSr Fkkbudsdy kdks.kØe' k%0, /6, /3, /2 r Fkk
phase angl es 0, /6, /3, /2 and ,
gSAbu i kap rja
xksadsvk/; kj ksi.k} kj ki zkIr i fj .kkehr j a
x dk
respectively. The phase angle of resultant
wave obtained by the superposition of these dy k dks.kgS&
five waves is - (A) 30° (B) 45°
(A) 30° (B) 45° (C) 60° (D) 90°
(C) 60° (D) 90°
108. A disc of radius R and mass M is pivoted at 108. R f=kT; kr FkkM nz

O
; eku dh, d pdr h, d fj e i j y Vdh
the rim and is set for small oscillations. If the gqbZgSr FkkvYi nksy uksadsfy ; sO
; ofLFkr dhxbZgS A ; fn
simple pendulum has to have the same period l j y y ksy d] pdr hdsl eku vkor Z d ky j [ r kk gS
] l jy
as that of the disc, the length of the simple
y ksy d dhy EckbZgksxh&
pendulum should be -
5R 2R
5R 2R (A) (B)
(A) (B) 4 3
4 3
3R 3R
3R 3R (C) (D)
(C) (D) 4 2
4 2
109. A block of mass m compresses a spring of 109. m nz

O
; eku dk, d xq
Vdkk n`<+ r kdhfLi za
x dksl/2 nw
j hl s
stiffness k through a distance l/2 as shown
fp=kkuq
l kj l Ei hfMr dj r kgS
a; fn xqVdkfLi za
x l sn`<+ugha
in the figure. If the block is not fixed to the
spring, the period of motion of the block is - gS
] xqVdsdhxfr dkvkor Z d ky gS&
l l/2 l/2
l l/2 l/2
m m
(A) 2 (B) (  4)
k k
m m
(A) 2 (B) (  4)
k k
m
(C) (1  ) (D) bues
al sdksbZugha
m k
(C) (1  ) (D) None of these
k
110. Two springs, of force constants k1 and k2 110. k1 r Fkkk2 cy fu; r ka

d ksadhnksfLi za
xsafp=kkuq
l kj nzO
; eku
are connected to a mass m as shown in the m l st q M+ hgq
bZgSAnzO; eku dsnksy u dhvkof̀Rr f gS A; fn
figure. The frequency of oscillation of the
k1 r Fkkk2 budhokLr fod ekuks adhpkj xq ukdj nht k; s]
mass is f. If both k1 and k2 are made four
times their original values, the frequency of r ksnksy uksadhvkof̀Rr gksxh&
oscillation becomes :
k1 m k2
k1 m k2
(A) 2f (B) f/2

(A) 2f (B) f/2 (C) f/4 (D) 4f
(C) f/4 (D) 4f
111. Two pendulums of lengths 121 cm and 100 cm 111. 121 cm r Fkk 100 cm y EckbZ ; ksadsnksy ksy d dEi Uu
start vibrating. At some instant the two are in dj uki zkj a
Hkdj r sgS
Afdl h{k.ki j nksuksal eku dykesaek/
the mean position in the same phase. After
how many vibrations of the shorter pendulum
; e fLFkfr esagS aNksVsy ksy d dsfdr usdEi Uu dsi ' pkr ~
the two will be in phase in the mean position ? nksuksaek/; fLFkfr esady kesagksxs\
(A) 10 (B) 11 (A) 10 (B) 11
(C) 20 (D) 21 (C) 20 (D) 21
112. The mass M shown in the figure oscillates in 112. fp=kesafn[ kk; kx; knzO
; eku M vkor Zxfr dj j gkgSft l dk
simple harmonic motion with amplitude A. The
vk; ke A gS A fcUnqP dkvk; ke gksxk&
amplitude of the point P is –
k1 P k2
k1 P k2
M
M
k 1A k 2A k1A k2A
(A) (B) (A) k (B) k
k2 k1 2 1
k 1A k 2A k1A k 2A
(C) (D) (C) k  k (D) k  k
k1  k 2 k1  k 2
1 2 1 2
113. The x-t graph of a particle undergoing simple 113. l j y vkor Zxfr dj r sgq, fdl hd.k dkx-t vkj s[kuhps
harmonic is shown below. The acceleration
n' kkZ
; k x; k gS
A l e; t = 4/3s i j d.k dk Roj .k gS-
of the particle at t = 4/3s is-
1 1
x( c m )
0
x( c m )
0 4 8 12 t(s)
4 8 12 t(s)
–1 –1
3 2  2 3 2  2
(A)  cm/s2 (B) cm/s2 (A)  cm/s2 (B) cm/s2
32 32 32 32
2 3 2 2 3 2
(C) cm/s2 (D)   cm/s2 (C) cm/s2 (D)   cm/s2
32 32 32 32
114. An ideal coil of 10 henry is joined in series 114. 10 gs

uj hdh, d vkn' kZdMyhdksJs.khØe esa 5 ohm ds, d
with a resistance of 5 ohm and a battery of i zfr j ks/kvkS
j 5 volt dhcS Vj hl st ksM+
kx; kgS
At ksM+
usdsnksl sd .Mksa
5 volt. After two seconds, joining, the current
dsckn i fj i Fkesacgusokyh/kkjkdkeku , sfEi; j esagksxk:
flowing in ampere in the circuit will be :
(A) e–1 (B) (1 – e–1) (A) e–1 (B) (1 – e–1)
(C) 1 – e (D) e (C) 1 – e (D) e
115. In the inductive circuit given in the figure, 115. fp=kesafn; sx; si szjdh; i fj i Fkesa] fLop dkscUn dj usds
the c urre nt ri s es afte r t he swi t ch i s ckn /kkj kesaof̀) gksrhgS Aml {k.ki j t c /kkj k15 mA gks]
closed. At instant when the current is 15 r c i zsjd dsfl j ksai j foHkokUr j gksxk:
mA, then potential difference across the
4000  12 mH
inductor will be :
4000  12 mH
240V
240V
(A) ' kw
U; (B) 240 V
(C) 180 V (D) 60 V
(A) zero (B) 240 V
(C) 180 V (D) 60 V
116. In the circuit shown, A is joined to B for a 116. uhpsn' kkZ

, si fj i Fkesa
] , d yEcsl e; r d dsfy , s]t ksM+
kt kr k
long, and then, A is joined to C. The total gSbl dsi ' pkkr ~bl sC l st ksMk t kr kgS A R easmRiUu dq y
heat produced in R is : Åt kZ
&
R R
2L A C 2L A C
B B
 
 2R 2R

2 2
(A)
L
(B)
L L 2 L 2
2 2 (A) (B)
R 2R R2 2R 2
L 2 L 2 L 2 L 2
(C) (D) (C) (D)
4R 2 8R 2 4R 2 8R 2
117. A square conducting loop of side L is situated 117. LH

kq
t kdk, d oxkZ
d kj pky d y w
i , d xq#Ro eqDr {ks=kesa
in gravity-free space. A small conducting fLFkr gSA , d y ?kq
] pky d oÙ̀kh; y w
i ft l dhf=kT; k r gS
circular loop of radius r (r << L) is placed at
(r << L) dksoxkZ d kj y w
i dsdsUnzi j oxkZ
d kj yw
i dsr y
the centre of the square loop, with its plane
perpendicular to the plane of the square loop. dsy Ecor ~#i l sfLFkr fd; k x; k gS A nksuksadMfy ; ksadk
The mutual inductance of the two coils is - vU;ksU; i zsjdRo gS
&
2 2 0 I 2 0 I 0 2 2 2 0 I 2 0 I 0 2
(A) (B) r (A) (B) r
L L L L
(C) zero (D) none of these (C) ' kw
U; (D) bues
al sdksbZugha
118. Two resistors of 10 and 20 and an ideal 118. nksi zfr j ks/k ft udseku 10 o 20 gSr Fkk , d vkn' kZ
inductor of 10H are connected to a 2 V battery i zsjd 10H dks, d 2V cS Vj hl suhpsn' kkZ ; svuql kj t ksM+k
as shown. The key K is inserted at time t = 0.
The initial (t = 0) and final (t  ) currents x; k gS A t = 0 i j dq a
t h K dksi zosf' kr dj k; k x; k gS A
through battery are - i zkj fEHkd (t = 0) o vfUre (t  ) i j cS Vj hl si zokfgr
/kkj k gS-
10H 10H
10 20 10 20

K K
2V 2V
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
A, A A, A (A) A, A (B) A, A
(A) (B) 15 10 10 15
15 10 10 15
2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2
(C) A, A (D) A, A (C) A, A (D) A, A
15 10 15 25 15 10 15 25
119. When a metallic plate swings between the 119. t c , d /kkfRod Iy sV dkspq Ecd ds/kzq oksadse/; ?k.wkZ
u dj k; k
poles of a magnet : t kr kgSr ks:
(A) no effect on the plate
(A) IysV i j dksbZi zHkko ughagksrkgS
(B) eddy currents are set up inside the plate
and the direction of the current is along the (B) IysV dsvUnj Hka oj /kkjk, samRiUu gksrhgSr Fkk/kkjkdhfn' kk
motion of the plate. IysV dhxfr dhfn' kkdsvuq fn' kgksrhgS
(C) eddy currents are set up inside the plate (C) IysV dsvUnj Hka oj /kkjk, samRiUu gksrhgSr Fkk/kkjkdhfn' kk
and the direction of the current oppose the
motion of the plate
IysV dhxfr dhfn' kkdkfoj ks/kdj r hgS
(D) eddy currents are set up inside the plate (D) Iys V dsvUnj Hka oj /kkj k, samRiUu gksrhgS
120. In the inductive circuit given in the figure, 120. fp=kesafn; sx; si szjdh; i fj i Fkesa] fLop dkscUn dj usds
the c urre nt ri s es afte r t he swi t ch i s ckn /kkj kesaof̀) gksrhgS Aml {k.ki j t c /kkj k15 mA gks]
closed. At instant when the current is 15
mA, then potential difference across the r c i zsjd dsfl j ksai j foHkokUr j gksxk:
inductor will be :
4000  12 mH
4000  12 mH
240V
240V
(A) zero (B) 240 V (A) ' kw

U; (B) 240 V
(C) 180 V (D) 60 V (C) 180 V (D) 60 V
121 The emf induced in a secondary coil is 20000 121. f} r h; d dMyhesai zsfj r fo-ok-cy 20000 V gSt c i zkFkfed
V when the current breaks in the primary
coil. The mutual inductance is 5H and the
dMyhesa/kkj kcUn dj nht kr hgS
AvU;ksU; i zsj.k5H gSr Fkk
current reaches to zero in 10–4 s in the i zkFkfed dMy hesa10–4 s esa/kkj k' kw
U; gkst kr hgS
a
A /kkj k
primary. The maximum current in the primary cUn gksusdsi gy si zkFkfed esavf/kdr e /kkj kgS:
before it breaks is :
(A) 0.1 A (B) 0.4 A
(A) 0.1 A (B) 0.4 A
(C) 0.6 A (D) 0.8 A
(C) 0.6 A (D) 0.8 A
122. The retarding force due to the eddy current 122. Hka
oj /kkj k dsdkj .k ea
fnr cy pq
Ecd dhxfr dk voj ks/k
inhibites the motion of the magent. This dj r kgS A ; g ?kVukdgy kr hgS
A
phenomenon is called (A) fo| q r pqEcdh; HkV~Vh
(A) electromagnetic furnace
(B) fo| q r pqEcdh; voea nd
(B) electromagnetic damping
(C) Both (a) and (b) (C) nks uks(a) vkS j (b)
(D) Neither (a) nor (b) (D) uk(a) vkS j uk gh(b)
123. For the current I at an instant in a circuit 123. Liz

sjdr kds, d i fj i Fkesa, d {k.ki j I /kkj kdsfy ; sfd; s
with inductance L, the rate of work done is -
x; sdk; Zdhnj gksxhA
dW dI dW dI
(A) = LI (B) = –LI dW dI dW dI
dt dt dt dt (A) = LI (B) = –LI
dt dt dt dt
dW dI dW dI
(C) = 2LI (D) = –2LI dW dI dW dI
dt dt dt dt (C) = 2LI (D) = –2LI
dt dt dt dt
124. The expression for the magnetic energy stored 124. , d i fj ukfy dk esal a
fpr pq
Ecdh; mt kZdsfy ; sO ;a
td
in a solenoid in terms of magnetic field B, i fj ukfydkdhyEckbZl, {ks=kQy A r Fkkpq
Ecdh; {ks=kB ds
area A and length l of the solenoid, is -
i nksesagksxkA
1 1
(A) 2 BAl (B) 2 B2Al 1 1
0 0 (A) 2 BAl (B) 2 B2Al
0 0
1 1 1 1
(C)  B2Al (D)  BA2l (C)  B2Al (D)  BA2l
0 0
0 0
125. The instantaneous value of current in an 125. i zR; kor hZ/kkj k i fj i Fk esa/kkj k dk r kR{kf.kd eku  =
ac circuit is  = 2 sin (100t + /3) A. The
2 sin (100t + /3) , fEi ; j gksr ks/kkj k dk i z kj a
Hk
current at the beginning (t = 0) will be –
(t = 0) es a eku gksxk –
(A) 2 3 A (B) 3A (A) 2 3 A (B) 3A
3 3
(C) A (D) Zero (C) A (D) ' kw
U;
2 2
126. In an ac circuit, the current is given by 126. fdl h i zR;kor hZ/kkj k i fj i Fk esa/kkj k i = 4 sin (100t
i = 4 sin (100t + 30º) ampere. The
+ 30º) , fEi ; j } kj k nh t kr h gS(t = 0 d s ckn½
current becomes maximum first time (after
t = 0) at t equal to – /kkj k i zFke ckj fd l l e; t i j v f/kd r e gksr h gS –
(A) (1/200) sec (B) (1/300) sec (A) (1/200) sec (B) (1/300) sec
(C) (1/50) sec (D) None of the above (C) (1/50) sec (D) bues
al sdksbZugha
127. If the frequency of alternating potential is 127. ; fn i zR; kor hZfoHko d h v kof̀r 50 Hz gS
a
] r ks , d
50Hz then the direction of potential, lS d .M esafoHko d h fn' kk cny sxh-
changes in one second by – (A) 50 ckj (B) 100 ckj
(A) 50 times (B) 100 times (C) 200 ckj (D) 500 ckj
(C) 200 times (D) 500 times
128. The value of alternating e.m.f. is e = 500 128. i zR; kor hZfo- ok- cy d k eku e = 500 sin 100t
sin 100t , then the frequency of this gks] r ks bl foHko d h v kof̀r Hz esagksxh-
(A) 25 (B) 50
potential in Hz is –
(C) 75 (D) 100
(A) 25 (B) 50
(C) 75 (D) 100
129. An inductive coil has a resistance of 100 . 129. , d i zsj.kdq

. My hd ki zfr j ks/k100  gS
At c 1000 Hz
When an AC signal of frequency 1000 Hz is
v kof̀Ùk d k AC fl Xuy d q
. My hi j y xk; k t kr k gS
] r ks
applied to the coil, the voltage leads the current
by 45°. The inductance of the coil is : oksYVst /kkj kl s45° vkxsgksr kgS
Adq
. My hdki zsjd Ro gS
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (A) (B)
10 20 10 20
1 1 1 1
(C) (D) (C) (D)
40 60 40 60
130. The average and effective value for the wave 130. uhpsfp=kesan' kkZ
; sr j a
x i zk: i dsfy , ek/; r Fkki zHkkoheku
shape shown in the figure are - D; k gS
-
V V
Vm Vm
O  2 (radian) O  2 (radian)
2 V Vm Vm 2 V Vm Vm
(A) Vm and m (B) and (A) Vm and m (B) and
 2  2  2  2
Vm Vm Vm 2 Vm Vm Vm
2 (C) Vm and (D) and
(C) Vm and (D) and  2  2 2
 2  2 2
131. n a circuit an a.c. current and a d, c. current 131. fdl hi fj i Fk esaa.c. /kkj k , oad.c. /kkj k , d l kFk i zokfgr
are supplied together. The expression of the
dh t k, r Fkk /kkj k dk r kR{kf.kd eku fuEu l EcU/k } kj k
instantaneous current is given as
i = 3 + 6 sin t
fn; k t k; s i = 3 + 6 sin t r ks /kkj k d k oxZ
ek/;
Then the rms value of the current is – ew
y eku gksxk
(A) 3 (B) 6 (A) 3 (B) 6
(C) 3 2 (D) 3 3
(C) 3 2 (D) 3 3
132. The phase difference between the current 132. i zR; kor hZ/kkj k i fj i Fk esa/kkj k vkS
j fo| q
r cy esady kUr j
and the electromotive force in an ac circuit /4 j s fM; u d k gS; fn vkof̀r 50 gV~ t Zgksr ksdy kUr j
is /4 radian. If the frequency is 50 Hz, fdr usl e; d svUr j d scj kcj gksxk –
then the time difference corresponding to (A) 0.25 s (B) 0.02 s
this phase difference, will be – (C) 2.5 ms (D) 25 ms
(A) 0.25 s (B) 0.02 s
(C) 2.5 ms (D) 25 ms
133. The effective value of current i = 2 sin 100 t 133. /kkj k i = 2 sin 100 t + 2 sin (100t + 30º) dk
+ 2 sin (100t + 30º) is i zHkkoheku gksxkA
(A) 2A (B) 2 2  3 (A) 2A (B) 2 2  3
(C) 4 (D) None (C) 4 (D) None
134. The direct current which Would give the same 134. fn"V /kkj kdkog eku t ksfdl hfu; r i zfr j ks/kesai zokfgr dj us
heating effect in an equal constant resistance i j mr uhghek=kkdkÅ"eh; i zHkko mRiUu dj r kgS Aft r uk
as the current shown in figure, i.e. the r.m.s. fp=kesafn[ kk; hx; h/kkj kl smRiUu gksrkgSvFkkZ r ~r.m.s. /
current, is kkj kgS
&
Current/A /kkj k,
/ sfEi ; j
2 2
1 1
0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0 0.01 0.02 0.03
Time/s 0.04
l e; /l S
-
–1 –1
–2 –2
(A) zero (B) 2A (A) ' kw
U; (B) 2A
(C) 2A (D) 2 2 A (C) 2A (D) 2 2 A
135. The electric current in a circuit is given by 135. , d i fj i Fk esafdl hl e; /kkj k] l ehdj .k i  i 0 t } kj k nh

i t
i  0 for some time. The rms current for the t kr hgS
A /kkj k dkoxZek/; ew
y eku] l e; t = 0 l st = ds

period t = 0 to t =  will be- e/; gksxk-
i0 i0 i0 i0
(A) (B) (A) (B)
2 3 2 3
i0 i0 i0 i0
(C) (D) (C) (D)
2 3 2 3

136. The enolic form of acetone contains 136. , sfl Vksu dsbZukW
fy d : i esagksrsgS
a
(A) 9 bonds, 1 bond & 2 lone pairs (A) 9 cU /k, 1 cU/k, oa 2 , dkdh; q
Xe
(B) 8 bonds , 2 bonds & 2 lone pairs (B) 8 cU /k, 2 cU/k, oa2 , dkdh; qXe
(C) 10 bonds , 1 bond & 1 lone pair (C) 10 cU /k, 1 cU/k, oa1 , dkdh; q
Xe
(D) 9 bonds , 2 bonds & 1 lone pair
(D) 9 cU /k, 2 cU/k, oa1 , dkdh; qXe
137. Tautomerism is exhibited by 137. py ko; or kn' kkZ
; ht kr hgS&
(A) =CH–OH (B) (A) =CH–OH(B)
(C) (D)
(C) (D) All
138. Tautomerism is not observed in :– 138. dkS

u py ko; or kughan' kkZ
r kgS:–
(A) (B) Ph–CH=CH–OH (A) (B) Ph–CH=CH–OH
(C) CH3–NO2 (D)

(C) CH3–NO2 (D)
139.. Tautomerism is exhibited by :- 139. dkS

u py ko; or kn' kkZ
r k gS:-
O O O O O O
(A) (B) CH3–CH 2–N (A) (B) CH3–CH 2–N
Me O Me O
Me Me
Me Me Me Me
O CH=O O CH=O
(C) (D) (C) (D)
O O
140. Which of the following will lead to maximum 140. fuEu esal sfdl l sl okZ
f/kd bZ
ukW
y hdj .kgksrkgS%
&
enolisation :– O
O (A) CH3–C–CH3 (B) CH3–C–CH2–C–H
(A) CH3–C–CH3 (B) CH3–C–CH2–C–H O OO
O OO (C) CH3 C CH C CH3 (D)
(C) CH3 C CH C CH3 (D)
O Br O
O Br O
141. Butene-1 may be converted to butane by 141. C;wVhu-1 fuEu dsl kFk vfHkfØ; k } kj k C;w
Vsu esai fj ofr Z
r
reaction with – gksrkgS
&
(A) Zn – Hg (B) Pd / H2 (A) Zn – Hg (B) Pd / H2
(C) Zn – HCl (D) Sn – HCl (C) Zn – HCl (D) Sn – HCl
142. The mi x ture of t wo organi c c hl ori ne 142. nksdkcZ fud Dy ksjhu ; kS fxdksadsfeJ.kdksbZ Fkj foy ; u esa
compounds, on treatment with sodium metal l ksfM; e /kkr qdsl kFkmi pkfj r dj usi j ] vkbZ l ksC
;qVsu i zkIr
in ether solution, gives isobutane as one of
gksrkgSr ksfØ; kdkj d gS %&
the products. The reactant are
(A) methyl chloride and propyl chloride (A) es fFky Dy ksjkbMr Fkkçksfi y Dy ksjkbM
(B) methyl chloride and ethyl chloride (B) es fFky Dy ksjkbMr Fkk, fFky Dy ksjkbM
(C) isopropyl chloride and ethyl chloride (C) vkbl ks çksfi y Dy ksjkbMr Fkk, fFky Dy ksjkbM
(D) isopropyl chloride and methyl chloride (D) vkbl ks çksfi y Dy ksjkbMr FkkesfFky DyksjkbM
143. 2-Methyl butane on reacting with bromine in 143. 2-es

fFky C;w Vsu] l w
; Zdsi zd k' k dhmi fLFkfr esaczksehu l s
the presence of sunlight gives mainly- fØ; k dj usi j eq [ ; r %nsxk-
(A) 1-bromo-2-methylbutane (A) 1-cz kseks-2-esfFky C;w
Vsu
(B) 2-bromo-2-methylbutane (B) 2-cz kseks-2-esfFky C;w
Vsu
(C) 2-bromo-3-methylbutane (C) 2-cz kseks-3-esfFkyC;wVsu
(D) 1-bromo-3-methylbutane (D) 1-cz kseks-3-esfFky C;w
Vsu
Cl Cl
144. Mg / Ether D 2O Na / Ether 144. Mg / Ether
D2O Na / Ether
Br  
  Br     
(A). (A).
A is - A gS-
(A) Br Cl (B) D D (A) Br Cl (B) D D
(C) Cl D (D) Cl D (C) D (D) D
145. In order to get propane gas, which of the 145. i zksisu xSl i zkIr dj usdsØe esafuEu esal sdkS ul k l ksMk
following should be subjected to sodalime y kbe fo&dkcksZ fDl y hdj .kl sl a cfU/kr gS?
decarboxylation ?
(A) l ks fM; e QkesZ V
(A) Sodium formate
(B) Mixture of sodium acetate and sodium (B) l ks fM; e , fl VsV vkS j l ksfM; e , sFksuks,V dkfeJ.k
ethanote (C) l ks fM; e C;w VhjsV
(C) Sodium butyrate (D) l ks fM; e i zksik; usV
(D) Sodium propionate
146. Which of the following alkyl bromides may be 146. fuEu esal sdkS ul k , Ydhy czksekbM oq
VZ ~
t vfHkfØ; k } kj k
used for the synthesis of 2,3-dimethyl butane 2,3-MkbZ esfFky C
;qVsu dsl a
' ys"k.kdsfy , i z;q
Dr gksl dr k
by Wurtz reaction ? gS?
Br Br
(A) Br (B) (A) Br
(C) Isobutyl bromide (D) s-butyl bromide vkbl ksC;q

fVy czksekbM (D) s-C;q
fVy czksekbM
147. Which of the following compounds is most 147. fuEu esal sdkSul k ; kS
fxd oq
VZ
~t vfHkfØ; k dsfy , vf/kd
reactive for Wurtz reaction? fØ; k' khy gS
?
Br Br
Br | |
(A) | (B) Br
CH 3 — CH2 — CH3 (A) |
CH 3 — CH2 — CH3
Br CH 3 Br
| | CH 3
CH — C — Br | |
(C) (D) 3
| CH 3 — C — Br
(C) |
CH 3 CH 3
 
COO Na COO Na
Electrolysis eq
148. Electrolysis
 Major product-
 148.

  [ ; mRi kn gS-

COO Na COO Na
(A) (B)
(A)
OH
OH
(C) (D)
OH
OH
Br–H2C CH2–Br Br–H2C CH2–Br

C Na
/Ether
 C Na
/Ether

149. 
149. 
Br–H2 C CH 2–Br Br–H2 C CH 2–Br
Major product – eq
[ ; mRikn –
Br Br Br Br
(A) (B) (A) (B)
Br Br Br Br
Br Br Br Br
(C) Br (D) Br Br
Br (C) Br (D) Br Br
Br Br
Br
CH–CO2H CH–CO2H
150. NaOH
 (A) electrolys
 is
 (B) ; 150. NaOH
 (A) electrolys
  is
 (B) ;
( two mole ) ( two mole)
CH–CO2H CH–CO2H
Product (B) of in this reaction is - bl vfHkfØ; k esamRikn (B) gS-
(A) CH3–CH3 (B) H2C=CH2 (A) CH3–CH3 (B) H2C=CH2
(C) H–CC–H (D) CH2=CH–CH=CH2 (C) H–CC–H (D) CH2=CH–CH=CH2
151. XeF6 on reaction with one water molecule 151. XeF6, , d t y v.kqdsl kFkvfHkfØ; ki j dkS
ul kmRikn
the product which is obtained is nsrkgS
(A) XeOF4 (B) XeO2F2 (A) XeOF4 (B) XeO2F2
(C) XeF4 (D) XeO3 (C) XeF4 (D) XeO3
152. Partial hydrolysis will occur in 152. fuEu esavka

f' kd t y vi ?kVu gksrkgS
(A) SiF4 (B) BCl3 (A) SiF4 (B) BCl3
(C) SiCl4 (D) None (C) SiCl4 (D) dks
bZugha
153. i n thi s doubl e 153. bl f} Jà

[ kykfl fy dsV
chain silicate No. of oxygen shared by per

tetrahedra is esai zfr pr q
"Qyd l kf>r vkW
Dl ht u i j ek.kq
v ksadhl a
[ ; kgS
\
(A) 5/2 (B) 2/5 (A) 5/2 (B) 2/5
(C) 3 (D) 9/4 (C) 3 (D) 9/4
H2O H2O
154. SiCl 4 + 2 RMgCl  (X)   (Y) 154. SiCl4 + 2 RMgCl  (X)   (Y)
Silicones 'Y' may be ? fl fy dksu 'Y' gksl dr kgS
(A) Chain silicones (B) Ring silicones (A) Jà[ ky kfl fy dksu (B) oy ; fl fy dks
u
(C) Both (D) None (C) nksuksa (D) dks
bZugha
155. During complete hydrolysis of IF7 which option 155. IF7 dsi w
. kZt yvi ?kVu dsnkS j ku dkS
ul kfodYi l ghagS\
is/are correct. (i) l aØe.kvoLFkkdkl a d j .ksp d gS
3 4
(i) Hybridisation of transition state is sp3d4

(ii) i w
. kZt y vi ?kVu dsfy , 4 t y v.kq v ksadhvko' ; dr k
(ii) 4 water molecule are required for complete
hydrolysis gksrhgS
(iii) 7 molecule of HF are produced (iii) HF ds7 v.kq v ksadhvko' ; dr kgksrhgS
(iv) Hybridisation of main product of this (iv) bl t y vi ?kVu dseq [ ; mRikn dk l a d j .ksp3 gS
hydrolysis is sp3
(A) I, II, III, IV (B) I, II, III
(A) I, II, III, IV (B) I, II, III
(C) III, IV, II (D) I, III, IV
(C) III, IV, II (D) I, III, IV
156. For white phosphorus which option is/are incorrect 156. l Qsn QkW
LQksjl dsfy , dkS ul kfodYi xy r gS
(A) 12, 60° angle are present in P4 (A) P4 es
a12, 60° dks.kmi fLFkr gksrsgS
(B) 6 bonds are present (B) 6 ca/kmi fLFkr gksrsgS
(C) 4 l.p. e–s are present (C) 4 l.p. e–s mi fLFkr gksr sgS
(D) Total 6 l.p. e–s are present in P4 (D) P4 esadqy 6 l.p. e s mi fLFkr gksrsgS
–
157. Bond angle of

157. ca
/kdks.kdk l ghØe gS
(A) S8 > S6 (B) S6 > S8
(A) S8 > S6 (B) S6 > S8
(C) S8 = S6 (D) None
(C) S8 = S6 (D) dks
bZugha
158. Choose correct order of bond length 158. ca

/ky EckbZdkl ghØe pqfu, s
I. S8 < S6 S – S bond I. S8 < S6 S – S ca
/k
II. NO3– > NO2+  N – O bond II. NO3– > NO2+  N – O ca
/k
III. CO32– > CO2 > CO  C – O bond III. CO3 > CO2 > CO  C – O ca
2–
/k
IV. O22– > O2– > O2  O – O Bond IV. O2 > O2 > O2  O – O ca
2– –
/k
(A) I, II, III, IV (B) II, III, IV (A) I, II, III, IV (B) II, III, IV
(C) I, II, III (D) III, IV, II (C) I, II, III (D) III, IV, II
159. How many  bond are present in borax crystal. 159. cksjsDl fØLVy esafdr us ca
/kmi fLFkr gksrsgS
(A) 34 (B) 19 (A) 34 (B) 19
(C) 10 (D) 12 (C) 10 (D) 12
160. The ratio of  bond & lone pair in P4O10 is 160. P4O10 es
a ca
/kr Fkk, dkdh; q
Xe dkvuq
i kr gS
(A) 5/4 (B) 4/5 (A) 5/4 (B) 4/5
(C) 4/1 (D) 5/2 (C) 4/1 (D) 5/2
161. What is correct formula of calcium phosphite 161. dS

fYl ; e QkW
LQkbV dkl ghl w
=kD; kgS
(A) Ca(HPO3) (B) Ca3(PO4)2 (A) Ca(HPO3) (B) Ca3(PO4)2
(C) Ca(H2PO2)2 (D) CaPO3 (C) Ca(H2PO2)2 (D) CaPO3
162. Which of the following will not form any by 162. fuEu esa l s d kS
ul k i w
. kZt y vi ?kVu ds nkS
j ku dksbZ
product during complete hydrolysis mi mRikn ughacukr kgS
(A) P4O10 (B) PCl5
(A) P4O10 (B) PCl5
(C) PCl3 (D) IF5
(C) PCl3 (D) IF5
163. Which of the following is non planar 163. fuEu esal sdkS
ul kl er y h; ughagS
(A) XeF2 (B) [IF4]– (A) XeF2 (B) [IF4]–
(C) XeF4 (D) SF4 (C) XeF4 (D) SF4
164. Which option is incorrect for trimethylamine 164. fuEu esal sdkS ul kfodYi VªkbZ esfFky, sehu r FkkVªkbfl y sehu
& tri silamine. dsfy , xy r gS
(A) Trimethyl amine is pyramidal but trisilamine (A) VªkbZ esfFky , sehu fi j kehfM; gksrkgSfdUr qVªkbZ fl ysehu
is planar l er y h; gksrkgS
(B) Back bonding is present in trisilamine not (B) VªkbZ fl y sehu esai ' p & ca /k mi fLFkr gksrk gSfdUr q
in trimethyl amine VªkbZ
esfFky , sehu esaugha
(C) Trisilamine has p-d back bond. (C) VªkbZ fl y sehu p-d i ' p ca /kj [ kr kgS
(D) Trisilamine has p-p back bond (D) VªkbZ fl y sehu p-p i ' p ca /kj [ kr kgS
165. Unsymmetrical cleavage of bridge bond of 165. B2H6 dsl srwca

/kdkvl efefr ; foi kVu fuEu } kj kgksrk
B2H6 is done by gS
(A) NH3 (B) py (A) NH3 (B) py
(C) THF (D) (CH3)3N (C) THF (D) (CH3)3N
166. The equilibrium constant Kp for the reaction 166. 1660ºC i j vfH kfØ; k
H2(g) + CO2(g) H2O(g) + CO(g) H2(g) + CO2(g) H2O(g) + CO(g)
is 4.0 at 1660ºC. Initially 0.80 mole H2 and dsfy , l kE; fLFkj ka
d Kp = 4.0 gS a
Ai zkj EHkesa0.80 eksy
0.80 mole CO2 are injected into a 5.0 litre H2 o 0.80 eks y CO2 , 5.0 y hVj ds¶ykLd esafy, t kr s
flask. What is the equilibrium concentration gS
a
A CO2(g) dhl kE; l ka nzrk D; kgS?
of CO2(g) ? (A) 0.533 M (B) 0.32 M
(A) 0.533 M (B) 0.32 M (C) 0.8 M (D) bues al sdksbZugha
(C) 0.8 M (D) None of these
167. For the reaction A(g) + 3B(g) 2C(g) at 167. 2 y hVj i k=kesa27ºC i j vfHkfØ; k
27ºC, 2 moles of A, 4 moles of B and 6 moles A(g) + 3B(g) 2C(g) dsfy , ] A ds2 eks y ] B ds
of C are present in 2 litre vessel. If Kc for
4 eks
y r FkkC ds6 eksy mi fLFkr gS A; fn vfHkfØ; kdsfy,
the reaction is 1.2, the reaction will proceed
in - K = 1.2 gS ] r ksvfHkfØ; kgksxh
c
(A) forward direction (B) backward direction (A) vxzfn' kkes a (B) i z
r hi fn' kkesa
(C) neither direction (D) none of these (C) fdl hH khfn' kkesaugha (D) buesal sdksbZugha
168. PCl is 40% dissociated when total equilibrium 168. PCl5, 40% fo; ksft r gksrk gSt c l kE; i j dq
y nkc 2
5
pressure is 2 atm. It will be 80% dissociated atm gS
a
A; s80% fo; ksft r gksxkt c dq y nkc yxHkx gS?
when total pressure is approximately ?
(A) 0.2 atm (B) 0.5 atm
(A) 0.2 atm (B) 0.5 atm
(C) 0.3 atm (D) 0.6 atm (C) 0.3 atm (D) 0.6 atm
169. AB (g) dissociates as 169. AB (g) fuEu i z

d kj fo; ksft r gksrhgS
3
3
1 1
AB (g) AB (g) + B (g). AB (g) AB (g) + B (g)
3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2
If the initial pressure of AB is 800 torr and ; fn AB3 dki zkj fEHkd nkc 800 torr gSr Fkkl kE; i j dq
y
3
the total pressure developed at equilibrium is
nkc 900 torr mRiUu gksrkgS AAB (g) dkfdr ukva 'k
900 torr. What fraction of AB (g) i s 3
dissociated?
3 fo; ksft r gksxk?
(A) 10% (B) 20% (A) 10% (B) 20%
(C) 25% (D) 30% (C) 25% (D) 30%
170. For the reaction 2A(g) B(g) + 3C(g), at 170. vfHkfØ; k2A(g) B(g) + 3C(g) dsfy, , fn, x,
a given temperature, K = 16. What must be r ki i j K = 16 gS
A¶ykLd dkvk; r u D; kgksxk; fn l kE;
c c
the volume of the flask, if a mixture of 2
i j feJ.kesaA, B r FkkC i zR;sd ds2 eksy mi fLFkr gksa?
mole each of A, B and C exist in equilibrium ?
1 1
1 1 (A) (B)
(A) (B) 4 2
4 2
(C) 1 (D) bues
al sdksbZugha
(C) 1 (D) None of these
171. The reactions in which the yield of the 171. mPp nkc vkj ksfi r dj usi j fuEu esal sdkS
ul hvfHkfØ; kesa
products can be increased by the applying
mRiknksadhy fC/kdksc<+ k; kt kl dr kgS
of high pressure are :
(A) 2SO2(g) + O2 (g) 2SO3(g)
(A) 2SO2(g) + O2 (g) 2SO3(g)
(B) NH4HS(s) NH3(g) + H2S(g)
(B) NH4HS(s) NH3(g) + H2S(g) (C) N2O4(g) 2NO2(g)
(C) N2O4(g) 2NO2(g) (D) 2NH3(g) N2(g) + 3H2(g)
(D) 2NH3(g) N2(g) + 3H2(g)
172. In which reaction will an increase in the 172. fdl vfHkfØ; kesai k=kdsvk; r u esaof̀) ] mRiknksadsfuekZ
.k
volume of the container favour the formation dsvuqdwy gS?
of products ? (A) C(s) + H2O(g) CO(g) + H2(g)
(A) C(s) + H2O(g) CO(g) + H2(g)
(B) H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)
(B) H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g)
(C) 4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) 4NO(g) + 6H2O(l)
(C) 4NH3(g) + 5O2(g) 4NO(g) + 6H2O(l)
(D) 3O2(g) 2O3(g) (D) 3O2(g) 2O3(g)
: 0744-2209671, 08003899588 | url : www.motioniitjee.com, :info@motioniitjee.com
173. When heated , ammoni um c arb amate 173. t c veksfu; e dkcZ sesV dksxeZfd; k t kr k gS
] r ks; sfuEu
decomposes as follows i zd kj fo?kfVr gksrkgS
NH4COONH2(s) 2NH3(g) + CO2(g) 2NH (g) + CO (g)
NH COONH (s)
At a certain temperature, the equilibrium 4 2 3 2
pressure of the system is 0.3 atm. Kp for the
, d fuf' pr r ki i j ] fudk; dk l kE; nkc 0.3 atm gS
A
reaction is - vfHkfØ; k dsfy , Kp gS-
(A) 10–3 (B) 2 × 10–3 (A) 10–3 (B) 2 × 10–3
(C) 4 × 10 –3
(D) None of these (C) 4 × 10–3 (D) bues
al sdksbZugha
174. On the basis of Le-Chatelier’s principle, predict 174. yh&’' kkr sfy, ’fl ) ka
r ’ds’vk/kkj ’i j ]’fuEu’esa
’l s’dkS
ul h’fLFkfr
which of the following conditions would be
SO3 dsfuekZ . kdsfy , vuq dw fy r ughagksxh? fn; kgSfd
unfavourable for the formation of SO3 ? Given
that 2SO2 + O2 2SO3; H = – 42 kcal
2SO2 + O2 2SO3; H = – 42 kcal (A) fuEu nkc
(A) Low pressure (B) mPp nkc
(B) High pressure (C) fuEu r ki
(C) Low temperature (D) SO2 dhmPp l ka
nzrk
(D) High concentration of SO2
175. One mole of N2O4(g) at 300 K is kept in a 175. 300 K i j , d eksy N2O4(g) dks1 ok; q
e.My h; nkc i j
closed vessel at 1 atmosphere pressure. It is ca
n i k=kesafy ; kt kr kgSAbl s600 K r d xeZfd; kt kr k
heated to 600 K when 20% by mole of
gSt c N2O4(g) dkeksy kuq l kj 20% NO2(g) ea sfo?kfVr
N 2 O 4 (g) d e comp ose s t o NO 2 (g). The
resultant pressure is gkst k, A i fj .kkehnkc gS&
(A) 1.2 atm (B) 2.4 atm (A) 1.2 atm (B) 2.4 atm
(C) 2.0 atm (D) 1.0 atm (C) 2.0 atm (D) 1.0 atm
176. An exothermic reaction is represented by the 176. xzkQ esafn xbZm"ek{ksihvfHkfØ; kcr k, A
graph :
lnK p lnK p
lnK p lnK p
(A) (B)
(A) (B)
1/T 1/T
1/T 1/T
lnK p lnK p lnK p lnK p
(C) (D) (C) (D)
1/T 1/T 1/T 1/T
177. A chemical reaction A B is said to be 177. j kl k; fud vfHkfØ; k A B dksl kE; esadgk t k
in equilibrium when -
(A) Complete conversion of A to B has taken l dr kgSt c
place (A) A dk B esi w
. kZi fj or Z
u gksrk gS
A
(B) Conversion of A to B is only 50% complete
(B) A dkB es
afl QZ50% i fj or Zu gksrkgS
A
(C) Only 10% conversion of A to B has taken
place (C) A dkB easfl QZ10% i fj or Zu gksrkgS
A
(D) The rate of transformation of A to B is (D) fudk; es
aA dhB esai fj or Z
u nj B dhA esai fj or Z
u
just equal to rate of transformation of B to A
in the system
dhnj dsl eku gks
178. The value of KP for the reaction 178. H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) vfH
kfØ; kdsfy , Kp
H2(g) + I2(g) 2HI(g) is 50. What is
the value of KC dkeku 50 gS
a
A KC dkeku gksxkA
(A) 30 (B) 40 (A) 30 (B) 40
(C) 50 (D) 70 (C) 50 (D) 70
179. For the reaction A(g) + B(g) C(g) + D(g), 179. A(g) + B(g) C(g) + D(g), vfHkfØ; k dsfy , ]
the degree of dissociation  would be – fo; kst u dhek=kk gksxh%
K K
(A) (B) K +1 (A) (B) K +1
K 1 K 1
(C) K 1 (D) K –1 (C) K 1 (D) K–1
180. An unknown compound A dissociates at 500ºC 180. vKkr ; kS

fxd A, 500ºC i j fuEukuq
l kj fo; ksft r gksd j
to give products as follows - mRikn nsrkgS
A
A(g) B(g) + C(g) + D(g) A(g) B(g) + C(g) + D(g)
Vapour density of the equilibrium mixture is
l kE; feJ.k dk ok"i ?kuRo 50 gS ] t c bl s10% r d
50 when it dissociates to the extent to 10%.
What wil l be the molecular wei ght of fo; ksft r fd; kt kr kgSr ks; kS
fxd A dkv.kq Hkkj Kkr dj ks
Compound A – \
(A) 120 (B) 130 (A) 120 (B) 130
(C) 134 (D) 140 (C) 134 (D) 140

BIOLOGY
1. B 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. D 6. D 7. C
8. A 9. A 10. B 11. D 12. C 13. C 14. A
15. D 16. C 17. B 18. C 19. A 20. B 21. C
22. D 23. C 24. A 25. B 26. A 27. A 28. D
29. B 30. C 31. B 32. D 33. B 34. D 35. D
36. D 37. C 38. A 39. B 40. D 41. C 42. D
43. C 44. D 45. C 46. C 47. C 48. D 49. A
50. A 51. C 52. D 53. B 54. D 55. C 56. B
57. D 58. B 59. A 60. A 61. D 62. B 63. C
64. C 65. B 66. D 67. C 68. D 69. B 70. D
71. D 72. A 73. D 74. B 75. D 76. A 77. C
78. B 79. D 80. B 81. D 82. C 83. B 84. D
85. C 86. B 87. B 88. C 89. B 90. B
PHYSICS
91. A 92. B 93. C 94. C 95. A 96. A 97. C
98. B 99. B 100. C 101. D 102. C 103. B 104. B
105. D 106. B 107. B 108. D 109. B 110. A 111. B
112. D 113. D 114. B 115. C 116. C 117. C 118. A
119. C 120. C 121. B 122. B 123. A 124. B 125. B
126. B 127. B 128. B 129. B 130. C 131. D 132. C
133. D 134. C 135. B
CHEMISTRY
136. A 137. D 138. D 139.. B 140. D 141. B 142. D
143. B 144. B 145. C 146. B 147. B 148. A 149. B
150. C 151. A 152. A 153. A 154. C 155. A 156. D
157. A 158. A 159. A 160. B 161. A 162. A 163. D
164. D 165. A 166. D 167. A 168. A 169. C 170. B
171. A 172. A 173. C 174. A 175. B 176. A 177. D
178. C 179. A 180. A
PHYSICS
91. A 95. A
x = A sin (t + )
T
T1  2   T  T2  2   If the particle is at mean position and moving
g 4g 2
towards positive extreme,  = 0
 x = A sin t
T1 T2 T T 3T
Teq       
2 2 2 4 4 A
 = A sin t
2
92. B

 t =
6
I 2md 2
T  2 I
mgd 3  t T 4 1
t= . = = = s
6 2 12 12 3
2md 2 2 2
T  2
3 2m gd
0
45 96. A
The slope of given graph is
2 2d 1
T  2 COM – tan 30° = –
3g 3
x 1
93. C  =–
a 3
A
A = 2cm.  x  1cm  x 1
2 We know in SHM, a = – 2x  =– 2
a 
 v   A2  x 2   3
1 1
 =   = 31/4
3 2 3
 a  w 2 .1   3  2 n  n 
2
2
T=
31 / 4
94. C
RT 97. C
V=
M Total distance
Average speed is vav =
Total time

V
M 4A
= ....(i)
T
VN2 N 2 MHe Maximum speed is v0.
= He MN 2
VHe A.2
 v0 = A =
T
VN2 21 4
=  A v
VHe 25 28 So, = 0
T 2
Using this in eq. (i), we get
VN2 3 3
= = 2v 0
VHe 25 5 vav =

98. B 101. D
x1 = A sin (t + 1) When 500 g is removed, m = (100 + 300)g
= 0.4 kg
A
At t = 0, x = 0.4
2  T  2  2s
k
A
 = A sin [ (0) + 1] 2 2
2   ....(i)
k 0.4
1  Wehn 300 g is also removed,
sin 1 =  1 = m' = 100 g = 0.1 kg
2 4
x2 = A sin (t + 2) 0.1 2
 T   2  0.1
3 k 0.4
At t = 0, x = – A
2 Using Eq. (i)
2
3 T   1s
– A = A sin [(0) + 2] 2
2
3 102. C
sin 2 = – When a constant force is superimposed on a
2
system under going SHM, along the line of
 4 SHM, the time poeriod does not change. The
 2 =  + = mean position, here shifts to the fight, as at
3 3
mean position net force has to be zero.
4   16  3  13
2 – 1 = – =  12   =  103. B
3 4   12
Amplitude = 0.15 m
99. B k 400
= = = 10 rad/s
Total mechanical energy is ET = 160 J m 4
 Umax = 160 J  5
At extreme position KE is zero. Work done by f= = Hz
2 
spring force from extreme position to mena Energy of the particle executing SHM = KE + PE
1 1 1 1
position is W = kA2 = m2 + kx2 = kA2
2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
 Kmax = W = (2 × 106) (0.01)2 = 100 J Therefore, m2 = kA2 – kx2
2 2 2 2
 Umin = 160 – 100 = 60 J 1
= k (A2 – x2)
2
100. C
1
Half of oscillation (from each postion), the block = × 400 (0.152 – 0.12) = 2.5 J
2
performs SHM with spring of stiffness k and
the remaining half with spring of stiffness 4k. 104. B
T1 M 1 mgl
t1   f0 =
2 k 2 I
Where l is the distance between point of
T2 M  M suspension and centre of mass of the body.
and t2    Thus, for the stick of length L and mass m,
2 4k 2 k
L
3 M 1 mg 1 12g
 T  t1  t 2   f0 = 4 = =
2 k 2 2f0
2 m (L / 2) 2  L
2 12
105. D
3R
1 = 2 ....(1)
m2max = 9 – 5 = 4 2g
2
or m2max = 8 l
or 22max = 8 T for simple pendulum = 2 .....(2)
g
or max = 2 m/s = A
Equation (1) and (2)
 2
  = max = = 200 3R
A 0.01 l=
2
2
or = 200
T
109. B
2 
T= = m
200 100 The period of oscillation = 2
k
106. B  The period of motion till the block is in
I1 af 2
1
2
1
2 2
(3) (8) contact with the spring, is
I2 = a f 2 2 =
(2)2 (12)2
=1
2 2 m
t1 = 
k
107. B Then it leaves the spring with a speed
y1 = 2 A sin t
 m  l 
A    
y2 = sin  ω t  6   = A =  k   2 
2      
Then it moves with constant velocity u for a
A   distance  = L + l = 2l
y3 = sin  ω t  3 
2   the corresponding time of motion
  2l
y4 = A sin  t  3  2l l k =4 m
  t2 = =
P  2 m k
A  Time period of motion
A
A/2 m m
60° t = t1 + t2 =  +4
k k
30°
O 2A Q A/2 110. A
y5 = A sin (t + ) In the given figure two springs are connected
By phaser diagram, in parallel.
PQ k1 m k2
tan  = =1
OQ
 = 45° Therefore the effective spring constant is
given by
108. D keff = k1 + k2
Time period of a physical pendulum Frequency of oscillation,
I0 1 k eff 1 k1  k 2
T = 2 f= = ...(1)
mgd 2 m 2 m
as k1 and k2 are increased four times
1 2 2 New frequency,
 mR  mR 
= 2  2 
1 4(k1  k 2 )
mgR f' = = 2f [from eq. (1)]
2 m
111. B
 
v= cos t cm/sec
121 100 4 4
T1 = 2 , T2 = 2
g g
2 
Let shorter pendulum makes n vibrations; then a=– sin t cm/sec2
44 4
the longer will make one less than n to come
in phase again. 4 2   4
nT2 = (n – 1) T1 at t = sec  a = – sin  4  3  cm/sec2
3 16  
100 121
or n . 2 = (n – 1) 2  
g g  2  3  2
=   = – 3 cm/sec2
Solving, we get; n = 11 16  2  32
112. D
114. [B]
If a force F is applied to M, say to the right,
i = i0 (1 – e–t/)
let A be the distance moved by M. If the
system is released, it executes simple 115. [C]
harmonic motion of amplitude A. If A1 and A2 i = i0 (1 – e–t/)
are the extensions in springs k1 and k2 then
A = (A1 + A2) and di
e = –L
F = k1 A1 = k2 A2 dt
F F 116. [C]
 A1 = k and A2 = k
1 2
1 2
Energy stored in inductor = LI
1 1 2
 A = A1 + A2 = F  k  k 
 1 2  2
1  E  2LE2 LE2
=   = =
f(k1  k 2 ) 2  2R  8R 2 4R 2
= k1k 2
LE2
k1k 2 A  Heat =
4R 2
 F = (k  k )
1 2
The amplitude of point P = amplitude of 117. [C]

oscillations of spring k1 which is
F k 2A
A1 = k = (k  k ) M=0
1 1 2
113. D
x(cm) 118. [A]
V 2 1
It=0 = R = = A
eq 30 15
1
V 2 1
It= = R = = A
eq 20 10
O 4 8
–1 119. C
Direction of Eddy current follows lenz's law which
opposes the cause that has produced it.
4
at t = sec.
3 120. C
equation of particle's motion i = i0 (1 – e–t/)
 2   di
x = 1 sin  8 t  cm  x = sin t cm e = –L
  4 dt
121. B 128. B
e = e0 sin 100 t
122. B e = e0 sin t
Electromagnetic damping w = 100 = 2n
n = 50 Hz
123. A
dW dI 129. [B]
Rate of work done, = LI
dt dt XL
tan  =
R
124. B
The magnetic energy is
130. [C]
1
UB = LI2 V0

2
2
Vav 
 
0
sin d
1  B 
= L  
2   n  (Since, B = 0 nI, for a solenoid)
 0 
131. D
2
1  B  1 1/2
= (0n2Al)   = 2  2 b2 
2  0n  20 B Al Irms = a   , when I = a + b sin t
 2 
125. B 1/2
 2 62 

i = 2 sin (100 pt + )  Irms = 3  
 2 
3
at t = 0
= [9 + 18]1/2 = (27)1/2 = 3 3
 3
i = 2 sin =2× = 3 A
3 2 132. C
126. B 2
 = × t
T
 
i = i0 sin (100 + ) = 1 = sin 2
6 2 
= × t
4 1 / 50
 
sin (100 t + ) = sin
6 2 1
t = = 0.0025 = 2.5 × 10–3 = 2.5 ms
  400
100t + =
6 2
133. D
  (3  1)  
100t + – = =
2 6 6 3 134. C

100t = 135. B
3
1  2 
t= sec i0
t2 dt i20  t3 
300 
0
2 2
 
 2  0 i2
<i2> =  = = 0
127. B  5
Since in 1 cycle direction changes twice  dt
 In 1 second potential will change 100 times 0
(provided frequency = 50 Hz)
i0
 irms =
3
In one cycle, a.c. get changed twice

CHEMISTRY
136. (A) 148. [A]
9 bonds, 1 bond & 2 lone pairs
•


137. D •
138. D 149. [B]
139.. B
150. (C)
140. D Kolbe’s electrolytic method.
141. B 151. A
152. A
142. [D]
Wurtz reaction 153. A
143. [B] 154. C

Br
155. A
Br2
H 3C–HC–H2 C–CH3 CH 3–C–CH2–CH3
156. D
CH 3 CH 3
157. A
144. [B]
Cl Mg Cl 158. A
Ether 
Br Mg Br 159. A

D–OD 160. B
Cl
D 161. A
D
162. A
Cl + 2 Na + Cl D
163. D
Na ether
164. D
D D
165. A
145. C
166. [D]
H (g) + CO (g) H O(g) + CO(g)
2 2 2
Initially 0.8 0.8 0 0
moles at eqm 0.8 – x 0.8 – x x x
0.8  x  0.8  x   x   x 
CH3—CH2—CH3 + CO2  + NaOH + H2  conc. at eqm    
5  5  5 5
146. [B]  n = 0 ; K = K
g P C
R–R is formed by R–X in Wurtz reaction. 2
x
 
147. [B] 5
Reactivity of wurtz  stability of corre  K =  0.8  x  2
c  
reaction sponding C-free radical
 5 
x 173. [C]
2=  x = 0.533 P = 3P
0.8  x total
0.3
0.8  0.533 P = = 0.1
[CO (g)] = 3
2 5
 K = 4P3 = 4(10–3)
p
167. [A]
2
174. [A]
6 Low pressure would shift the equilibrium in
 
2 9
 favour of reactants because n is greater
QC =  2  4 3 8 R
   than n .
 2  2  p
QC < KC so reaction will proceed in forward 175. [B]

direction. NO 2NO
2 4 2
[A] 1 0
168.
1 – 0.2 0.4
PCl5 PCl3 + Cl2
0.8 0.4
2 Total moles at
Px
Kp  equilibrium = 0.8 + 0.4 = 1.2
(1  x 2 )
PV = nRT
P1x12 P2 x 22 P1 T1 n1
 
(1  x12 ) (1  x 22 ) P2 T2 n 2
2  (0.40) 2 P (0.80) 2 1 300 1

 
 2
[1  (0.40) ] [1  (0.80) 2 ]
2 P2 600 1.2
P2 = 0.2 atm P = 2.4 atm
2
169. [C] 176. A
1 –H
AB3(g) AB2(g) + B2(g) ln k p  + ln A
2 RT
At eqm 800 – x x x/2 Exothemic H < 0
x slope + ne
800 – x + x + = 900  x = 200
2
177. D
200 G = G° + RT ln
% dissociated = × 100 = 25 At equilibrium G = 0
800
Q= K
 D° = – RT ln K
170. [B]
178. C
n B n 3C 1 3
1
K = 2
 2  16 = 2  2  V = Kp=KC (RT)ng
c nA V 2  V2
3
2 ng=0
 Kp=KC
171. A
179. A
A + B C+D
172. [A]
1–x 1–x x x
n g / 2
1 x2 1
x(product)    K x
P K  =1–x
(1 – x)3 1–x K 1
n g / 2
 (V)
n x K
g x=
(a) 1  V K 1
(b) 0 no effect 180. A
(c) –5 (V)–5/2 MA=500×2×(0.9×0.1×3)=120
(d) –1 (V)–1 /2

PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

.

Ask, Learn & Lead it

Duration :3 Hours Max. Marks : 720

Name : ______________________________ Roll No. ___________________

9. Tissues are 9. Ård gSa

13. What is the function of lateral meristem?

22. Root hairs are the 22. ewy jkse gSa

24. Meristem is charaterized by 24. foHkT;ksrd dk vfHky{k.k gs

30. Which hormone causes dilation of blood 30. og dkS ul k gkeksZ

34. Structure which has no role in endocrine 34. dkS

37. The ‘’erythropoietin’’ hormone regulates

40. Adrenaline increases 40. , sMªhusy hu gkW

41. Adrenal gland is 41. , Mªhuy xzfUFk mRifÙkesagksrhgS:

43. 3F gland is 43. (3F) r hu , Q okyhxza

44. Undersecretion of adrenal cortex causes 44. , Mªhuy dkW VsZ

45. Storage gland is

46. The function of the secretion of prostrate 46. i zksLVsªV xza

47. The role of Leydig or interstitial cells is 47. y sfMa

50. Mullerian duct is : 50. ew

53.. The elastic tissue connecting the cauda 53.. LØkW

55. What is the female counterpart of prostate 55. iq

56. The endometrium is the lining of 56. , .MksesfVª; e ----------------------------- dh y kbfua

57. eknkesai zl o okfgdkegy kr hgS

58. Identify the parts labelled (A to G) in the 58. fn, x, uj t uu r a

(VI) Ejaculatory duct (VII) Rectum (VI) L[ ky u ufy dk, ¡ (VII) j s

59. Cervix lies between 59. l foZ

60. What would happen if vasa deferentia of man 60. ; fn i q

(A) A-Ampulla, B-Infundibulum, C - Isthmus, (A) A-, Eiq

65. Oligospermia is 65. vksfyxksLifeZ;k gS

67. Which of the following equations respresents 67. fuEu ea

(B) Decomposers (B) vi ?kVd

(C) Primary producers (C) i z

69. Which of the following is a characteristic 69. fuEu ea

75. Select the correct match. 75. l ghdFku dk p; u dj ks\

77. Which of the following activities will not be a 77. fuEu ea

(A) (A) Molluscs, (B) Crustaceans, (C) Other

79. tSo fofo/kr kdsl a

92. The relation connecting magnetic susceptibility 92. pq

93. The real angle of dip, if a magnet is suspended 93. ; fn , d pqEcd] pq

94. The time of vibration of a magnetic needle 94. Å/okZ/kj r y esadfEi r , d pq

–200 O 100 200 H

(A) towards a (A) a dhvksj

102. A circular disc of radius 0.2 m is placed in a

(A) 0 (B) BHS (A) 0 (B) BHS

(A) 5  10 7 T (B) 3  10 7 T (A) 5  10 7 T (B) 3  10 7 T

(C) 2  10 7 T (D) zero (C) 2  10 7 T (D) ' kw

107. A magnet of length 14 cm and magnetic moment 107. 14 cm y EckbZvkS

109. A rod of a paramagnetic substance is placed in 109. vuq pq

110. The tangent galvanometers having coils of 110. Li ' kZ

115. Figure shows a thin metallic triangular sheet ABC.

Ml2 Ml2 Ml2 Ml2

Ml2 Ml2 Ml2 Ml2

49MR 49MR 2 49MR 49MR 2

121. Four 2 kg masses are connected by 1/4 m 121. fp=kkuq

O Wood Steel a F (i)

(i) O' Steel Wood a' F

O' Steel Wood a' F

126. Figure shows a uniform disc of radius R, from 126. fp=kkuq

(A) (R/4,0) (B) (–R/4,0)

(A) 2.71 (B) 4.52

130. In an experiment with a beam balance on 130. n.Mr q

The value of the unknown mass m is vKkr nzO

Name : ____________ Roll No. _

Name : ____________ Roll No. _